Math Worksheets PDF

Chapter File Folders
Teacher Tools
Assessment Guide
English Language Learner Handbook
Math Center Cards
Problem of the Day

Quit Success on Standardized Tests
Print This Page
Name
Print This
11 Page
Explore How Big Is a Million? P PRACTICE
Solve.
1. How many 10-by-10 grids would 2. How many thousand cubes would
you need to make a thousand cube? you need to make a million?
3. How many hundreds are in 1,000?
4. How many hundreds are in 10,000?
5. How many thousands are in 1,000?
8. How many thousands are in 1,000,000?

McGraw-Hill School Division
9. How many ten thousands are in 10,000?
10. How many ten thousands are in 100,000?
11. How many ten thousands are in 1,000,000?
12. How many hundred thousands are in 100,000?
13. How many hundred thousands are in 1,000,000?
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 1, Lesson 1, pages 23. (1) NS 1.1

Print This Page
Name
Print This
11 Page
Explore How Big Is a Million? R RETEACH
You can show numbers in different ways.

You can think of 1,000
in the following ways:
1 thousand
10 hundreds
100 tens
1,000 ones
1 thousand 10 hundreds
1. What number is shown below?
Complete. Name each number in different ways.

2. 10,000 3. 100,000 4. 1,000,000
ten thousand hundred thousand million
thousands ten thousands hundred thousands
hundreds thousands ten thousands

tens hundreds thousands
ones tens hundreds
ones tens
ones

Print This Page
Name
Print This
11 Page
Explore How Big Is a Million? E ENRICH
A Million Pizzas
Skye just opened Skyes Pizzas. Her dream is to sell one million
pizzas. She wants to see how long it will take. Answer these
questions to help her find out.
1. Skye says, If I sell 100 pizzas every day, I can sell 1,000,000 pizzas
in days! She frowns. Thats a long time.
2. Suddenly Skye snaps her fingers. I know! Ill open more stores!
If I have 10 stores and each store sells 100 pizzas every day, it will
only take days to sell 1,000,000 pizzas!
3. Wait a minute! she exclaims. What if I have 100 stores and

each store sells 1,000 pizzas every day? How long will it take to
sell 1,000,000 pizzas?
Why dont you try to sell 1,000,000 pizzas in just 1 day? Skyes friend
Emma asks. Hmmm, Skye murmurs. How many stores would I
need? How many pizzas would each store need to sell?
4. Decide how many stores Skye would need and how many pizzas
each store would need to sell in 1 day.
5. What if you were Skye? What would be your plan? Tell about your plan.

Print This Page
Name
Print This
12 Page
Place Value Through Millions P PRACTICE
Write the word name and the expanded form for each number.
1. 1,420,316
2. 2,672,400
3. 12,060,072
4. 785,004,012
Write the value of each underlined digit.

5. 842,753 6. 6,782,141
7. 153,428,090 8. 715,124,068
Write each number in standard form.

9. one million, two hundred thousand, five
10. thirty-eight million, four hundred thousand, eight
11. five hundred eighty million, sixty-two thousand, seventeen

12. two hundred fifty-four million, seven thousand, five
Algebra & Functions Write the missing number.

13. 42,865 40,000 800 60 5
14. 168,943 100,000 60,000 8,000 40 3
15. 888,888 800,000 8,000 800 80 8

Print This Page
Name
Print This
12 Page
Place Value Through Millions R RETEACH
Numbers in the millions have three periods.

Each period is separated by a comma.
Millions Thousands Ones
Hundreds Tens Ones Hundreds Tens Ones Hundreds Tens Ones
7 0 1 2 2 1 3 5 4
Expanded form: 700,000,000 1,000,000 200,000

20,000 1,000 300 50 4
Standard form: 701,221,354
Word name: seven hundred one million, two hundred twenty-one thousand,
three hundred fifty-four
Complete.
1. 824,124 = + 20,000 + 4,000 + + +
2. 7,624,139 = 7,000,000 + + 20,000 + + + +
3. 42,521,012 = + 2,000,000 + 500,000 + + + 10 +
Standard Form Expanded Form Word Name
3,000,000 200,000
4. 500 20
2,000,000 400,000
5. 50,000 7,000 800
20 1
30,000,000 7,000,000
6. 800,000 50,000
2,000 4
40,000,000 9,000,000
7. 300,000 50,000
2,000 6

Print This Page
Name
Print This
12 Page
Place Value Through Millions E ENRICH
And the Number Is . . .

Use the digits below only once in each exercise.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1. What is the greatest number with 4 in the hundred millions place?
, ,
2. What is the greatest number with 5 in the hundred thousands place?
, ,
3. What is the least number with 6 in the millions place?
, ,
4. What is the least number with 3 in the ten thousands place?
, ,
5. What is the greatest number with 8 in the thousands place?
, ,
6. What is the greatest number with 1 in the ten millions place?
, ,
7. What is the least number with 9 in the millions place and 2 in
the ten thousands place?
, ,
8. What is the greatest number with 7 in the hundred thousands
place and 1 in the thousands place?
, ,
9. How did you use place value to help you make the greatest
possible number? the least possible number?

Print This Page
Name
Print This
13 Page
Compare and Order Numbers P PRACTICE
and Money
Compare. Write >, <, or =.
1. 3,874 3,862 2. 5,741 5,862 3. $78.24 $77.24
4. 14,624 1,462 5. 42,542 41,617 6. 32,145 32,264
7. $101.42 $126.41 8. 25,632 25,632 9. 89,000 87,999
10. 150,420 100,042 11. 434,121 432,154 12. 187,654 197,541
13. 782,421 782,342 14. 642,134 642,134 15. 874,158 972,421
Order from greatest to least.

16. 3,421; 3,641; 3,481; 3,562
17. $216.49; $218.42; $206.49
18. 72,642; 71,848; 70,621
19. 748,629; 747,832; 748,532
Order from least to greatest.

20. $64.21; $68.78; $87.68; $65.43
21. 25,421; 24,462; 24,416
22. 324,621; 324,742; 325,697

23. 524,607; 525,712; 524,872
Problem Solving
24. Sean has 1,575 bird stamps and Li has 25. Seans stamp album cost $12.75 and
2,075 bird stamps. Cindy has a Lis album cost $18.50. Cindys album
number of stamps between Seans and cost the most. Is it $18.75 or $11.75?
Lis numbers. Is it 1,075 or 1,755? Explain.
Explain.

Print This Page
Name
Print This
13 Page
Compare and Order Numbers R RETEACH
and Money
You can use a place-value chart to compare numbers. Start at the left.
Look for the first place where the digits are different.
Compare 4,872 and 4,892.
Thousands Hundreds Tens Ones
4 8 7 2
4 8 9 2
same number same number 4,892 has more So, 4,892 4,872.
of thousands of hundreds tens than 4,872.
Compare $306.97 and $319.23.

Hundred Ten One
Dollars Dollars Dollars Cents
3 0 6 97
3 1 9 23
same number of $319.23 has more So, $319.23 $306.97.

hundred dollars ten dollars than $306.97.
Use the place-value chart to compare the numbers. Write , , or .

1. Compare 3,234 and 3,216. 3,234 3,216
Thousands Hundreds Tens Ones

Compare. Write , , or .
2. 8,504 8,515 3. $25.16 $21.12
4. 5,558 5,585 5. 6,117 6,117
6. $324.89 $314.89 7. 50,281 51,002
8. 56,619 56,916 9. $285.45 $293.45
10. 502,300 510,239 11. 832,077 822,077

Print This Page
Name
Print This
13 Page
Compare and Order Numbers E ENRICH
and Money
Greater Numbers
Look at the value that each letter represents. Then order the letters
from least to greatest values in the boxes below.
A. There are 9,123 public libraries in the United States.
B. There were 54,773 poodles registered by the American Kennel Club, Inc.
C. There were 54,470 beagles registered by the American Kennel Club, Inc.
D. The area of Mexico is 761,604 square miles.
E. In the year ending December 31, 1997, there were 4,819 Maine coon cats
registered in the United States.
F. The area of the United States is 3,618,770 square miles.
G. In the 1864 United States Presidential election, Abraham Lincoln received
2,216,067 votes.
H. In the 1868 United States Presidential election, Ulysses S. Grant received

3,015,071 votes.
I. The area of Japan is 145,856 square miles.

Print This Page
Name
Print This
14 Page
Problem Solving: Reading for Math P PRACTICE
Using the Four-Step Process Reading

Skill
Read the problem. Then read each step in the problem-solving
process. Write a number next to each step to show the order in
which the steps are done. Write a 1 for the first step, and so on.
1. A male elk weighs 600 pounds. A male moose weighs
1,000 pounds. A male caribou weighs 300 pounds. What is
the order of the three animals from greatest to least weight?
Check your answer.
Identify what you need to find. You need to find the order of the male
elk, the male moose, and the male caribou from greatest to least weight.
Read the problem.
Identify what you know: A male elk weighs 600 pounds. A male
moose weighs 1,000 pounds. A male caribou weighs 300 pounds.
Make a plan for solving the problem. Order the animals by comparing
their weights two at a time. List the animals from greatest to least weight.
Follow your plan to solve the problem.
What is the order of the three animals from greatest to least weight?
2. A mink can be 20 inches long. A wolverine can be 36 inches long.

A black-footed ferret can be 18 inches long. Which animal can
grow to the greatest length?
Identify what you know. A mink can be 20 inches long. A wolverine
can be 36 inches long. A black-footed ferret can be 18 inches long.
Check your answer.

Make a plan for solving the problem. Order the animals by comparing
their lengths two at a time. List the animals from least to greatest length.
Identify what you need to find: Which animal can
grow to the greatest length?
Follow your plan to solve the problem.
Read the problem.
Which animal can grow to the greatest length?
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 1, Lesson 4, pages 1213. (10) MR 1.1, 1.2, 2.3, 2.4, 3.2
Print This Page
Name
Print This
14 Page
Using the Four-Step Process Math Skills

Test Prep
Choose the correct answer.
A bottle-nosed dolphin can weigh up to 440 pounds. A common dolphin
can weigh up to 165 pounds. Which kind of dolphin can be heavier?
1. Which of these statements is true? 2. Which plan will help you solve the
A A bottle-nosed dolphin cannot be problem?
as heavy as a common dolphin. F Add 440 and 165.
B A common dolphin can weigh G Compare 440 and 165.
615 pounds. H Subtract 165 from 440.
C A bottle-nosed dolphin can weigh
440 pounds.
On Friday, 660 people went to Ocean World Animal Park. On Saturday,

1,096 people went to Ocean World. On Sunday, 998 people went to
Ocean World. On which day did the most people go to Ocean World?
3. Which plan can you use to solve this 4. On which day did the most people
problem? go to Ocean World?
A Compare 660; 1,096; and 998. F Friday
B Add 660 and 1,096. G Saturday
C Add 1,096 and 998. H Sunday
Lassies Dog Walking Service walks 68 dogs per week. Doggie Express
walks 57 dogs per week. Top Dog Company walks 101 dogs per week.
List the dog walking services in order from least dogs walked per week
to most dogs walked per week.
5. Which statement is true? 6. Which plan can you use to solve the
A Lassies Dog Walking Service walks problem?

the most dogs per week. F Compare the numbers of dogs
B Doggie Express walks 57 dogs per walked two at a time.
week. G Find the difference between the
C Top Dog Company walks 68 dogs number of dogs walked by Top
per week Dog Company and the number
walked by Lassies.
H Find the total number of dogs
walked by the three services.
Print This Page
Name
Print This
14 Page
Using the Four-Step Process Math Skills

Test Prep
Ocean World Animal Park needs 750 customers each day to make
money. On Monday, Ocean World had 803 customers. On Tuesday,
Ocean World had 691 customers. On Wednesday, Ocean World had
911 customers. On which day or days did Ocean World make money?
7. Which plan will help you solve the 8. On which day or days did Ocean
problem? World make money?
A Compare the daily customer totals F Tuesday only
two at a time. G Wednesday only
B Compare each daily customer H Monday and Wednesday only
total to 750.
C Order the daily customer totals
from greatest to least.
Solve.
9. A marlin can move at a speed of 50 10. Brandon, Timothy, and Norah have
miles per hour. A striped dolphin can pet care services. Last year, Brandon
move 19 miles per hour. A killer earned $712, Timothy earned $1,110,
whale can move 55 miles per hour. and Norah earned $650. List the
List the animals in order from slowest people in order from greatest amount
to fastest. earned to least amount earned.
11. A poll shows that 311 students have 12. The pet shelter has 324 dogs in
dogs, 424 students have cats, 96 April, 411 dogs in May, and 399
students have birds, and 38 students dogs in June. List the months in
have a different pet. Which kind of order from least number of dogs to
pet is owned by the most students? greatest number of dogs.
13. Dylan spots 48 birds. Nicole spots 51 14. In 1997, about 36,000,000 people went
birds. Who spots fewer birds? to aquariums and about 86,000,000
people went to zoos. Did more
people go to aquariums or to zoos?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
15 Page
Round Numbers and Money P PRACTICE
Round to the given place.

1. 923 to the nearest 2. $0.93 to the nearest 3. $6.49 to the nearest
ten ten cents dollar
4. $57.52 to the nearest 5. 862 to the nearest 6. $46.47 to the nearest

dollar hundred dollar
7. 4,357 to the nearest 8. $73.96 to the nearest 9. 8,553 to the nearest

thousand ten cents hundred
10. 380,256 to the nearest 11. 61,479 to the nearest 12. 1,555 to the nearest
hundred thousand ten thousand hundred
13. $34.06 to the nearest 14. 7,502,475 to the 15. 2,653,789 to the
ten cents nearest million nearest hundred thousand
Algebra & Functions Find the rule. Complete the table.

16.
Rule:
Input 57,124 64,142 91,722 234,162 478,234
Output 60,000
Problem Solving
17.The radio announcer said that there 18.Joes class bought a bird feeder for
were 1,532 bluebird sightings on the $38.75. To the nearest dollar, what
island. To the nearest hundred, how was the cost?
many sightings were there?

Print This Page
Name
Print This
15 Page
Round Numbers and Money R RETEACH
You can use a number line to help you round.
40,000 41,000 42,000 43,000 44,000 45,000 46,000 47,000 48,000 49,000 50,000
Round 46,208 to the nearest ten thousand.

Think: 46,000 is closer to 50,000 than 40,000.
So, 46,208 rounds up to 50,000.
$6.00 $6.10 $6.20 $6.30 $6.40 $6.50 $6.60 $6.70 $6.80 $6.90 $7.00
Round $6.38 to the nearest dollar.
Think: $6.30 is closer to $6.00 than $7.00.
So, $6.38 rounds down to $6.00.
Round to the nearest ten thousand.
1. 42,496 2. 49,009 3. 43,875
4. 45,800 5. 42,900 6. 47,250
7. 44,987 8. 41,875 9. 45,203
Round to the nearest million.
10. 7,450,000 11. 7,550,000
12. 7,832,010 13. 7,289,999

14. 7,362,800 15. 7,512,300
Round to the nearest dollar.
16. $12.60 17. $12.45 18. $12.13
19. $12.93 20. $12.53 21. $12.39
22. $12.25 23. $12.62 24. $12.59

Print This Page
Name
Print This
15 Page
Round Numbers and Money E ENRICH
Mystery Numbers
1. If you round me to the nearest hundred, you get 400.
If you round me to the nearest ten, you get 430.
The sum of my digits is 8.
What number am I?
2. If you round me to the nearest thousand, you get 3,000.

If you round me to the nearest hundred, you get 2,600.
Three of my digits are the same.
What number am I?
3. If you round me to the nearest thousand, you get 4,000.

If you read me forward or backward, I am the same.
What number am I?
4. If you round me to the nearest ten thousand, you get 50,000.

My first two digits add up to 10.
The digit in my hundreds place is one more than 2.
My last three digits add up to 8, and round (to the nearest hundred) to 400.
What number am I?
5. The sum of my seven digits is 60. Six of the digits are the same.
Rounding me to the nearest ten, hundred, thousand, ten thousand,

or million will give you the same number.
What number am I?
6. If you round me to the nearest 100,000, you get 600,000.

Each of my six digits is the same.
What number am I?

Print This Page
Name
Print This
16 Page
Problem Solving: Strategy P PRACTICE
Make a Table
Make a table. Use data from the table to solve problems 1 and 2.
What is your favorite kind of pet?
Elliotdog Howarddog Janebird Rebeccabird
Marioncat Norikobird Tericat Melaniecat
Tinahamster Yolandadog Sarahcat Tracidog
Paulafish Barrycat Brucedog Noreenfish
Samcat Juandog Mikecat Sylviacat
1. Which pet had the most votes? 2. Which pet had the least votes?
3. Mark cuts out letters to make a sign. 4. Which letter does Mark need to
The sign says, "Get Pet Kittens for make the most of? How many of
Free." How many different kinds of these letters does Mark have to
letters does Mark need to make? make?
Mixed Strategy Review

Solve. Use any strategy.
5. A pet store sold 137 bags of dog 6. In 1999, The Pet Palace made about
food called The Vets Choice. It sold $100,000. In 2000, The Pet Palace
249 bags of a dog food called Fidos increased this amount by $10,000.
Friend. How many more bags of How much did The Pet Palace make
Fidos Friend than The Vets Choice in 2000?
were sold?
Strategy:
Strategy:
7. Science Adult sun bears usually 8. Create a problem you would make
weigh from 60 to 100 pounds. Adult a table to solve. Share it with others.
grizzly bears weigh from 350 to 500
pounds. Adult Asiatic black bears
weigh about 250 pounds. Which
bear weighs the least?
Strategy:
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 1, Lesson 6, pages 2021. (16) NS 1.2; SDP 1.3; MR 1.1, 2.3, 3.2
Print This Page
Name
Print This
16 Page
Problem Solving: Strategy R RETEACH
Make a Table
Page 21, Problem 2
Which type of fish has the greatest number of varieties?
Different Varieties of Tetras, Goldfish, and Angelfish
tetrasblack neon tetra goldfishfan tail goldfish goldfishlionhead
goldfishblack moor tetraswhite skirt tetrasblack neon tetras
angelfishgold angel tetrassilver dollar angelfishsilver angel
tetraslemon tetra angelfishmarble angel
Step 1
Be sure you understand the problem.
Read Read carefully.
What do you know?
There are different varieties of ,
, and .
What do you need to find?
You need to know how many different varieties of
, , and
there are.
Step 2
Make a plan.
Plan Choose a strategy.
Make a Table or List A table can help you organize what you know.
Write a Number Sentence
Make a table to solve the problem.
Work Backward
Act it Out
Find a Pattern
Make a Graph
Guess and Check
Logical Reasoning
Solve a Simpler Problem
Draw a Picture
Print This Page
Name
Print This
16 Page
Make a Table
Step 3
Carry out your plan.
Solve Make a table to solve.
Tally the number of for each fish. Write a

number for each set of tallies. Compare the numbers.
Complete the table.

Type of Fish Tally of Different Number
Varieties
Tetras
Goldfish 3
Angelfish
There are different kinds of tetras.

There are different kinds of goldfish.
There are different kinds of angelfish.
There are more varieties of than either of the other
two kinds of fish.
Step 4
Is the solution reasonable?
Look Back Reread the problem.
Does your answer match the data given in the problem?
Practice
1. Jack lists the fish in his aquarium. He has 2. Alex, Brian, and Yumi each like one kind
a fan tail goldfish, a lionhead goldfish, a of dog. The dog is either a terrier, a
gold angel angelfish, a lemon tetra, and retriever, or a poodle. Alex does not like
a black neon tetra. Of which type of fish retrievers. Brian does not like poodles or
does Jack have the least? retrievers. Who likes poodles?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
17 Page
Count Money and Make Change P PRACTICE
Write the amount of money shown.

1. 2. 3.
SCHOOL MONEY SCHOOL MONEY

8 8 8 8
8 8 8 8
Tell which coins and bills make the amount.
4. $0.89 5. $3.62 6. $7.67
Find the amount of change.

7. Price: $0.59 8. Price: $2.45 9. Price: $7.81
Amount given: $1.00 Amount given: $5.00 Amount given: $10.00
10. Price: $0.86 11. Price: $3.09 12. Price: $9.25

Amount given: $5.00 Amount given: $10.00 Amount given: $10.00
Problem Solving
13. Andy gives the cashier $5.00 to pay 14. Lowanda receives 1 quarter, 2 dimes,
for a $3.75 calendar. How much and 1 nickel in change. How much
change does he receive? money is that?
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 1, Lesson 7, pages 2223. (19) NS 1.0; MR 2.4
Print This Page
Name
Print This
17 Page
Count Money and Make Change R RETEACH
To make change, start with the cost. Then count up to the amount
given to you. Use the fewest number of bills and coins possible.
You sell a pen for $2.49.

Someone gives you $5.00 for the pen.
$2.49 $2.50 $2.75 $3.00 $4.00 $5.00

Cost
Count the bills and coins to find the change: $2.51.
Count up. Find the amount of change.

1. Amount given: $6.00
$5.34
Cost
Amount of change:
2. Amount given: $10.00

SCHOOL MONEY
8 8
8 8
$3.79
Cost
Amount of change:
Print This Page
Name
Print This
17 Page
Count Money and Make Change E ENRICH
Money Detective
Use the clues to find which coins and bills are inside each bank.
1. 2.
$0.47 $0.58
Clue: 6 coins Clue: 13 coins
3. 4.
$0.73 $0.81
Clue: 10 coins Clue: 8 coins
5. 6.
$1.00 $7.45
Clue: 19 coins, but only two kinds Clue: 3 bills, 3 coins

7. 8.
$15.55 $23.00
Clue: 2 bills, 3 coins Clue: 5 bills, 3 coins
Print This Page
Name
Print This
18 Page
Negative Numbers P PRACTICE
Write a positive or negative number to represent each situation.
1. Lose $4 2. Deposit $50
3. 300 feet above sea level 4. 12F below zero
5. Gain 3 pounds 6. Go 3 floors down
7. Take 8 steps back 8. Earn $25
9. 52F 10. Lose 10 pounds
Compare. Write or . You may use a number line to help.

11. 0 9 12. 2 3 13. 4 2 14. 5 6

15. 4 7 16. 0 8 17. 3 0 18. 3 3

19. 1 12 20. 6 10 21. 12 12 22. 7 15

23. 5 2 24. 12 24 25. 10 0 26. 9 9

27. 4 8 28. 17 13 29. 15 9 30. 0 11

31. 11 11 32. 0 8 33. 6 11 34. 13 3

35. 6 1 36. 2 10 37. 4 4 38. 12 7
Problem Solving
39. Manuel deposited a check for $25 in 40. An airplane descended 1,000 feet. Ten
his savings account. Then he withdrew minutes later, it climbed 9,500 feet.
$30. Write a number to represent Write a number to represent each
each situation. situation.

Print This Page
Name
Print This
18 Page
Negative Numbers R RETEACH
You can use a number line to understand and compare positive and
negative numbers.
negative numbers positive numbers
less than zero greater than zero

6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Numbers to the right are greater than numbers to the left.

2 is to the right of 2, so 2 2.


Complete.

5 is to the right of 3, so 5
1. 3.

of 1, so 1
2. 1 is to the 1.

of 6, so 5
3. 5 is to the 6.

of 1, so 4
4. 4 is to the 1.

5. 6 is to the of 6, so 6
6.

of 4, so 2
6. 2 is to the 4.
Compare. Write or . You may use a number line to help.

7. 14 14 8. 13 31 9. 9 15 10. 20 18

11. 12 21 12. 25 5 13. 8 2 14. 20 20

15. 6 15 16. 10 12 17. 2 12 18. 4 4

19. 7 7 20. 8 2 21. 9 8 22. 0 10
Print This Page
Name
Print This
18 Page
Negative Numbers E ENRICH
Are You Positive or Negative?

Play with a partner.
You will need 10 blank cards for each player.
Each player writes five different negative and five

different positive integers, one on each card.
They should use the integers from 10 to 10.
Each player mixes up their cards and spreads them
out face down.
To play, each player touches one of these cards.

One player announces Mine is greater than
(or less than or equal to) yours. Both players
turn over their card. If the statement was correct,
that player gets both cards. If not, they go to the
original player. 9
Repeat touching cards and taking turns making
the statements. When all cards are collected, the
player with the most cards wins. 7 8

2 6

1 3
0 5

4

Print This Page
Name
Print This Page

19
Problem Solving: Application Part
A WORKSHEET
Decision
Applying Place Value Making
Record your data. Answers may vary.
Cost of 20 Pounds Cost of Gas for

Store
of Dog Food Trip to Store
Pet Supply
Animal World
Pets Place
Discount Pet Food
Your Decision
What is your recommendation for Stacia? Explain.
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 1, Lesson 9, pages 2627. (25) NS 1.2; MR 1.1, 2.3
Print This Page
Name
Print This Page

19
B WORKSHEET
How do you compare with your partner? Math &

Science
Record your data.
Data for Data for Are the two

Student 1 Student 2 sets of data
the same or
close to
being the
same?
1. Your favorite number
2. Number of hours you sleep

each night
3. Number of push-ups you can do

in 30 seconds
4. Number of objects in your desk

right now
5. Number of cups of water you

drank yesterday
6. Number of cats and dogs you know
7. Length of your arm from shoulder

to wrist
8. How long you can stand on one foot
9. Number of times you breathe in

one minute
10. Your age
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 1, Lesson 9, pages 2829. (26) NS 1.2; MR 1.1, 2.3, 3.3
Print This Page
Name
Print This Page

19
B WORKSHEET
How do you compare with your partner? Math &

Science
1. How many times were you and your partner the same? different?
2. Explain how you decided whether you and your partner were the
same. Did the numbers have to be exactly alike? Why or why not?
3. In which areas did you vary the most from your partner?
4. In which areas did you vary the least from your partner?
5. Why is it good to have variation in nature?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
21 Page
Use Properties of Addition P PRACTICE
Complete the set of related number sentences.

1. 5 , 3, 8 2. 6, 8, 14 3. 6, 9, 15
5n8 68n n 6 15
n38 8 n 14 6 n 15
85n 14 6 n 15 n 6
8n5 14 n 8 15 6 n
4. 3, 7, 10 5. 22, 5, 27 6. 34, 4, 38
3 n 10 22 n 27 34 n 38
37n 5 22 n 4 n 38
n37 n 22 5 38 n 34
10 n 3 27 5 n n 4 34
Find the sum or difference. Write the related number sentences.

7. 2 9 8. 35 4 9. 54 0
Write the related number sentences for the set of numbers.

10. 4, 5, 9 11. 11, 24, 35 12. 0, 46, 46
Problem Solving 14. Meg has 13 coins in her collection.

Then she gives 7 coins to her cousin.
13. Ken has 6 coins in his collection.
How many coins does Meg have now?
Barb has 5 more coins than Ken.
How many coins does Barb have?
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 2, Lesson 1, pages 4445. (28) NS 3.1; AF 1.1
Print This Page
Name
Print This
21 Page
Use Properties of Addition R RETEACH
Every number sentence in a set of related number sentences uses

the same numbers.
The model below shows a set of related number sentences.
538 Commutative Property:
358 } 5 3 8 is the same as 3 5 8.
835
853
You can also use the properties and the idea of related sentences
with greater numbers.
Look at each model. Write the related number sentences.

1. 2.
Find the sum. Write the related number sentences.

3. 8 3 n 4. 2 7 n 5. 18 0 n
Write the related number sentences for the set of numbers.

6. 26, 17, 43 7. 0, 56, 56 8. 9, 45, 54
Print This Page
Name
Print This
21 Page
Use Properties of Addition E ENRICH
Properties and Rules
Complete each number sentence. Then write the property

or rule you used.
1. MNM N
2. A BB
3. CDC D
4. HH
5. JJ
6. Z0
7. QQP
8. 0W
Write the related number sentences.
9. ANB 10. DEF
Print This Page
Name
Print This
22 Page
Addition Patterns P PRACTICE
Complete the pattern.

1. 8 8 n 2. 7 6 n
80 80 n 70 60 n
800 800 n 700 600 n
8,000 8,000 n 7,000 6,000 n
80,000 80,000 n 70,000 60,000 n
800,000 800,000 n 700,000 600,000 n
3. 5 9 n 4. 8 9 n
50 90 n 80 90 n
500 900 n 800 900 n
5,000 9,000 n 8,000 9,000 n
50,000 90,000 n 80,000 90,000 n
500,000 900,000 n 800,000 900,000 n
Add mentally.
5. 500 400 6. 3,000 9,000
7. 30,000 80,000 8. 700 800
9. 600 500 10. 70,000 30,000
11. 100,000 900,000 12. 800,000 500,000

Problem Solving
13. A music store made $50,000 selling 14. The Green Hornets sold 800,000
CDs and tapes in December. In copies of their first CD. They sold
January, the store made $30,000. 500,000 copies of their second CD.
How much did the store make How many CDs did the Green
in all? Hornets sell in all?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
22 Page
Addition Patterns R RETEACH
You can use addition facts and patterns to add multiples of ten mentally.
Add the front digits. Then write a zero to match each place value.
5 7 12 5 5,000 7,000 12,000 5,000

7 7,000
12 12,000
50 70 120 50 50,000 70,000 120,000 50,000
70 70,000
120 120,000
500 700 1,200 500 500,000 700,000 1,200,000 500,000
700 700,000
1,200 1,200,000
1. 3 8 n 2. 5 9 n
30 80 n 50 90 n
300 800 n 500 900 n
3,000 8,000 n 5,000 9,000 n
30,000 80,000 n 50,000 90,000 n
300,000 800,000 n 500,000 900,000 n

Add mentally.
3. 800 600 4. 9,000 7,000
5. 80,000 80,000 6. 5,000 4,000
7. 900 500 8. 700,000 600,000
9. 800,000 700,000 10. 60,000 50,000
11. 300 700 12. 80,000 90,000
Print This Page
Name
Print This
22 Page
Addition Patterns E ENRICH
Pascals Triangle
The triangle below is called Pascals Triangle. Each row begins and
ends with the number 1. Every other number is the sum of the two
numbers above it.
Complete this Pascals Triangle.
Row 1 1
Row 2 1 1
Row 3 1 2 1
Row 4 1 3 3 1
Row 5 1 6 1
Row 6 1 1
Row 7 1 1
Now complete this Pascals Triangle. Each row begins and ends with 200.
Row 1 200
Row 2 200 200
Row 3 200 400 200

Row 4 200 600 600 200
Row 5 200 1,200 200
Row 6 200 200
Row 7 200 200
Print This Page
Name
Print This
23 Page
Add Whole Numbers and Money P PRACTICE
Find each sum.

1. 688 2. 574 3. 757 4. $8.72
207 434 529 1.38
5. $2.98 6. 989 7. 8,489 8. $3,824

0.59 624 2,467 962
9. 5,174 10. $12.57 11. 6,672 12. $78.29

327 7.43 878 45.32
13. 12,345 14. 43,802 15. 24,316 16. 183,462

67,890 7,526 893 570,184
17. $3,421.78 18. 204,177 19. 741,243 20. $427,535

1,657.18 678,687 85,278 6,280
21. $7.77 $6.66 22. 5,872 754
23. 3,489 87 741 24. $256.82 $357.47 $83.95
25. 42,608 7,709 3,047 26. 782,070 879,162 115,603

Problem Solving
27. At the Lakeside School, 522 students 28. Last week, $325 worth of play tickets
ride the bus and 714 students walk and $729 worth of carnival tickets
or are driven to school. How many were sold. How much money was
students attend Lakeside School? collected altogether?

Print This Page
Name
Print This
23 Page
Add Whole Numbers and Money R RETEACH
Add 587 269.

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3
Add the ones. Add the tens. Add the hundreds.
Regroup if necessary. Regroup if necessary. Regroup if necessary.
H T O H T O H T O
1 1 1 1 1
5 8 7 5 8 7 5 8 7
2 6 9 2 6 9 2 6 9
6 5 6 8 5 6
7 ones 9 ones 16 ones 1 ten 8 tens 6 tens 1 hundred 5 hundreds

16 ones 1 ten 6 ones 15 tens 2 hundreds 8 hundreds
15 tens 1 hundred 5 tens
Find each sum.

1. 413 2. 336 3. $4.80 4. 327
228 574 2.57 425
5. $828 6. 187 7. 534 8. $9.34

16 219 394 3.68
9. 692 10. $7.99 11. 1,245 12. $31.15

810 7.99 3,717 85.29
13. 6,289 14. 8,147 15. 5,326 16. 71,128

764 3,988 383 3,511
17. 87,421 18. 25,784 19. 399,625 20. $62.41

2,032 4,408 99,990 7.38
5,857 64,726 437,487 1.21

Print This Page
Name
Print This
23 Page
Add Whole Numbers and Money E ENRICH
Hindu Addition
The Hindu people of ancient India added numbers from the left and
moved to the right.
Here is an example of Hindu addition.
Add the hundreds. Next add the tens. Last, add the ones.
8 8 16. Regroup Regroup to the tens place.
to the hundreds place. The sum is 1,371.
589 589 589
782 782 782
12 126 1261
3 37
Use the Hindu method of addition to find the sum. Show your work.
1. 56 2. 96 3. 538 4. 322
35 87 247 489
5. 289 6. $9.63 7. 238 8. 766

556 8.75 849 984
9. $1.87 10. 874 11. 385 12. $6.11

7.58 496 496 9.97
Compare the Hindu method of addition to the method of addition you use. Which
method do you like best? Explain.

Print This Page
Name
Print This
24 Page
Use Mental Math to Add P PRACTICE
Add mentally.
1. 32 45 2. 21 64
3. 35 13 4. $39 $24
5. 48 31 6. 298 311
7. 595 409 8. 255 344
9. 238 495 10. 730 214
11. 891 108 12. $256 $222
13. 4,524 3,173 14. 8,999 1,333
15. 2,295 2,124 16. 1,487 1,511
Algebra & Functions Find each missing number.
17. 36 a 86 18. b 61 81
19. $498 c $698 20. d 298 598
21. e 657 957 22. $63 h $243
23. $725 k $1,125 24. m 837 1,137
25. 1,650 n 3,300 26. r $750 $1,500

Problem Solving
27. There are 38 dogs and 24 cats at the 28. The pet show committee spends
pet show. How many cats and dogs $316 on dog treats and $299 on cat
are there in all? treats. How much does the
committee spend on treats?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
24 Page
Use Mental Math to Add R RETEACH
You can use these two strategies to add mentally.

Compensation
Use compensation when a number is close to a ten or a hundred.
197 200 Add 3 to make 200: 197 3 200.

254 251 Subtract 3 from the other number: 254 3 251.
451
Zig-zag
Use the zig-zag method to add 356 627.
Take apart 627.
627 600 20 7
Then add each place separately.
356 356 956 976
627 600 20 7
956 976 983
Add mentally.
1. 62 39 2. 54 17
3. 202 248 4. $316 $455
5. $625 $330 6. 437 128
7. 499 252 8. 697 140
9. $29 $56 10. $62 $78
11. $268 $441 12. 298 465

13. 752 247 14. 365 113
15. 599 109 16. 232 657
17. 253 35 18. 849 52
19. 425 222 20. 723 245
21. 3,398 1,343 22. 2,377 196
23. $6,512 $950 24. 1,783 5,097
Print This Page
Name
Print This
24 Page
Use Mental Math to Add E ENRICH
Countdown!
Move from left to right. Add each pair of numbers mentally.
Shade any box that is the sum of the previous two boxes.
Example:
In row 1, add 19 and 53. The sum is 72. Shade the box with 72 in it.
Add 53 and 72. If the sum is 125, then shade the box with 125 in it.
19 53 72 125 197 232 429 661 1,090 1,000 3,090 4,090

195 302 402 67 469 12 480 115 595 110 805 915
17 21 37 58 95 22 127 149 270 199 39 238
34 51 99 154 253 307 560 857 1,317 174 399 573
79 15 94 109 203 311 514 825 1,339 2,064 2,213 4,277
1. Look at the shaded boxes. What number do the boxes form?
2. Which method did you use to add pairs of numbers mentally when:
the sum of the digits was less than 9?

one number was close to 10, 100, or 1,000?
the sum of the digits was greater than 9?
How is mental math different from estimation?

Print This Page
Name
Print This
25 Page
Estimate Sums P PRACTICE
Estimate each sum. Show your work
1. 478 597
2. $8.65 $7.15
3. $0.32 $0.65
4. 4,990 405
5. 2,188 5,621
6. 47,522 3,721
7. 863,122 254,087
Add. Estimate to check that each answer is reasonable.

8. 621 308 9. 2,188 5,621
10. $4.20 $8.12 11. 601,128 328,125
Compare. Write or to make a true sentence.

12. 176 335 400 13. 243 50 300
14. 500 251 127 15. 900 895 68
16. 1,348 2,489 5,000 17. 4,725 321 3,923 289
18. 9,000 4,487 5,672 19. 8,000 6,081 950
20. 22,152 28,174 60,000 21. 49,912 2,839 5,000

Problem Solving
22. Julio wants to buy drawing paper 23. The fourth-grade students make
for $8.50 and brushes for $19.95. 268 posters about bicycle safety.
About how much will he spend? The fifth-grade students make 229.
About how many posters do the
students make altogether?
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 2, Lesson 5, pages 5455. (40) NS 2.1; 3.1; MR 2.1, 2.5
Print This Page
Name
Print This
25 Page
Estimate Sums R RETEACH
To estimate a sum, you can round each number. Then add the
rounded numbers.
Estimate 252 49. Estimate $5.95 $7.25.
Round each number 252 49 Round each $5.95 $7.25
to the nearest ten. number to the
250 50 nearest dollar. $6.00 $7.00
Add. 250 50 300 Add. $6.00 $7.00 $13.00
So, 252 49 is about 300. So, $5.95 $7.25 is about $13.00.
To which place will you round each number? Circle the digits in
that place. Then estimate each sum. Show how you rounded.
1. $7.89 $5.29 2. $0.32 $0.48
3. 6,714 8,217 4. 27,822 2,321
5. 5,214 642 6. 38,629 5,927
Estimate each sum.
7. 469 563 8. $9.08 $12.75

9. 143 431 10. 5,723 3,501
11. 1,827 764 12. 2,357 8,605
13. $38,956 $7,653 14. $46.90 $327.54
15. 896,455 11,321 16. 477,995 865,311
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 2, Lesson 5, pages 5455. (41) NS 2.1, 3.1; MR 2.1, 2.5
Print This Page
Name
Print This
25 Page
Estimate Sums E ENRICH
Star Estimates
There are five paths. Each path has six numbers. Round each
number to the nearest hundred. Then estimate the sum of the
rounded numbers on each path of the star. Write your estimate in
the box at the end of each path.
3. 30,800
23,724
5,627 3,846
1. 47,600
Start 225 45,672 152 172 429 874
5. 44,100
810 126,582
381 714
825
524 418,670
174 41,321
432 645
2. 129,600 4. 447,700
Print This Page
Name
Print This
26 Page
Estimate or Exact Answer Reading

Skill
Solve. Explain why you gave an estimate or an exact answer.
1. James, Max, and Melba collect baseball cards. James has 870 cards,
Max has 569 cards, and Melba has 812 cards. Do the three friends
have more than 2,000 baseball cards?
2. Nicki has a collection of 79 shells and 64 rocks. How many items are
in her collection?
3. Kelly has a coin collection. Her quarters are worth $104.50. Her
dimes are worth $75.10. Her nickels are worth $27.75. What is the
total value of Kellys coin collection?
4. The Comic Book Show sells 474 tickets on Friday and 396 tickets on
Saturday. About how many tickets does the Comic Book Show sell?
5. Eldon has 98 rock CDs, 121 classical CDs, and 25 folk music CDs.
How many CDs does Eldon have?
6. Molly has 221 stamps from the United States and 395 stamps from
other countries. About how many stamps does Molly have?
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 2, Lesson 6, pages 5657. (43) MR 1.1, 2.1, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 3.1, 3.2
Print This Page
Name
Print This
26 Page
Estimate or Exact Answer Math Skills

Test Prep
Jenny has a collection of 249 football cards. Ken has a collection of

329 football cards. Are there more than 500 cards in these two
collections altogether?
1. Which of the following statements is 2. Which number sentence will help
true? you solve the problem?
A Jenny has more cards than Ken. F 249 329 500
B Ken has more than 500 cards. G 329 249 500
C Jenny has 249 cards. H 500 249 500
Paco has 129 toy cars. His brother has 167 toy cars. How many toy
cars do they have in all?
3. Which plan can you use to solve the 4. How many toy cars do they have
problem? in all?
A Estimate the sum of 129 and 167. F 300
B Add 129 and 167. G 296
C Compare 129 and 167. H 200
Hiroshi has 429 football cards, 278 baseball cards, and 97 hockey
cards. Does Hiroshi have more than 1,000 cards in all?
5. Which of the following statements is 6. What do you have to do to solve this

true? problem?
A Hiroshi has 278 baseball cards. F Find the exact sum for
429 278 97.
B Hiroshi has 429 cards in all.
G Estimate to tell if 429 278 is
C Hiroshi has 97 football cards.
greater than 1,000.
H Estimate to tell if 429 278 97
is greater than 1,000.
Print This Page
Name
Print This
26 Page
Estimate or Exact Answer Math Skills

Test Prep
On Friday, 529 people see the museums collection of antique dolls.

On Saturday, 994 people see the collection. On Sunday, 812 people
see the collection. How many people came to see the antique doll
show during the three days?
7. Which plan can you use to solve the 8. How many people came to see
problem? the antique doll show during the
three days?
A Estimate the sum of 529, 994,
and 812. F 2,335
B Add 529, 994, and 812. G 2,300
C Order 529, 994 and 812 from H 1,523
least to greatest.
Solve.
9. Chelsea has 635 postcards from the 10. Gus has 65 autographs from sports
United States, 291 postcards from players, 97 autographs from actors
Canada, and 456 postcards from and actresses, and 27 autographs
Europe and Asia. Does she have from singers. About how many
more than 2,000 postcards? autographs does he have?
11. Miles has 75 old movie posters, 12. Evan has 4,212 cards. His sister has
63 concert posters, and 54 posters 5,349 cards. If they put their cards
from plays. How many posters does together, will they have more than
Miles have? 9,000 cards?
13. Nina has 379 stamps from the 14. Morris has a collection of
United States and 458 stamps from 44 quarters, 92 dimes, and
other countries. How many stamps 89 pennies. About how many
does she have? coins does he have?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
27 Page
Subtraction Patterns P PRACTICE

1. 12 8 n 2. 16 7 n
120 80 n 160 70 n
1,200 800 n 1,600 700 n
12,000 8,000 n 16,000 7,000 n
120,000 80,000 n 160,000 70,000 n
1,200,000 800,000 n 1,600,000 700,000 n
3. 11 5 n 4. 15 8 n
110 50 n 150 80 n
1,100 500 n 1,500 800 n
11,000 5,000 n 15,000 8,000 n
110,000 50,000 n 150,000 80,000 n
1,100,000 500,000 n 1,500,000 800,000 n
Subtract mentally.
5. 1,200 600 6. $8,000 $3,000
7. 600,000 500,000 8. 70,000 50,000
9. $13,000 $9,000 10. 160,000 80,000
11. 140,000 50,000 12. 1,200,000 600,000

Problem Solving
13. A video store rented 900,000 videos 14. The price for a house is $120,000.
last year. This year the store rented Ms. Smith decides to make an offer
1,500,000 videos. How many more that is $30,000 less than the price.
videos did it rent this year? How much does Ms. Smith offer
for the house?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
27 Page
Subtraction Patterns R RETEACH
You can use subtraction facts and patterns to subtract multiples of

ten mentally.
Subtract the front digits. Then write a zero to match each place value.
12 7 5 12 12,000 7,000 5,000 12,000
7 7,000
5 5,000
120 70 50 120 120,000 70,000 50,000 120,000
70 70,000
50 50,000
1,200 700 500 1,200 1,200,000 700,000 500,000 1,200,000
700 700,000
500 500,000
1. 11 8 n 2. 14 5 n
110 80 n 140 50 n
1,100 800 n 1,400 500 n
11,000 80,000 = n 14,000 5,000 n
110,000 800,000 n 140,000 50,000 n
1,100,000 8,000,000 n 1,400,000 500,000 n
Subtract mentally.
3. 1,400 600 4. $16,000 $7,000
5. 160,000 80,000 6. 1,200 500
7. $1,500 $700 8. 110,000 50,000
9. 14,000 8,000 10. $1,700,000 $900,000
11. 1,800,000 900,000 12. 120,000 40,000
Print This Page
Name
Print This
27 Page
Subtraction Patterns E ENRICH
Subtraction Squares (Diffy)

Each subtraction square is made up of eight numbers. To find the
missing numbers, subtract the two corner numbers in each square
and write the difference in between the numbers. Find the missing
numbers. Subtract until you reach the center of the square.
150 70 80
10 30 40
20 20 0
0 0 0
60 10 20 0 0 20 30 30
0 0 0
0 20 20
20 10 10
90 40 50
2. What happens in the center of the squares?
3. What do you think will happen if you choose four other corner
numbers for the largest square? Try it and check your prediction!
Print This Page
Name
Print This
28 Page
Explore Subtracting Whole Numbers P PRACTICE
Subtract.
1. Use models to subtract 525 272.
Subtract the ones. 5 2 5

2 7 2
Subtract the tens. 5 2 5

Regroup 1 hundred 2 7 2
as 10 tens.
Subtract the hundreds. 5 2 5

2 7 2
Subtract.
2. 187 3. 612 4. 356 5. 923 6. 319
95 74 127 707 79
7. 711 8. 425 9. 857 10. 562 11. 227

380 258 79 348 138
12. 684 327 13. 573 495
14. 813 75 15. 263 88

Print This Page
Name
Print This
28 Page
Explore Subtracting Whole Numbers R RETEACH
Use models to subtract 322 145.

Step 1 You need to 322
Model the subtract 145, 145
or 1 hundred
greater number. 4 tens 5 ones.
Step 2 1 12
Subtract the 3 2/ 2/
ones. Regroup a Subtract 145
5 ones.
ten for 10 ones, 7
if necessary.
Step 3 2 11 12
Subtract the 3/ 2/ 2/
tens. Regroup a 145
hundred for 10 77
tens, if necessary. Subtract 4 tens.
Step 4 2 11 12
Subtract the 3/ 2/ 2/
hundreds. 145
177
Subtract 1 hundred.
Subtract. Use or draw models to help you subtract.

1. 724 2. 916 3. 568 4. 428 5. 353
318 108 59 247 182
6. 964 7. 735 8. 327 9. 863 10. 651

281 586 299 575 93
11. 274 126 12. 745 67

Print This Page
Name
Print This
28 Page
Explore Subtracting Whole Numbers E ENRICH
Crack the Code

Find each difference. Match the code number beside each problem
with the correct code letter.
Problems Code Numbers Code Letters
1. $3.63 $1.77 6 761 S
2. $4.25 $2.86 4 88 A
3. 181 92 9 $1.39 U
4. 573 397 13 176 T
5. 426 326 14 304 C
6. 880 119 5 $1.59 N
7. 625 317 2 89 V
8. 682 594 12 $1.86 E
9. 170 98 7 308 M
10. 590 399 15 100 I
11. 731 427 11 77 N
12. $9.05 $7.89 3 191 O
13. $6.52 $4.93 16 47 A
14. 464 387 8 138 A
15. 222 175 1 72 O
16. 832 694 10 $1.16 O
Use this code to solve the riddle. Write the correct letter above each number.
Riddle: What animal is gray and has a trunk?
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Print This Page
Name
Print This
29 Page
Subtract Whole Numbers and Money P PRACTICE
Subtract. Check by adding.

1. 757 2. $582 3. 693 4. 851
28 492 516 569
5. $2.48 6. 2,345 7. $67.89 8. $11,321

1.95 1,658 18.95 979
9. 4,672 10. 3,523 11. $33,572 12. 74,125

873 2,846 13,689 65,239
13. 49,785 14. 98,142 15. $224.39 16. $4,561.71

8,998 617 15.87 291.68
17. 389,243 18. $672,145 19. 914,617 20. $7,211.53

136,354 98,276 117,814 5,926.84
21. 827 468 22. $9.12 $7.58
23. 42,625 9,846 24. 65,932 46,464
25. $311.42 $4.65 26. $578,423 $89,743
27. 982,561 678,984 28. $2,176.53 $1,993.76

Problem Solving
29. A toy factory made 32,154 board 30. A store earned $12,415 selling
games on Monday. On Tuesday it puzzles this week. Last week it
made 31,687 board games. How earned $9,326 selling puzzles.
many more board games did the How much more did the store
factory make on Monday? earn this week?

Print This Page
Name
Print This
29 Page
Subtract Whole Numbers and Money R RETEACH
Subtract 7,617 5,789.
Step 1 Step 2
Subtract the ones. Regroup if necessary. Subtract the tens. Regroup if necessary.
TH H T O TH H T O
5 10 17
0 17 0/
7 6 1/ /
7 7 6/ 1/ /
7
5 7 8 9 5 7 8 9
8 2 8
Step 3 Step 4
Subtract the hundreds. Subtract the thousands.
Regroup if necessary.
TH H T O TH H T O
15 10 17 15 10 17
6 5/ 0/ 6 5/ 0/
7/ 6/ 1/ /
7 7/ 6/ 1/ /
7
5 7 8 9 5 7 8 9
8 2 8 1 8 2 8
Use the same steps to subtract money.

1. 577 2. 872 3. $6.21 4. 3,457 5. $2.49
385 465 4.43 965 0.98
6. 4,872 7. 7,501 8. 8,142 9. 12,435 10. $6,423

3,785 6,874 6,527 8,679 2,496
11. 24,652 12. $56,716 13. 347,072 14. $6,192.48 15. 743,219
9,788 39,897 59,687 1,671.39 19,733

Print This Page
Name
Print This
29 Page
Subtract Whole Numbers and Money E ENRICH
Sumerian Numbers
The Sumerians were an ancient civilization. Sumerians were one of the first
people to develop a written number system and compute with it. They had
five number symbols.
The chart shows the value of each symbol.
1 10 60 600 3,600
The symbols were combined to represent numbers.

Example:
3,600 600 60 10 10 4,280
Solve the Sumerian subtraction problems. Translate the

Sumerian symbols to the numbers in our system and subtract.
Then write the difference using Sumerian symbols.
1. 2. 3.
133 1,263 7,280

125 626 4,861
8 637 2,419
4. 5. 6.
1,821 3,750 1,242

1,205 3,650 922
616 100 320

Print This Page
Name
Print This
210 Page
Regroup Across Zeros P PRACTICE

1. 804 2. 701 3. $500 4. 600
565 387 244 58
5. 300 6. 3,000 7. 9,000 8. 4,050

108 2,987 5,431 2,542
9. 2,000 10. 8,000 11. $15,000 12. 70,700

784 2,450 7,641 8,633
13. 50,000 14. 80,000 15. 30,000 16. 600,003

25,625 35,189 7,984 25,178
17. $900,000 18. 400,707 19. 210,303 20. 575,000

321,229 39,698 101,506 89,342
21. 602 423 22. 800 68
23. 3,400 1,762 24. 6,000 672
25. $20,800 $13,972 26. 70,000 52,087
27. 160,000 149,999 28. 307,000 198,621

Problem Solving
29. Crystal Lake School held a dance 30. At the festival, 39,251 people
festival. There were 3,000 dancers at watched the dancers. Another
the festival. Of those dancers, 2,682 700,000 people watched the festival
did not win prizes. How many on television. How many more people
dancers did win prizes? watched the festival on television?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
210 Page
Regroup Across Zeros R RETEACH
Subtract 500 185.

No ones. Regroup the tens. Subtract the ones, the tens,
No tens. and then the hundreds.
Regroup the hundreds.
H T O H T O H T O
4 10 9 9
5/ /
0 4 /
10 10 4 /
10 10
/
5 0/ 0 /
5 0/ 0/ /
5 0/ 0/
1 8 5 1 8 5 1 8 5
3 1 5
5 hundreds 4 hundreds 10 tens 9 tens 10 ones 10 ones 5 ones 5 ones

10 tens 9 tens 8 tens 1 ten
There are not enough ones 4 hundreds 1 hundred
to subtract 9 ones. 3 hundreds

1. 602 2. 700 3. $900 4. 800 5. 304
314 203 306 523 150
6. $4,000 7. 2,005 8. 3,000 9. 5,000 10. 6,000

1,527 1,083 2,225 259 1,326
11. 68,000 12. 80,000 13. 74,800 14. $40,050 15. 45,000
11,770 5,287 27,862 32,037 2,374
16. 300,077 124,364 17. $200,008 $187,053
18. 107,006 84,119 19. 906,004 205,457
20. 60,000 29,730 21. $500,600 $50,250
Print This Page
Name
Print This
210 Page
Regroup Across Zeros E ENRICH
Missing Digits
Find the missing digits.
1. 8 0 5 2. 5, 0 8 2 3. 9 8
7 2, 3 7 2 6
7 1 , 7 3 7 3
4. 3 0 8 5. 2, 0 3 6. 5, 1 0
9 1, 9 8 1 5 8
1 7 9 2 4, 6 4 5
7. 6, 0 4 8. 6 6 9. 5, 0
3, 8 4 7 3 3, 5 8
, 2 0 7 3 7 1 2, 2 8 3
10. 7 0 11. 0 12. 7, 3 0

2 6 2 3 8 6 3, 0 8 5
4 2 1 6 , 2 1 5
13. 9 8 14. 6, 5 7 15. , 0 7

3 9 3 2 9 4, 8 8 1
6 7 , 5 2 , 1 4
16. 5 7 17. 0 0 18. 7 , 1

2 0 2 , 2 3 4
5 7 3 3 3 5, 7 6
Print This Page
Name
Print This
211 Page

Write a number sentence to solve.
1. Meg buys candle-making supplies for 2. Sally has finished 86 squares in her
$37. She has $25 left. How much quilt. The quilt will have 100 squares.
money did Meg have before she How many squares does Sally still
bought the supplies? have to make?
3. Eric sells a painting for $125. He sells 4. Noah has saved $42. How much
a sculpture for $390. How much more money does he need to buy a
money does Eric earn in all? rare coin for $90?

5. Howard has 75 shells. On a trip, he 6. Tom makes letters for a sign that
collects another 16 shells. How many says Arts and Crafts Fair. Which
shells does he have now? letter does Mark need to make the
most of?
Strategy:
Strategy:
7. Social Studies During the 1800s, 8. Create a problem which you could
sailors made carvings called scrimshaw write a number sentence to solve.
on whale teeth, whalebone, and Share it with others.

tortoise shells. Suppose a sailor made
a carving in 1805. A collector buys the
carving in 2000. How many years old
is the carving?
Strategy:
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 2, Lesson 11, pages 6869. (58) NS 3.1; AF 1.1, 2.1; MR 1.1
Print This Page
Name
Print This
211 Page

Page 69, Problem 2
Ms. Green had 29 buttons to sew on dolls. She has 14 buttons left.
How many buttons has she already sewn on?
Step 1
What do you know?
Ms. Green had buttons to sew on dolls.
She has buttons left.

You need to find how many
.
Step 2
Make a plan.
Make a Table You can write a number sentence to solve the problem.
or List
Write a Number Since you know the original total and the number left,
Sentence
you can write a subtraction sentence.
Work Backward
Act It Out
Find a Pattern
Make a Graph
Guess and Check

Logical Reasoning
Solve a Simpler
Problem
Draw a Picture
Print This Page
Name
Print This
211 Page

Step 3
Solve
You know Ms. Green had buttons to sew on dolls.
You know she has buttons left.
Write a subtration sentence to represent the situation.

29 n 14
number of buttons buttons left
buttons she had already sewn on
Then use a related sentence to solve.

number of buttons left buttons already
buttons she had sewn on
She has already sewn on buttons.
Step 4
Does your answer make sense? Yes No
Did you answer the question? Yes No
How can you check your answer?
What other stategies could you use to solve the problem?
Practice
1. Keshawn spends $45 on glass and 2. Melanie sells a model sailing ship and
copper molding. He pays with a a model airplane for a total of
hundred-dollar bill. How much $40.95. She receives $23.49 for the
change does Keshawn get back? ship. How much money does Melanie
receive for the airplane?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
212 Page
Subtract Using Mental Math P PRACTICE
Subtract mentally.
1. 46 7 2. 81 36 3. 53 19
4. 99 19 5. $78 $49 6. 92 28
7. 74 38 8. 95 37 9. 64 37
10. 687 48 11. $273 $58
12. 394 86 13. $704 $589
14. 745 597 15. 782 203
16. 613 309 17. 555 299
18. 998 145 19. 578 465
20. 648 a 548 21. b 60 340
22. c 412 388 23. d 235 665
24. 950 e 400 25. 823 h 123
26. k 599 301 27. 450 m 100
28. 775 n 200 29. r 300 1,456

Problem Solving
30. Josh buys a wooden horse for $4.89. 31. A bicycle shop has 309 water-bottle
He gives the cashier $5.00. How holders in stock. Ashley buys 259
much change should Josh receive? water-bottle holders from the shop.
How many water-bottle holders does
the store have left?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
212 Page
Subtract Using Mental Math R RETEACH
You can use these two strategies to subtract mentally.

Compensation
Use compensation when one number is close to a ten or a hundred.
Add or subtract the same number from both numbers.
95 97 Add 2 to 28 to make 30: 28 2 30.
28 30 Add 2 to the other number: 95 2 97.
67
103 100 Subtract 3 from 103 to make 100: 103 3 100.
45 42 Subtract 3 from 45: 45 3 42.
58
Zig-zag
Use the zig-zag method to subtract 95 28.
Take apart 28.
28 20 8
Then subtract each place separately.
95 95 75
28 20 8
75 67
Subtract mentally.
1. 26 7 2. 84 32 3. 79 31
4. $58 $17 5. 94 38 6. 86 24
7. 196 49 8. $253 $42

9. 395 91 10. 888 277
11. 245 197 12. $428 $117
13. 482 204 14. 613 307
15. 354 99 16. $755 $402
17. 519 404 18. 505 301
19. $535 $122 20. 350 198
21. 657 312 22. 648 305

Print This Page
Name
Print This
212 Page
Subtract Using Mental Math E ENRICH
Crossnumber Puzzle
Subtract mentally to complete the crossnumber puzzle.
A B C D
4 8 5 8 1 4
E F
2 2 5 3 3
G H I J
9 7 1 2 8 4
K L M
6 5 4 3 2
N
2 4 5 5 7
O
9 8 6 3 7
Across Down
A. 596 111 A. 626 197
C. 879 65 B. 360 308
E. 281 28 D. 237 105
G. 192 95 F. 591 76
H. 383 99 I. 950 113

K. 1,253599 J. 765 723
M. 194 162 K. 686 28
N. 448 203 L. 635 179
O. 662 25 N. 228 199
Look at N. Down. What method did you use to subtract mentally?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
213 Page
Estimate Differences P PRACTICE
Estimate each difference. Show your work.

1. 467 215
2. 2,835 1,487
3. $13.95 $7.25
4. 65,074 15,472
5. 174,921 18,421
Subtract. Estimate to check that each answer is reasonable.

6. 835 7. $81.79 8. 6,984 9. 242,003 10. 654,026
487 31.55 322 49,887 529,620
11. $0.88 $0.35 12. 787,008 117,584
Compare. Write or to make a true sentence.

13. 4,173 2,589 2,000 14. 8,329 957 7,000
15. $300.00 $367.20 $59.45 16. 600 938 452
17. 15,425 3,535 10,000 18. 8,053 7,645 1,000
19. 42,345 16,174 20,000 20. 48,592 961 4,000

Problem Solving
21. There were 787,897 copies of the 22. The Hoop Store spends $129.99 for
Science Monthly sold last year. This an ad in the Science Monthly. The
year, 914,632 copies were sold. store spends $19.29 for an ad in the
About how many more were sold Allentown News. About how much
this year? more does the store spend on
advertising in the Science Monthly
than in the Allentown News?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
213 Page
Estimate Differences R RETEACH
To estimate a difference, you can round each number.

Then subtract the rounded numbers.
Estimate 486 27. Estimate $6.98 $4.59.
Round each number 486 27 Round each number $6.98 $4.59
to the nearest ten. to the nearest dollar
490 30 $7.00 $5.00
Subtract. 490 30 460 Subtract. $7.00 $5.00
$2.00
So, 486 27 is about 460.
So, $6.98 $4.59 is about $2.00.
To which place will you round each number? Circle the digits in that place.
Then estimate each difference. Show how you rounded.
1. $14.95 $8.35 2. $0.78 $0.29
3. 7,842 799 4. $589.10 $85.25
5. 53,425 20,741 6. 425,697 289,721
Estimate each difference.

7. 529 158 8. $683 $475
9. 947 349 10. 5,522 1,378
11. $12.48 $3.98 12. 3,241 678
13. 52,745 47,523 14. 72,393 8,088
15. 232,500 83,900 16. 809,765 528,750
Print This Page
Name
Print This
213 Page
Estimate Differences E ENRICH
A-Mazing Differences
Estimate each difference. Circle the correct answer.
Use your answers to find the path through the maze.
1. 961 472 2. 874 215 3. 4,971 2,364 4. 729 346
A. 400 A. 500 A. 3,000 A. 300
B. 500 B. 600 B. 2,000 B. 400
C. 600 C. 700 C. 1,000 C. 500
5. 526 481 6. $8.16 $1.92 7. $72.59 $24.71 8. 9,742 6,381

A. 0 A. $5.00 A. $30.00 A. 2,000
B. 100 B. $6.00 B. $40.00 B. 3,000
C. 200 C. $7.00 C. $50.00 C. 4,000
9. 5,692 3,766 10. 42,874 16,422 11. 69,124 31,346 12. 892,617 85,600
A. 1,000 A. 20,000 A. 40,000 A. 700,000
B. 2,000 B. 30,000 B. 30,000 B. 800,000
C. 3,000 C. 40,000 C. 20,000 C. 900,000
7A
9C
6B
7C
6C
t
ar
6A
5A
St
7A
5B
7B
8A
9B
5C
1A
4B
8C
C
10
4A
1C
4C
1B
B
10
2B
10
C
11
2C
A
11
3C
8B
C
11
12
3A
sh
12
3B
2A
ni
Fi
B
12
Print This Page
Name
Print This Page

214
A WORKSHEET
Decision
Applying Addition and Subtraction Making
Record your data.
Burgers-to-Go Rubys Healthy Diner Carnival Lunch Menu

Your Decision
Where do you think The Outdoor Club should eat? Explain.
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 2, Lesson 14, pages 7475. (67) MR 1.1; NS 3.1
Print This Page
Name
Print This Page

214
B WORKSHEET
Which materials block a magnet? Math &

Science
Record your data.
Material used as blocker Number of paper clips Find the difference.

that the magnet can hold (Number of paper clips a
when this material is magnet can hold with
used as a blocker no blocker)
minus
(Number of paper clips a
magnet can hold when
this material is used
as a blocker)
Magnet only
Magnet with paper
Magnet with foil

Magnet with tape
Print This Page
Name
Print This Page

214
B WORKSHEET
Which materials block a magnet? Math &

Science
1. What is the difference between the number of paper clips a magnet

can hold with no blocker and the number of paper clips a magnet
can hold with each of the different blockers you used?
2. Put the three materials in order from best blocker to worst.
3. Explain the results of your activity in terms of shielding.
4. What are some other materials that you think would be good
blockers? Explain.
5. What are some other materials that you think would be bad
blockers? Explain.
Print This Page
Name
Print This
31 Page
Tell Time P PRACTICE
Write the time in two ways.

1. 2. 3.
9 48
Choose the most reasonable units of time. Write seconds, minutes,

or hours.
4. Debbie spends 20 at the dentist.
5. You are in school for about 6 .
6. Jerry walks to the store in 15 .
7. Ben swims underwater for 30 .
Tell how much time.

8. 120 minutes = hours 9. seconds = 3 minutes
1
10. 2 hour = minutes 11. 15 minutes = hour
12. minutes = 2 12 hours 13. minutes = 1 41 hours

Algebra & Functions Describe and complete the conversion patterns.

14.
Minutes 60 120 180 240 300
Hours 1 2
15.
Minutes 1 2 3 4 5
Seconds 60 120
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 3, Lesson 1, pages 9295. (70) MR 1.1, 2.3
Print This Page
Name
Print This
31 Page
Tell Time R RETEACH
You can read time in different ways.
5 40
Read: five-forty Read: forty minutes Read: twenty minutes before

after five six or twenty minutes to six
Write: 5:40
Write the time in as many different ways as you can.

1. 2. 3.
4. 5. 6.
4 15 3 20 2 50
7. 8. 9.
Print This Page
Name
Print This
31 Page
Tell Time E ENRICH
Patterns in Time
The times shown on the clocks are in a pattern.
What time would the next clock show? What is the pattern?
1.
11 12 1 11 12 1 11 12 1
10 2 10 2 10 2
9 3 9 3 9 3
8 4 8 4 8 4
7 6 5 7 6 5 7 6 5
Time: Pattern: Increase by hour.
2.
5 :45 5 :30 5 :15
Time: Pattern: Decrease by hour.
3.
11 12 1 11 12 1 11 12 1
10 2 10 2 10 2
9 3 9 3 9 3
8 4 8 4 8 4
7 6 5 7 6 5 7 6 5
4.
3 :10 3 :00 2 :50
Time: Pattern: Decrease by hour.
5.
11 12 1 11 12 1 11 12 1
10 2 10 2 10 2
9 3 9 3 9 3
8 4 8 4 8 4
7 6 5 7 6 5 7 6 5
Print This Page
Name
Print This
32 Page
Elapsed Time P PRACTICE
How much time has passed?

1. Begin: 12:00 P.M. 2. Begin: 1:15 A.M. 3. Begin: 11:05 P.M.
End: 2:20 P.M. End: 1:50 A.M. End: 1:00 A.M.
4. Begin: 2:25 A.M. 5. Begin: 3:40 P.M. 6. Begin: 5:45 A.M.

End: 5:40 A.M. End: 12:00 A.M. End: 12:15 P.M.
7. Begin: 8:10 P.M. 8. Begin: 9:30 A.M. 9. Begin: 10:35 P.M.

End: 1:55 A.M. End: 2:10 P.M. End: 8:00 A.M.
What time will it be in 1 hour 20 minutes?

10. 11. 12.
8 50
Algebra & Functions Write the missing numbers.

13. 5:16 A.M. is minutes after 5:00 A.M.
14. 2:45 P.M. is minutes before 3:00 P.M.
15. 7:22 P.M. is hours minutes after 7:00 P.M.

16. 9:58 A.M. is minutes before A.M.
Problem Solving
17. Lisa leaves her house at 8:45 A.M. 18. The Big Beach bus leaves the city at
She gets to karate class 35 minutes 6:40 P.M. The bus arrives at the
later. At what time does Lisa get beach at 8:25 P.M. How long is the
to karate class? trip to the beach?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
32 Page
Elapsed Time R RETEACH
Elapsed time is the amount of time that passes from the start to the
end of an action. Follow these steps to find how much time has
elapsed from 8:20 A.M. to 11:35 A.M.
First count the number of hours. Then count the number of minutes.
From 8:20 to 11:20 is 3 hours. From 11:20 to 11:35 is 15 minutes.

So, 3 hours 15 minutes have passed.
How much time has passed?
1. Begin End 2. Begin End
12 15 3 15
6 00 10 30 2 15 2 35
Print This Page
Name
Print This
32 Page
Elapsed Time E ENRICH
Flying Time
Use the time zone map to answer each question. Show your answer in local
time. Remember to include the time zone; for example, 7:00 A.M. Central Time.
Pacific Time Mountain Time Central Time Eastern Time
11 12 1 11 12 1 11 12 1 11 12 1
10 2 10 2 10 2 10 2
9 3 9 3 9 3 9 3
8 4 8 4 8 4 8 4
7 6 5 7 6 5 7 6 5 7 6 5
Seattle
New York City
Los Angeles Atlanta

Phoenix Dallas
Miami
1. It takes about 5 hours to fly from Los Angeles to New York City.
If a plane leaves Los Angeles at 8:00 A.M., at what time will it arrive
in New York City?
2. It takes 4 hours 30 minutes for a plane to fly from Atlanta to
Phoenix. If a plane departs from Atlanta at 10:00 A.M., at what
time will it arrive in Phoenix?
3. A plane flew from Seattle to Atlanta. It arrived in Atlanta at
1:05 A.M. The flight lasted for 5 hours 40 minutes. At what
time did it depart from Seattle?
4. The flight between Dallas and Miami takes 2 hours 41 minutes.
Complete the flight schedule below.
Depart Dallas Arrive Miami Depart Miami Arrive Dallas
7:00 A.M. CT 2:30 P.M. ET
9:10 A.M. CT 4:45 P.M. ET
11:20 A.M. CT 6:57 P.M. ET
5. How did you adjust for the time zones in your answers?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
33 Page
Calendar P PRACTICE
Use the calendars for July and August for exercises 18.
July 2000 August 2000

S M T W T F S S M T W T F S
1 1 2 3 4 5
Nick
arrives!
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Independence
Day!
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
Football
practice
begins!
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 27 28 29 30 31
30 31
1. What is the date of the fourth 2. On which day of the week is

Thursday in July? Independence Day?
3. Cindy will return from vacation on 4. If soccer camp runs from July 7
the Monday after Nick arrives. On through the following Saturday, how
which date will Cindy return? long is soccer camp?
5. Justin is moving to a new town on 6. Jason has a violin lesson every

August 1. The movers are coming Wednesday. How many lessons will
4 days before that. On which date he have in July and August?
will the movers arrive?
8. Pat saw the dentist on July 25. He has

7. Nick will leave on August 30. another appointment 10 days later. On
For how many weeks will he visit? which date is Pats appointment?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
33 Page
Calendar R RETEACH
You can use a calendar to find elapsed time.

Suppose today is May 8. How many days is it until Mothers Day?
Count on from May 8 to May 14. It is 6 days from May 8 to May 14.
May 2000 June 2000

S M T W T F S S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
Mothers Flag
Day Day
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
Fathers
Day
28 29 30 31 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
Use the calendars above for exercises 18.

1. How long is it from Flag Day to 2. How long is it from Mothers Day
Fathers Day? to the following Sunday?
3. Sports camp runs from June 19 through 4. How many weeks are there from May
June 30. How long is camp? 1 to June 5?
5. On which day of the week is Flag Day? 6. Memorial Day is celebrated on the last
Monday in May. Which date is that?
7. Dave will return from vacation on the 8. The last day of school is June 7. Toms
Monday after Flag Day. On which birthday is 5 days before that. When
date will he return? is Toms birthday?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
33 Page
Calendar E ENRICH
Calendar Calculations
Use the calendar to solve the problems.
January February March April May June

S M T W T F S S M T W T F S S M T W T F S S M T W T F S S M T W T F S S M T W T F S
1 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 27 28 29 26 27 28 29 30 31 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 28 29 30 31 25 26 27 28 29 30
30 31 30
July August September October November December

S M T W T F S S M T W T F S S M T W T F S S M T W T F S S M T W T F S S M T W T F S
1 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 1 2
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 27 28 29 30 31 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 29 30 31 26 27 28 29 30 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
30 31 31
1. Jamie will start basketball practice 2. John plans to go on a skiing trip the
on the first Monday in September. third Friday in December. He must
She plans to buy sneakers at least buy his ticket 14 days in advance of
two weeks before practice begins. the flight. He wants to make the
On which date will basketball plane reservations 4 weeks before
practice begin? Which is the latest buying the ticket. Which is the latest
date on which she can buy her date on which he should make his
sneakers? plane reservations?
3. George's team has its first game on 4. Holly wants to run her best race the
May 15. They plan to spend four second Saturday in June. To train, she
Saturdays practicing. Then they will wants to do speed workouts for 5

spend a week practicing every day weeks. Before she begins speed
after school. Which is the latest training, she must do endurance runs
date on which they should start for 4 weeks. Which is the latest date
practicing? on which she should begin training?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
34 Page
Line Plots P PRACTICE
1. Complete the tally table and line plot for the following data.
Number of Miles Run Each Day by the Members of the Fleet-Footed Club
3 2 5 4 6 3 1 5 4 3 2 6
4 3 5 3 2 2 1 5 4 3 6 3
2 5 3 1 4 2 5 6 2 3 2
Number of Miles Run Each Day
Number of Miles Run Each Day by the
by Members of The Fleet-Footed Club
Members of the Fleet-Footed Club
Number of
Tally Total
Miles
6
1 2 3 4 5 6
Use the line plot to answer the questions.
2. How many miles did the greatest number of students run?
3. How many members ran 6 miles a day?
4. How many members ran 4 miles or more a day?
5. How many more members ran 4 miles a day than ran 1 mile a day?
6. How many members are in the club?

Use the data below to make a tally table and line plot on a separate sheet of paper.
Ages of Fleet-Footed Club Members
8 11 12 9 13 14 12 11 8 12 10 12
11 9 13 12 11 9 12 14 11 12 13 10
9 12 10 13 9 12 11 14 10 9 13
7. What statement can you make about the data in your line plot?
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 3, Lesson 4, pages 100101. (79) SDP 1.1
Print This Page
Name
Print This
34 Page
Line Plots R RETEACH
Marcia counted the number of letters in each word in a story. The

data is shown below.
Number of Letters in Words in a Story
3 3 5 6 4 2 1 5 6 3 4 7
3 2 3 5 2 8 4 5 3 3 5 2
5 6 3 5 1 4
You can organize the data in a tally table.

To compare the data, you can make a line plot.
Example: For the first number, 3, make a tally mark in the table. Cross out
the 3 in the data above. Then record and cross out the remaining
3s. In the line plot, use an X to stand for each word in the story.
Complete the tally table and the line plot.
Number of Letters in Words in a Story Number of Letters in Words in a Story

Number of Total 2 words had 7 words had
Letters in Tally Number 1 letter. 5 letters.
Words of Words
1 2 X
X
2 3 words had
X 6 letters.
3 8
X
4
X X
5
X X X
6 X X X
7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
8
Use the line plot. How many words had:

1. 3 letters? 2. 2 letters? 3. 8 letters?
4. more than 3 letters? 5. less than 3 letters?
6. How many letters did the greatest number of words have?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
34 Page
Line Plots E ENRICH
Mystery Plot
Use the clues below to complete the line plot.
Number of Books Read in September by Students in Fourth Grade
5 6 7 8 9 10
Clues
There are 4 students who read 5 books The number of students who read 8
a month and 3 times as many who read books a month is 2 less than the
7 books a month. number of students who read 6 and 9
books a month combined.
The number of students who read 6
books a month is 7 less than the number The number of students who read 9
of students who read 7 books a month. books a month is twice as many as the
number of the students who read 6
The number of students who read 10
books a month.
books a month is half the number who
read 7 books a month.
Use the line plot to answer the questions.

1. How many students were surveyed?
2. How many books were read by the greatest number of students each month?
About how many was that a week?
3. How many books were read by the least number of students?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
35 Page
Range, Median and Mode P PRACTICE
The third-grade class at Blue Hill School collects and recycles

aluminum cans. The line plot shows how many cans the students
collected in March. Use data from the line plot for exercises 13.
1. Find the range, median, and mode Number of Aluminum Cans Collected
from the line plot. in March
Range: X
X
Median:
X X
Mode: X X
X X
2. What does the mode tell you about
X X X
this data?
X X X X X
X X X X X X X
X X X X X X X X
X X X X X X X X X
3. What does the median tell you about 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
this data?
Complete the table.
Data Order Data from Range Median Mode

Least to Greatest
4. 6, 8, 8, 9, 5, 4, 8, 7, 5
5. 30, 35, 29, 42, 35, 35, 40
6. 30, 19, 21, 17, 25, 23, 25
7. 20, 80, 40, 50, 90, 60, 50
8. 78, 85, 100, 100, 95, 92, 88
9. $9, $13, $23, $15, $13
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 3, Lesson 5, pages 102103. (82) SDP 1.1, 1.2
Print This Page
Name
Print This
35 Page
Range, Median and Mode R RETEACH
You can analyze data using the range, median, and mode.
Use the line plot to help you find the range, median, and mode.
Range: the difference between the Time It Takes to Get to School
greatest and least numbers X
Range: 25 5 20 X
Median: the middle number when the X X
data is arranged in order from least to X X X
greatest X X X
The data in the line plot is arranged in X X X
order. There are 29 Xs, so the middle X is X X X
the 15th X. The 15th X in the line plot is X X X X
above 10, so the median is 10. X X X X
Mode: the number that occurs most often X X X X X
The greatest number of Xs is above 10, so 0 5 10 15 20 25
10 is the mode. Minutes
Order the data from least to greatest. Then find the range, median, and mode.
1. Data: 6, 4, 3, 3, 0, 5, 8
List in order from least to greatest: , , , , , ,
Range: 0 =
Median:
Mode:
2. Data: 83, 96, 72, 91, 83
List in order from least to greatest: , , , ,
Range: 96 =
Median:
Mode:
3. Data: 56, 88, 100, 34, 96, 56, 92
List in order from least to greatest: , , , , , ,
Range:
Median:
Mode:
Print This Page
Name
Print This
35 Page
Range, Median, and Mode E ENRICH
The Case of the Missing Math Tests

Ms. Lee's math class is divided into three groups. Each group
found the range, median, and mode of the group's scores.
Use the data for each group to find the missing scores.
1.
Group 1s Test Scores Students Scores for Group 1
Range 18 Megan 80 Joe 90
Median 88 Stephanie 92 Chris 76
Mode 94 Gregory 84 Alison 94
Brian 86 Nancy
2.
Range 18 Jason Ann 88
Median 91 Steven 82 Karen 94
Mode 94 Melissa 94 Leroy 90
Serena 98 Carl 80
3.
Range 16 Sam Jamal 92
Median 92 Beth 92 Sally 96

Mode 92 Susan 88 Bill 82
Mario 86 Rita 92
4. Explain how you found each missing test score.
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 3, Lesson 5, pages 102103. (84) SDP 1.1,1.2
Print This Page
Name
Print This
36 Page
Identify Extra and Missing Information Reading

Skill
Circle the question that you need to answer. Cross out any extra
information. Then solve or tell what information you need to solve
the problem.
1. Fiona is taking a train from Boston to 2. On Tuesday, September 7, Noah
Providence on May 6th. The train bought a ticket for a flight that
arrives in Providence at 3:54 P.M. leaves on September 20th. The ticket
How long is the train trip? cost $329. On what day of the week
is Noahs flight?
3. Marion and her daughter fly from 4. A train leaves Washington, D.C., at
Atlanta to Dallas. The round-trip fare 5:45 A.M. and arrives in Philadelphia
for Marion is $349. The fare for at 8:00 A.M. A train from New York
Marions daughter is the same. This City arrives in Washington, D.C., at
fare costs $50 more than the fare 8:10 A.M. Which train ride takes
the last time Marion flew. What was more time?
the round-trip fare the last time
Marion flew?
5. Kendra wants to fly from Atlanta to 6. A round-trip coach ticket on Flight

Philadelphia. Flight 17 leaves Atlanta 54 from New York City to San
at 11:39 A.M. and arrives in Francisco costs $399. A round-trip
Philadelphia at 1:43 P.M. Flight 20 first-class ticket on Flight 54 costs
leaves Atlanta at 8:40 P.M. and $1,609. A round-trip coach ticket on

arrives in Philadelphia at 10:54 P.M. Flight 98 from New York City to San
A coach ticket on Flight 17 is $109. Francisco costs $438. How much
This is $20 more than a ticket on more expensive is a round-trip coach
Flight 20. Which flight is shorter? ticket on Flight 98 than on Flight 54?
How much shorter is it?
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 3, Lesson 6, pages 104105. (85) MR 1.1, 2.3, 2.4, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3
Print This Page
Name
Print This
36 Page
Identify Extra and Missing Information Math Skills

Test Prep
Flight 81 leaves Salt Lake City at 2:55 P.M. and arrives in Phoenix at
4:30 P.M. Flight 62 from Salt Lake City, which is sold out, arrives in
Phoenix at 3:45 P.M. Which flight is faster?
1. Which of the following statements 2. What important information is
is false? missing?
A Flight 81 takes less than 2 hours. F the time that Flight 81 leaves Salt
B Flight 62 arrives in Phoenix after Lake City
Flight 81 does. G the time that Flight 81 arrives in
C Flight 62 is sold out. Phoenix
D Flight 81 arrives in Phoenix before H the time that Flight 62 leaves Salt
5:00 P.M. Lake City
J the time that Flight 62 arrives in
Salt Lake City
An express train leaves Grand Terminal at 5:05 P.M. The train arrives
at the first stop at 5:21 P.M., the second stop at 5:46 P.M., and the
last stop at 6:04 P.M. How long is the train ride?
3. Which extra information is not 4. How long is the train ride?
needed to solve the problem? F 16 minutes
A the time the train leaves Grand G 41 minutes
Terminal H 59 minutes
B the time the train arrives at the J 61 minutes
second stop
C the time the train arrives at the
last stop
D none of the above
A train leaves Chicago at 4:20 P.M. on Wednesday, November 24. It arrives in

Houston at 11:50 A.M. the next day. How long does the train ride take?
5. Which extra information is not 6. How long does the train ride take?
needed to solve the problem? F 4 hours 30 minutes
A the time the train leaves Chicago G 7 hours 30 minutes
B the time the train arrives in H 8 hours 30 minutes
Sacramento J 19 hours 30 minutes
C the date the train leaves
D none of the above
Print This Page
Name
Print This
36 Page
Identify Extra and Missing Information Math Skills

Test Prep
Ty wants to take a nonstop flight that leaves Miami at 7:25 A.M. and arrives
in Cincinnati at 9:55 A.M., but the flight is sold out. Instead, he takes a
9:00 A.M. flight from Miami to Atlanta. Then Ty takes a flight from Atlanta to
Cincinnati. That flight leaves Atlanta at 12:00 noon. How much later does Ty
arrive in Cincinnati than he would have if he had taken a nonstop flight?
7. Which of the following statements 8. What information do you still need
is false? to solve the problem?
A Ty catches a 12:00 noon flight. F the time the 12:00 noon flight
B Ty catches a 9:00 A.M. flight. from Atlanta arrives in Cincinnati
C The nonstop flight takes less than G the time the 9:00 A.M. flight from
3 hours. Miami arrives in Atlanta
D Tys trip to Cincinnati takes H the time the 7:25 A.M. flight from
3 hours. Miami arrives in Cincinnati
J the time the 7:25 A.M. flight from
Miami arrives in Atlanta
Solve. Identify extra or missing information in each problem.
9. A round-trip first-class ticket from St. 10. A train leaves Rocky Mount, NC, at
Louis to San Diego costs $1,600. A 1:16 P.M. The train arrives in Petersburg,
round-trip coach ticket costs $359. VA, at 2:45 P.M. and in Richmond,
The Howards buy 3 tickets. How VA, at 3:22 P.M. How long is the trip
much do they spend? from Rocky Mount to Richmond?
11. A bus leaves the terminal at 6:10 P.M. 12. Samantha takes a train to New York
It makes its first stop at 6:30 P.M. and City. She catches the train at 7:25 A.M.
its second stop at 6:55 P.M. When The train stops in Newark at 7:41 A.M.
will the bus arrive at its third stop? The train arrives in New York at
7:59 A.M. How much time does
Samanthas ride take?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
37 Page
Work Backward
Work backward to solve.
1. Bill wants to arrive 15 minutes early 2. It takes Sandy 35 minutes to walk

for a movie that starts at 7:45 P.M. It from school to the mall. She spends
will take him about 20 minutes to 45 minutes at the mall. Sandy leaves
walk to the theater. When should Bill the mall at 4:20 P.M. When did she
leave home? leave school?
3. Nick spent $21.50 on a theater ticket 4. Sally spends $16.50 on gas, $2.25
and $12.50 on a meal. He has on tolls, and $2.75 on a snack. She
$14.25 left. How much money did has $32.10. How much money did
Nick start with? she start with?

5. Barry makes letters for a sign that 6. Mr. Carlson has $424. He spends
reads Free Field Trip Sign-Up Sheet. $29 on gasoline. How much money
Which letter does Mark need to does Mr. Carlson have left?
make the most of?
Strategy:
Strategy:
7. Health Walking a mile burns about 8. Create a problem which can be

110 calories. About how many solved by working backward. Share
calories would you burn if you it with others.
walked 2 miles?
Strategy:
Print This Page
Name
Print This
37 Page
Work Backward
Page 109, Problem 1
Mindy wants to eat before the 7:40 P.M. show. She needs about 45 minutes
to order and eat her dinner. What is the latest time she can order?
Step 1
What do you know?
Mindy needs about minutes to order and
eat her dinner.
She wants to eat before .

You need to find the latest time that Mindy
.
Step 2
Make a plan.
Make a Table You can work backward to solve the problem.
or List

Write a Number Start at the time of the show.
Sentence
Work Backward Then work backward to find the time that Mindy needs

Act it Out to order.
Find a Pattern
Make a Graph
Guess and Check
Logical Reasoning
Solve Simpler
Problem
Draw a Picture
Print This Page
Name
Print This
37 Page
Work Backward
Step 3
Solve
Mindy needs about minutes to order and
eat her dinner.
She wants to finish eating by .

Start at 7:40 P.M.
Think: Mindy wants to finish eating
by 7:40 P.M. She needs to order
45 minutes before that time.
Move backward 45 minutes.
The latest time that Mindy can order

is .
Step 4
Work forward to check your answer.
Start with your answer. Move forward 45 minutes.
Did you end at 7:40 P.M.?
What other strategies could you use to solve the problem?
Practice
1. Laurel wants to watch a show that 2. Paul plays basketball for 30 minutes
begins at 8:30 A.M. Before she can and Frisbee for 15 minutes. Then he
watch TV, she has to practice piano walks home.The walk takes 20 minutes.
for 1 hour 15 minutes. At what time If Paul gets home at 2:30 P.M., at what
does Laurel have to start practicing? time did he start playing basketball?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
38 Page
Explore Pictographs P PRACTICE
1. Complete the table. Then use the table to complete the pictograph.
Which Modern Invention Do You Which Modern Invention Do You

Like the Most? Like the Most?
Invention Tally Total Computer
Computer
CD Player
CD Player
Car
Car
Television Television
Key: Each stands for people
Use the pictograph for exercises 25.

2. Which item do people like the most?
3. How many more people like their computers than their televisions?
4. How many people were surveyed?
5. What key would you use if 80 people were surveyed? Explain.
Use the table to make a pictograph on a separate piece of paper.

Then answer each question.
6. 7. How many more students like pizza

Favorite Lunches
more than spaghetti?
Lunch Tally
Pizza
8. How many students took part in
Hamburgers
the survey?
Spaghetti
Chicken
Print This Page
Name
Print This
38 Page
Explore Pictographs R RETEACH
Evan and Jenny surveyed students to find Favorite Colors

out whether their favorite color is red, blue,
or yellow. This is the data they collected. Red 10
Blue 11
Yellow 6
Here is how to make a pictograph of the data. Favorite Colors
Step 1: Write a title. List the categories. Red
Step 2: Choose a picture to show the data.
Blue
You can use 1 picture to represent 2
students. So, half of a picture will Yellow
represent 1 student. Use the picture
to make a key. Key: Each stands for 2 students.
Step 3: Use the key to draw pictures to show
Key: Each stands for 1 student.
the data for each category.
Use the data in the table to complete the pictograph.

Answer the questions to help you.
1. How many people chose oranges? 2. How many people chose apples?
How many faces will you draw? How many faces will you draw?
Favorite Fruit Favorite Fruit

Fruit Tally Total Apples
Apples 9
Pears
Pears 5
Oranges
Oranges 10
Plums 4 Plums
Key: Each stands for 2 people.
Key: Each stands for 1 person.
Print This Page
Name
Print This
38 Page
Explore Pictographs E ENRICH
Stamp Collecting
Use the clues below to complete the pictograph.
Sarahs Stamp Collection
Stamps of famous people
Stamps of famous landmarks
Stamps of famous events
Stamps of birds
Stamps from other countries
Stamps of flowers
Key: Each stands for 2 stamps.
Clues
Sarah has 5 fewer stamps from other countries than stamps of
famous people.
Sarah has twice as many stamps of famous events as stamps from
other countries.
Sarah has 3 more stamps of famous landmarks than stamps from
other countries.
Sarah has 1 more than twice as many bird stamps as stamps of
famous events.
If Sarah had 6 more flower stamps, she would have an amount
equal to the number of bird stamps.
Would you use 1 stamp to stand for 8 stamps in the key? Why or why not?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
39 Page
Bar Graphs P PRACTICE
Complete the table below. Then use it to complete the bar graph
and answer exercises 14.
Favorite Types of Music
Adults Teenagers
Type of Music Tally Marks Total Tally Marks Total
Country
Classical
Jazz
Rap
Rock and roll
Favorite Types of Music

16
14
Number of People
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
Country Classical Jazz Rap Rock and Roll
Adults Teenagers
1. How many teenagers chose rock and roll?
2. Which type of music was chosen about the same number of

times by adults and teenagers?
3. Which type of music do adults like the most?
4. Did more adults or teenagers choose jazz as their favorite

music?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
39 Page
Bar Graphs R RETEACH
You can use single-bar graphs or double-bar graphs to show data.

A single-bar graph presents one set of data. A double-bar graph
presents two sets of data.
When you create a double-bar graph, you need to make a key to

represent each set of data. Write a title, headings for the vertical
and horizontal sides, and select a scale just as you would for a
single-bar graph. Remember to include different headings for both
sets of data.
Use the graphs to answer the questions.
1. What is the favorite

Favorite Vacation Spots
vacation spot? How many 20
people chose it? 18
16
Number of People
14
12
10
8
6
2. Did more people choose 4
2
France, Hawaii, or Greece as
0
their favorite vacation spot? Hawaii Greece Florida France Australia
Favorite Vacation Spots

3. How many more boys than 10
girls chose Hawaii as their 9
8
Number of People
favorite vacation spot?

7
6
5
4
4. Which vacation spot shows 3
the greatest difference 2
between boys and girls? 1
0
Hawaii Greece Florida France Australia
Boys Girls
Print This Page
Name
Print This
39 Page
Bar Graphs E ENRICH
Misleading Graphs
The bar graph shows the earnings of Bayside Auto Plaza and Auto World.
1. The bar for Auto World is twice as
high as the bar for Bayside Auto Earnings of Car Sales
Plaza. Does this mean that Auto $150,000
World earns twice as much as
Bayside Auto Plaza?
$140,000
2. What is the actual difference in the $130,000

earnings of the two stores?
$120,000
3. Is the graph misleading? Explain.
0 130,000 150,000
Bayside Auto
Auto Plaza World
A car salesperson made Graphs A and B to show the number of

cars she sold in one year.
Car SalesGraph A Car SalesGraph B
Number of Cars Sold
Number of Cars Sold
50 100
40 80
30 60
20 40
10 20
0 0
March
April
Jan.
Feb.
March
April
May
June
July
Aug.
Sept.
Oct.
Nov.
Dec.
Oct.
Jan.
Sept.
July
June
Dec.
Month Months
4. Do both bar graphs show the same data?
5. Which graph do you think the salesperson showed her boss? Tell why.
Print This Page
Name
Print This
310 Page
Coordinate Graphing P PRACTICE
Give the ordered pair for each place on the grid.
1. mall 12
11
school
10
2. library 9 post office
library
8
bank
3. park 7
park
6
4. school 5 mall
fire station
4
3
5. video arcade video arcade
2
pool
1
0
Name the place at each location. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112
6. (9, 1) 7. (1, 9)
8. (4, 5) 9. (3, 8)
Give the ordered pair for each place on the grid.

12
city hall
10. jail 11
police station
10 jail
9
11. movie theater court house
8 pet store
7
12. police station 6
movie theater
5 grocery store
4
13. grocery store 3
2 soccer field
1
Name the place at each location. 0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112
14. (7, 2) 15. (8, 11)
16. (8, 9) 17. (4, 8)
18. A drive-in diner is being built 19. A parking garage is being built
3 blocks down from the pet between the city hall and the
store. What ordered pair names court house. What ordered pair
this location? names the garages location?
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 3, Lesson 10, pages 116117. (97) MG 2.1, 2.2, 2.3
Print This Page
Name
Print This
310 Page
Coordinate Graphing R RETEACH
The grid shows the location of 10

rides at an amusement park.
9
Where is the Space Ride located?
Sky Ride Ferris Wheel Carousel
Start at 0. Go right 1, and then 8
go up 2. You can write the
location of the Space Ride as the 7
Swings Paddle Boats
ordered pair (1, 2). 6
Tidal Force
In an ordered pair, the first
5
number tells you how far to go to
the right. The second number Log Ride Roller Coaster
4
tells you how far to go up.
3
Shells Scrambler
Try this. Go right 5, Go up 1.
2
(5, 1) ordered pair Space Ride
Tea Cups
1
Which ride do you find?
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Complete. Use the grid above.
1. Start at 0. Go right 8, then up 3. 2. Start at 0. Go right 4, then up 4.
The ordered pair is (8, ). The ordered pair is ( , 4).

What is here? What is here?
3. Start at 0. Go right 2, then up 8. 4. Start at 0. Go right 6, then up 7.
The ordered pair is . The ordered pair is .

What is here? What is here?
Use the grid above to tell which is at each location.
5. (5, 8) 6. (2, 3)
7. (4, 6) 8. (1, 6)
9. (6, 4) 10. (8, 8)
Print This Page
Name
Print This
310 Page
Coordinate Graphing E ENRICH
Find the Hidden Picture

Locate each ordered pair on the grid below. Label it with the
exercise number. Then connect the dots in order.
1. (17, 3) 2. (11, 7) 3. (10, 0) 4. (9, 7)
5. (3, 3) 6. (7, 9) 7. (0, 10) 8. (7, 11)
9. (3, 17) 10. (9, 13) 11. (10, 20) 12. (11, 13)
13. (17, 17) 14. (13, 11) 15. (20, 10) 16. (13, 9)
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Print This Page
Name
Print This
311 Page
Explore Line Graphs P PRACTICE
Use the table to complete the line graph.
Toy Sales at Toy City Toys Sold at Toy City

Month Amount $3,200
$3,000
July $1,700 $2,800
$2,600
Amount
August $1,000 $2,400
$2,200
September $1,700 $2,000
$1,800
October $2,500 $1,600
$1,400
November $2,700 $1,200
$1,000
December $3,200 0
July Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec.
Month
Use the line graph to answer the questions.
1. In which month was the greatest 2. In which two months were sales
dollar amount of toys sold at Toy City? the same?
3. During which month did sales 4. During which month did sales
decrease? increase the most?
5. What is the difference in sales 6. In how many months did Toy City sell
between the highest and lowest more than $1,600 worth of toys?
points on the graph
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 3, Lesson 11, pages 118119. (100) SDP 1.1,1.3
Print This Page
Name
Print This
311 Page
Explore Line Graphs R RETEACH
A line graph shows change over a period of time.

The table below shows the number of ice-cream cones sold over a
year at the Ice-Cream Cottage. You can also show this information
in a line graph.
Ice-Cream Cones Sold
Ice-Cream Cone Sales 900
Number of Cones Sold

Month Number 800
July 800 700
600
August 900
500
September 700
400
October 650 300
November 350 200
December 100 100
0
July Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec.
Show the data from the table in Month
the line graph.
In October, 650 cones were sold.

Draw a dot across from 650 on the
graphs scale (650 is half way
between 600 and 700).
Draw a dot for each of the other months number of sales.
Use the line graph to answer the questions.

1. In which month was the greatest 2. How many ice-cream cones were
number of ice-cream cones sold? sold in July?
3. How many more ice-cream cones 4. Between which two months did the
were sold in July than in December? greatest decrease in sales take place?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
311 Page
Explore Line Graphs E ENRICH
Population Trends
Use the clues to complete the line graph.
Clues
Foxwood had 200 more people in 1930 than it did in 1920.
The population was the same in 1940 as it was in 1930.
In 1950, the number of people increased by 200.
There were 1,600 people living in Foxwood in 1960.
The number of people decreased by 200 in 1970 and 100 in 1980.
The population in 1990 was 200 more than in 1980.
Population Changes in Foxwood
2,200
2,100
2,000
Number of People
1,900
1,800
1,700
1,600
1,500
1,400
1,300
1,200
1,100
0
1900 1910 1920 1930 1940 1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000
Year
Write the years during which each event most likely happened.
Event Years
For the first time in 30 years, the between and

population began growing again.
A computer factory opened. People between and

moved to Foxwood for jobs.
The town's toy factory closed. Many between and

people lost their jobs.
Print This Page
Name
Print This Page

312
A WORKSHEET
Decision
Applying Time and Data Making
Show how the Sequoia Nature Club can spend its time. Make a
schedule.
Activity Starting Time of Activity Ending Time of Activity
Your Decision
Which activities did you choose for the Sequoia Nature Club?
Explain your choices.
Print This Page
Name
Print This Page

312
B WORKSHEET
Does practice make perfect? Math &

Science
Record your data.
Attempt Time Needed to Complete the Puzzle
10
1. Describe what happened to the time you needed as you

repeated the puzzle over and over.
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 3, Lesson 12, pages 122123. (104) NS 1.2; SDP 1.1, 1.3; MR 2.3, 3.2
Print This Page
Name
Print This Page

312
B WORKSHEET
Does practice make perfect? Math &

Science
2. How many times did you have to work the puzzle until you
mastered it?
3. What happened to your time after you mastered the puzzle?
4. Make a line graph, comparing puzzle number and time.
What happened to the line on the graph after you mastered

the puzzle?
5. Explain how you used your short- and long-term memory to learn
the puzzle.
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 3, Lesson 12, pages 122123. (105) NS 1.2; SDP 1.1, 1.3; MR 2.3, 3.2
Print This Page
Name
Print This
41 Page
The Meaning of Multiplication P PRACTICE
Write a multiplication sentence for each model.

1. 2.
3. 4.
Find each product.

5. 6 6. 7 7. 3 8. 7 9. 6 10. 7
6 7 5 3 0 5
11. 5 12. 8 13. 4 14. 9 15. 6 16. 4

8 7 6 5 8 8
17. 8 8 18. 2 6 19. 9 6 20. 9 8
21. 3 3 22. 6 7 23. 2 3 24. 6 9
25. 8 6 26. 3 6 27. 1 9 28. 9 3
Algebra & Functions Find the missing number.

29. 2 (n 5) 30 30. (j 7) 4 56
31. (2 v) 6 48 32. (3 r) 8 72
Problem Solving
33. Jason practices his violin 2 hours 34. Sheila arranges her pennies in 9
every day. How many hours does rows with 6 pennies in each row.
he practice in 7 days? How many pennies does Sheila have?
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 4, Lesson 1, pages 138139. (106) AF 1.1

Print This Page
Name
Print This
41 Page
The Meaning of Multiplication R RETEACH
The numbers you multiply are the factors.

The answer is the product.
First factor:
number of rows 5
Second factor:
number in each row 6
6 factor
6 6 6 6 6 30 You can write 5 6 30 or 5 factor

factor factor product 30 product
Complete the table.
Number Number in Number Multiplication

of Rows Each Row in All Sentence
1.
2.
3.
Find each product.

4. 4 5. 7 6. 6 7. 5 8. 3 9. 6
3 3 4 0 5 5
10. 2 5 11. 5 3 12. 9 3 13. 5 5
14. 4 7 15. 8 3 16. 5 9 17. 6 2

Print This Page
Name
Print This
41 Page
The Meaning of Multiplication E ENRICH
Factors, Products, and Rectangles

To show all the facts with a product of 6, draw as many rectangles
as you can that contain 6 squares. Count the number of squares in
each column and row.
List the numbers you count.

Those are the factors.
The factors of 6 are 1, 2, 3, and 6.
616 166 326 236
Draw as many rectangles as you can to show different facts for

each product. Then list the factors.
1. 12 2. 18
3. 20 4. 24

Print This Page
Name
Print This
42 Page
Properties of Multiplication P PRACTICE
Find the product. Then use the Commutative Property to write a

different multiplication sentence.
1. 9 8 2. 8 7 3. 5 2
4. 9 4 5. 3 4 6. 9 2
7. 6 9 8. 2 3 9. 7 4
10. 3 9 11. 9 7 12. 5 8
13. 5 0 14. 1 8 15. 4 5
Write or to make a true sentence.
16. 6 6 36 17. 8 19 18. 3 9 27
19. 7 7 14 20. 9 09 21. 9 9 81
22. 4 39 3 23. 8 75 3 24. 6 4 12 2
25. 9 26 3 26. 6 79 4 27. 4 48 8

Problem Solving
28. Joe plants pine seedlings in 7 rows. 29. Tanya has 9 pencils in each package.
He puts 6 seedlings in each row. How She has 6 packages. How many
many seedlings does Joe plant? pencils does Tanya have in all?
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 4, Lesson 2, pages 140141. (109) AF 1.1; MR 1.1
Print This Page
Name
Print This
42 Page
Properties of Multiplication R RETEACH
Commutative Property
The order of the factors does not change
the answer.
428 248
Identity Property Zero Property
The product of 1 and any number is The product of any number and
that number. zero is zero.
313 Think: 4 rows of 0 counters.

400
166 Think: 0 rows of 7 counters.

070
Find each product. Then use the Commutative Property to write

another sentence.
1. 3 9 2. 5 7 3. 4 6
9 27 5 6
4. 2 8 5. 1 4 6. 0 5
Multiply. Tell which property you used.

7. 1 8 8. 0 7 9. 5 1
10. 6 0 11. 0 4 12. 1 9
Print This Page
Name
Print This
42 Page
Properties of Multiplication E ENRICH
Crack the Code!

What number does each symbol in the table below stand for? Use the
Commutative, Identity, and Zero properties of multiplication to help
you find out. Write the number next to the symbol in the code key.

1. 6 6 2. 6 26
7 8 5 10
3. 90 4. 6
5 0 6
5. 9 6. 8
9
7. 05 8. 4
10 6
9. If you know that ,

what other multiplication fact do you know?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
43 Page
Multiply by 2, 3, 4, and 6 P PRACTICE
Write the multiplication sentence.

1. 2.
Multiply.
3. 7 4 4. 1 6 5. 8 2 6. 3 3
7. 9 6 8. 5 4 9. 0 6 10. 5 3
11. 5 2 12. 6 4 13. 9 4 14. 6 3
15. 2 4 16. 8 3 17. 4 2 18. 6 7
19. 4 20. 5 21. 2 22. 3 23. 4 24. 9

3 6 2 6 8 6
25. 4 26. 2 27. 2 28. 7 29. 6 30. 1

4 3 0 6 2 6
31. 4 32. 6 33. 2 34. 6 35. 3 36. 4

6 8 5 6 9 7
Algebra & Functions Find the answer.

37. If 3, then how much is ?
Problem Solving
40. Cars are parked in 2 rows. There are 41. Four parents are needed on each of
8 cars in each row. How many cars 9 committees. How many parents are
are parked? needed?

Print This Page
Name
Print This
43 Page
Multiply by 2, 3, 4, and 6 R RETEACH
You can skip count to multiply by 2 and 3.

Find 2 8. Think: Skip count by 2s eight times.
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 These are multiples of 2.

2 8 16
Find 7 3. Think: Skip count by 3s seven times.

3 6 9 12 15 18 21 These are multiples of 3.

7 3 21
You can double a fact you know to multiply by 4 and 6.

Double a fact to multiply by 4. Double a fact to multiply by 6.
4 5 (2 5) (2 5) 6 5 (3 5) (3 5)

10 10 20 15 15 30

Skip count to find the answer. Use the models above to help you.
1. 2 7 2. 6 2 3. 2 8 4. 9 2
5. 6 3 6. 3 8 7. 9 3 8. 3 7
Double a fact to find the answer. You can use counters to help you.
9. 6 8 (3 8) (3 ) 10. 4 7 (2 ) (2 )

11. 7 6 (7 ) (7 ) 12. 8 4 (8 ) (8 )


Print This Page
Name
Print This
43 Page
Multiply by 2, 3, 4, and 6 E ENRICH
Triangle Math
In each triangle, the number on the bottom left is the product of
the middle left and the top number. The number on the bottom
right is the product of the middle right and the top number.
Complete the triangles. The top number must be a 2, 3, 4, or 6.
1. 2. 3. 4.
2 3 6 4
1 6 6 3 3 1 8 3
2 12 18 9 18 6 32 12
5. 6. 7. 8.
6 2 4 3
7 5 7 8 2 6 7 8
42 30 14 16 8 24 21 24
9. 10. 11. 12.

2 6 3 4
9 5 6 8 9 5 5 9
18 10 36 48 27 15 20 36
13. 14. 15. 16.

3 4 6 2
1 4 4 7 4 9 2 3
3 12 16 28 24 54 4 6
17. Explain how you found the answer to the triangle in exercise 3.

Print This Page
Name
Print This
44 Page
Multiply by 5 and 10 P PRACTICE
Multiply.
1. 5 4 2. 5 8 3. 6 10 4. 1 5
5. 0 5 6. 3 10 7. 7 5 8. 4 10
9. 3 5 10. 6 5 11. 5 10 12. 1 10
13. 2 5 14. 4 5 15. 9 5 16. 8 10
17. 9 10 18. 2 10 19. 8 5 20. 5 5
21. 10 6 22. 0 10 23. 5 2 24. 7 10
25. 5 26. 10 27. 5 28. 10 29. 5 30. 10

6 3 3 8 2 5
31. 10 32. 5 33. 5 34. 10 35. 10 36. 5

9 1 5 6 4 4
37. 10 38. 5 39. 5 40. 10 41. 10 42. 5

7 8 0 0 2 7
43. 10 44. 5 45. 6 46. 9 47. 8 48. 3

1 9 5 5 5 5
Tell whether the number is a multiple of 2, 5, or 10.

49. 18 50. 30 51. 35 52. 40
Problem Solving
53. Gene has 5 boxes of crayons with 54. Jan places 5 rows of 8 stars in a
10 crayons in each box. How many rectangle to make a design. How
crayons does Gene have? many stars does she use?

Print This Page
Name
Print This
44 Page
Multiply by 5 and 10 R RETEACH
You can skip count using nickels to multiply by 5.

Find 7 5 Think: Skip count by 5s four times.
five ten fifteen twenty twenty-five thirty thirty-five

5 10 15 20 25 30 35
7 5 35
You can skip count using dimes to multiply by ten.

Find 8 10. Think: Skip count by 10s three times.
ten twenty thirty forty fifty sixty seventy eighty

10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
8 10 80
Skip count to find the answer.

1. 2.
65 5 10
Multiply. You can use nickels and dimes to help you.

3. 4 5 4. 3 10 5. 5 10 6. 6 5
7. 9 5 8. 6 10 9. 7 5 10. 7 10
11. 2 5 12. 2 10 13. 1 10 14. 5 5
15. 10 16. 5 17. 10 18. 10 19. 5 20. 10

8 8 5 9 9 4

Print This Page
Name
Print This
44 Page
Multiply by 5 and 10 E ENRICH
True Sums
Write multiplication sentences to make each sum true. Each
multiplication sentence must have a 5 or a 10 as one of its factors.
Product Product Product

1. 2 10 20 2. 10 1 10 3. 7 10 70
5 4 20 5 2 10 8 5 40
40 Sum 20 Sum 110 Sum

4. 5 3 15 5. 5 6 30 6. 4 5 20
10 10 100 8 10 80 10 9 90
115 Sum 110 Sum 110 Sum

7. 5 7 35 8. 9 5 45 9. 5 1 5
5 10 50 10 8 80 5 10 50

10. 3 10 30 11. 4 10 40 12. 5 5 25
5 9 45 5 10 50 10 6 60
Can you follow the rules and find other numbers that will give
a true sum for exercises 1 and 4?

Print This Page
Name
Print This
45 Page
Multiply by 7, 8, and 9 P PRACTICE
Multiply.
1. 5 7 2. 9 7 3. 1 8 4. 9 9
5. 3 8 6. 8 7 7. 4 9 8. 2 8
9. 3 7 10. 6 9 11. 7 8 12. 7 7
13. 5 8 14. 2 9 15. 0 7 16. 1 9
17. 6 8 18. 4 7 19. 8 9 20. 4 8
21. 5 22. 7 23. 9 24. 9 25. 8 26. 7

9 2 8 3 0 9
27. 8 28. 2 29. 7 30. 6 31. 9 32. 9

8 8 1 7 1 6
33. 8 34. 9 35. 7 36. 8 37. 7 38. 8

4 2 3 3 5 6
Algebra & Functions Find the rule. Then complete the table.
39.
Rule:
0 1 2 3 4 5 6
0 9 18 27
40.
Rule:
0 1 2 3 4 5 6
0 8 16 24
Problem Solving
41. Nathan puts 6 cards on each of 8 42. A marching band has 5 rows with
pages in an album. How many cards 9 students in each row. How many
does he put in the album? students are in the marching band?
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 4, Lesson 5, pages 148149. (118) NS 3.2, 4.1
Print This Page
Name
Print This
45 Page
Multiply by 7, 8, and 9 R RETEACH
You can use known facts to multiply by 7, 8, and 9.

Add to a known fact to Subtract from a known Double a fact to multiply
multiply by 7. fact to multiply by 9. by 8.
Find 7 6. Find 6 9. Find 8 7.
You know 7 5 35. Double 4 7.

You know 6 10 60.
Think: Think: (4 7) (4 7)
35 7 is the same as 7 6. 60 6 is the same as 6 9.
28 28 56
35 7 42 60 6 54
7 6 42 6 9 54 8 7 56
Multiply.
1. 7 5 2. 8 6 3. 9 8
4. 8 8 5. 9 7 6. 7 7
7. 9 9 8. 7 9 9. 8 10
10. 3 8 11. 7 4 12. 9 2
13. 5 14. 8 15. 4 16. 3 17. 6 18. 4

9 9 7 9 7 8
19. 10 20. 4 21. 5 22. 4 23. 10 24. 9

9 6 8 9 7 8
Print This Page
Name
Print This
45 Page
Multiply by 7, 8, and 9 E ENRICH
Multiplication Game
Play with a partner. You will need:
Cut out the game markers. Two sets of number cards. Each set
One player puts the glove on START. contains number cards from 0 through
The other puts the baseball on START. 10. Label one set A and the other set B.
Take turns.
Pick a card from A and a card from B. Find the product of the two numbers.
Have your partner check the product. If the product is correct, move
forward two spaces. If the product is wrong, move back one space.
The first player to get to the field wins.
Ball is Lost in Woods.

Go to equipment box.
x nt
Bo me
uip
Woods
Eq
Ball bounced Tripped

in puddle. over feet.
Go back to Go back
Start. 3 spaces.
Puddle
pa ack ud.
Go e in ped
3s b m
v p
glo Dro
s.
ce
Field
Markers
Start
Print This Page
Name
Print This
46 Page
Choose an Operation Reading

Skill
Solve. Tell how you chose the operation.
1. Georgia puts coins in an album. There are 8 pages in the album. Each page
has slots for 8 coins. How many coins can Georgia put in the album?
2. Dina has 37 international dolls. Maxine has 26 international dolls.

Who has more dolls? How many more does she have?
3. Ben buys 9 packs of dinosaur stickers. There are 6 stickers in each

pack. How many stickers does Ben buy?
4. Melanie has a collection of 242 stamps. At a stamp convention, she

buys 19 more stamps. How many stamps does Melanie have now?
5. James collects model cars. He has 48 model cars. On his birthday,

James gets 7 more cars. How many model cars does James have in all?
6. Wendy has 10 flower stickers. She gives away 7 flower stickers.

How many flower stickers does Wendy have left?
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 4, Lesson 6, pages 150151. (121) MR 1.1, 2.3, 2.4, 3.2
Print This Page
Name
Print This
46 Page
Choose an Operation Math Skills

Test Prep
Juan buys 6 packs of stickers. Each pack has 4 stickers.
How many stickers does Juan buy in all?
1. Which of the following statements 2. Which of the following can you use
is true? to solve the problem?
A Juan has 4 packs of stickers. F 64
B Juan has 10 stickers. G 64
C Juan has 24 packs of stickers. H 64
D Juan has 24 stickers. J 64
Warren has 9 silver dollars. At a coin show, he buys 3 silver dollars.

How many silver dollars does Warren have now?
3. What do you have to do to solve 4. How many silver dollars does
this problem? Warren have?
A find how many silver dollars are left F 3 silver dollars
B find the total of 2 unequal groups G 6 silver dollars
of silver dollars H 12 silver dollars
C find the total of 3 equal groups of J 27 silver dollars
silver dollars
D find how many silver dollars there
are when you split 9 into 3 equal
groups
Nadia collects souvenir flags. She puts the flags in her bookcase in 3 rows.
There are 7 flags in each row. How many flags does Nadia have?
5. What do you have to do to solve 6. How many flags are there?

this problem? F 21 flags
A find the total of 2 unequal groups G 10 flags
of flags H 4 flags
B find the total of 2 equal groups J 3 flags
of flags
C find the total of 3 equal groups
of flags
D find how many flags are left
Print This Page
Name
Print This
46 Page

Test Prep
Selena has 42 movie posters. Her brother has 26 movie posters.
How many movie posters do they have in all?
7. What operation could you use to 8. How many movie posters do Selena
solve this problem? and her brother have in all?
A addition F 16
B subtraction G 26
C multiplication H 68
D division J 78
Solve.
9. Lois sells 10 rock-star posters. She 10. Morris has 16 kites. He buys 4 more
gets $8 for each poster. How much kites. How many kites does Morris
money does Lois receive? have now?
11. Janell has 472 baseball cards. Lou 12. Kevin buys 7 packs of football cards.
has 397 baseball cards. How many There are 4 football cards in each
more baseball cards does Janell have pack. How many football cards does
than Lou? Kevin buy?
13. Brian displays his trophies in his 14. Barbara puts photos of France in
bedroom. He puts his trophies in a photo album. The photo album
3 rows. There are 6 trophies in can hold 94 photos. Barbara has
each row. How many trophies 78 photos. How many more photos
does Brian have? can she put in the album?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
47 Page
Multiplication Table and Patterns P PRACTICE
Complete the table.

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
0 0
1 0 1 2 4 8
2 2 4 12
3 3 9 21 27 36
4 8 20
5 15 30 40 50 60
6 36 66 72
7 7 77
8 16 32 96
9 54 108
10
11 22 55 88 99 121 132
12 24 84 120 144
Use the table to multiply.

1. 9 8 2. 3 12 3. 11 11 4. 4 12
5. 12 6. 12 7. 12 8. 10 9. 11 10. 12
8 12 7 10 7 9
11. What is the pattern of odd and even 12. What is the pattern of odd and even
numbers in the 3 row or 3 column? numbers in the 4 row or 4 column?
13. 6 3 33 14. 15 7 27 15. 4 8 25 4
16. 9 7 6 11 17. 9 7 44 18. 12 4 23
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 4, Lesson 7, pages 152153. (124) NS 4.1, 4.2, MR 1.1
Print This Page
Name
Print This
47 Page
Multiplication Table and Patterns R RETEACH
To find 8 9, draw arrows to show where the 8 row and the

9 column meet in the table. The 8 row and the 9 column meet
at 72. So, 8 9 72.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
2 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24
3 0 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 33 36
4 0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48
5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60
6 0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72
7 0 7 14 21 28 35 42 49 56 63 70 77 84
8 0 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96
9 0 9 18 27 36 45 54 63 72 81 90 99 108
10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120
11 0 11 22 33 44 55 66 77 88 99 110 121 132
12 0 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144
Multiply. You can use the multiplication table to help you.

1. 6 8 2. 8 12 3. 8 4
4. 7 7 5. 10 5 6. 9 11
7. 7 4 8. 3 8 9. 4 9
10. 7 12 11. 9 9 12. 6 7
13. 9 14. 8 15. 8 16. 9 17. 12 18. 11

12 7 11 8 10 7
19. 11 20. 8 21. 9 22. 12 23. 11 24. 11

12 8 7 12 3 11
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 4, Lesson 7, pages 152153. (125) NS 4.1, 4.2; MR 1.1
Print This Page
Name
Print This
47 Page
Multiplication Table and Patterns E ENRICH
Twisted Tables
Complete each multiplication table. Fill in the missing factors.
1. 2.

10 15 20 42 14 28
12 18 24 18 6 12
14 21 28 30 10 20
3. 4.

36 42 54 24 12 28 0 8
6 7 9 4 24 56 0 16
12 14 18 8 3 7 0 2
30 35 45 20 9 21 0 6
5. 6.

72 63 42 21
28 24 72 40
27 6 18 9
7 6 2 0
7. 8.

56 28 15 35
16 18 0 18
16 36 21
24 6 42
Print This Page
Name
Print This
48 Page
Multiply Three Numbers P PRACTICE
Multiply.
1. (2 5) 4 2. 3 (2 8) 3. (4 2) 3
4. 6 (3 2) 5. 4 (4 2) 6. 7 (2 5)
7. (5 2) 4 8. (2 2) 2 9. (9 3) 0
10. (8 2) 3 11. 7 (3 3) 12. (6 2) 2
13. 2 (7 2) 14. (8 4) 2 15. (9 2) 4
16. 5 (3 3) 17. 4 (8 1) 18. 7 (2 3)
19. 9 (2 3) 20. (8 1) 9 21. 5 (3 2)
22. (8 3) 0 23. 9 (3 3) 24. (7 2) 4
25. 2 (4 3) 26. (3 3) 3 27. (7 2) 2
Complete the multiplication sentence.

28. 5 4 5 29. ( 8) 7 0
30. (9 3) 27 31. 5 6 5 (3 )
(3 5) 9 5 33. 4 4 2 (2 ) (4 2)
32.
Problem Solving
34. The school gives each basketball 35. In a baseball game of 9 innings,
player 2 shirts. Each shirt costs $8. each of the 2 teams gets 3 outs
What is the total cost of shirts for per inning. How many outs are there
6 players? in a game?

Print This Page
Name
Print This
48 Page
Multiply Three Numbers R RETEACH
Find: (3 5) 2 Think: 3 2 is a known fact.

(5 3) 2 Use the Commutative Property to change the order.
5 (3 2) Use the Associative Property to regroup the numbers.
56 Multiply inside the parentheses first.
Think: 3 twos
5 6 30 Multiply again.
Think: 5 sixes
Multiply.
1. (2 5) 4 2. 3 (4 3) 3. (2 6) 3
(5 )4 3( ) (6 )3

5( ) ( )4 6( )
5 4 6
4. 2 (2 3) 5. (2 4) 3 6. (5 2) 3
7. (7 1) 3 8. (4 8) 1 9. 3 (3 2)
10. (5 4) 2 11. 9 (2 3) 12. (3 3) 3
13. (8 2) 4 14. 3 (3 5) 15. (9 2) 2
16. (9 6) 1 17. (2 7) 3 18. 5 (4 3)

Print This Page
Name
Print This
48 Page
Multiply Three Numbers E ENRICH
The Search for 48

Circle each combination of numbers that has a product of 48. You
can multiply up to four numbers. Look across, up, down, and
diagonally. Can you find all 26 combinations?
4 3 4 2 3 7 8
4 9 2 2 4 6 4
5 2 3 2 4 8 8
6 6 6 7 6 6 3
7 4 9 4 3 4 2
2 2 2 8 3 2 9
Choose one of these numbers: 24, 36, 64, or 72. Make your own
number search and give it to a friend to solve. Be sure to keep a
copy with the solution!

Print This Page
Name
Print This
49 Page
Relate Multiplication P PRACTICE
and Division Facts

Write a related multiplication fact and complete the
division sentence.
1. 18 9 2. 15 3 3. 16 4
9 18 3 15 4 16
18 9 15 3 16 4
Divide.
4. 6 2 5. 18 2 6. 15 5
7. 8 4 8. 27 3 9. 14 2
10. 28 7 11. 18 3 12. 63 7
13. 48 6 14. 35 7 15. 42 7
7 3 8 6 5
16. 3 21 17. 7 21 18. 2 16 19. 3 18 20. 5 25
9 8 3 6 3
21. 5 45 22. 7 56 23. 8 24 24. 9 54 25. 3 9
7 5 9 4 8
26. 8 56 27. 9 45 28. 9 81 29. 9 36 30. 8 64
9 9 6 9 7
31. 7 63 32. 6 54 33. 4 24 34. 4 36 35. 9 63
Problem Solving
36. It takes 4 horses to pull a coach. How 37. Groups of 6 visitors can take tours of
many coaches can 20 horses pull? an old western town. How many
groups can 24 people make?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
49 Page
Relate Multiplication R RETEACH
and Division Facts

Find 15 5. Think: How many groups of 5 are in 15?
5 ? 15 5 3 15
There are 3 groups of 5 in 15. So, 15 5 3.
Write a related multiplication fact and complete the division sentence.
1. 18 6 2. 16 8 3. 12 3
6 18 8 16 4 12
18 6 16 8 12 3
4. 20 5 5. 21 7 6. 24 6
20 5 21 7 24 6
7. 30 5 8. 27 9 9. 28 4
30 5 27 9 28 4
Print This Page
Name
Print This
49 Page
Relate Multiplication and E ENRICH
Division Facts
Word Puzzle
Use the letters in the table below to complete the word puzzle.
Words have to connect as they do in a crossword puzzle.
Letter Values
Letter Value Letter Value
A 10 3 ? L 45 5 ?
B 25 5 ? N 49?
D 12 6 ? O 30 3 ?
E 36? S 55?
F 45? T 67?
G 36 4 ? U 42 7 ?
J 10 4 ? Y 54 6 ?
Rules
Use each letter in the table only once.
You cannot move the vowels in the puzzle.
Try to get the highest score you can. To find your score, complete
the multiplication or division to find the value of each letter you
used. For example, if you placed the letter B in the top left square,
you would get 5 for that square (25 5 5). Then add to find
the value of each word. Finally, add the values of all four words.
J O G
E U
T A N
Print This Page
Name
Print This
410 Page
Act It Out
Use act it out to solve.
1. The Rare Book Club invites its 2. Len delivers 16 bottles of juice and
25 members to a dinner. Square soda. A small box will hold 6 bottles
tables seat 4 people and round and a large box will hold 8 bottles.
tables seat 5 people. If the club Which box should Len use if he
wants full tables, which tables wants to put an equal number of
should the club use? How many of bottles in each box? How many
these tables will be needed? boxes will he need?
3. Courtney is making a display of 4. The Sailing Club puts 12 of its 48

42 shells. She arranges the shells in trophies in a large display case. There
rows of 6. How many rows does are 6 smaller cases. How can the
Courtney make? club arrange the rest of the trophies
so that each smaller case has an
equal number of trophies?

5. Yoki has 20 posters of science-fiction 6. Art For posters, Nancy has a piece
movies. She puts an equal number of of poster paper that is 9 feet by
these posters on each of 4 walls. 2 feet. She cuts 3-foot by 1-foot
How many posters does Yoki put on rectangles from it. How many
each wall? posters does she make?
Strategy: Strategy:
7. Dinner starts at 6:00 P.M. It will take 8. Create a problem which you could
Robert 45 minutes to get there. On act out to solve. Share it with others.
his way, he wants to stop at the
library for 30 minutes. What time
does Robert need to leave to get to
the dinner on time?
Strategy:
Print This Page
Name
Print This
410 Page
Act It Out
Page 163, Problem 2
For placemats, Meg is going to cut 2-foot by 1-foot rectangles from a

piece of fabric with a starry background. The fabric is 4 feet wide and 3
feet long. How many placemats can she cut from one piece of fabric?
Step 1
What do you know?
The placemats are by .
Meg is going to cut the placemats from a piece of

fabric that is by .
.
Step 2
Make a plan.
Make a Table To solve the problem, you can act it out
or List
using models.
Write a Number
Sentence
Draw a rectangle that represents the
Work Backward
piece of fabric. A rectangle that is 4
Act it Out
feet by 3 feet would be very large, so

Find a Pattern
draw a rectangle that is 4 centimeters
Make a Graph
by 3 centimeters to represent the
Guess and Check
piece of fabric.
Logical Reasoning
Solve a Simpler Make rectangles that represent the
Problem
placemats. Since the placemats are
Draw a Picture
2 feet by 1 foot, cut out rectangles that
are 2 centimeters by 1 centimeter.
Print This Page
Name
Print This
410 Page
Act It Out
Step 3
Solve
Fill the large rectangle with small rectangles.
The large rectangle represents .

Each small rectangle represents .
Meg can cut placemats from the piece of fabric.
Step 4
What other stategies could you use to solve the problem?
Practice
1. Randy wants to cut name tags from 2. Ted has 54 model train cars. He has
a piece of poster paper. The poster large boxes that will each hold 8
paper is 18 inches by 24 inches. Each train cars. He has small boxes that
name tag will be 3 inches by 4 inches. will each hold 6 train cars. Which
How many name tags can Randy cut type of box should Ted use if he
from the piece of poster paper? wants to put an equal number of
cars in each box? How many of
those boxes will he need?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
411 Page
Divide by 2 Through 12 P PRACTICE
Divide.
1. 12 2 2. 24 3 3. 32 4
4. 35 5 5. 54 6 6. 56 7
7. 64 8 8. 81 9 9. 40 8
10. 48 6 11. 49 7 12. 27 3
13. 30 5 14. 36 4 15. 72 9
16. 90 10 17. 121 11 18. 144 12
9 6 6 2 2
19. 2 18 20. 3 18 21. 4 24 22. 7 14 23. 8 16
9 7 7 9 9
24. 7 63 25. 6 42 26. 9 63 27. 5 45 28. 8 72
6 7 8 9 9
29. 12 72 30. 11 77 31. 10 80 32. 11 99 33. 12 108
Algebra & Functions Find the rule. Then complete the table.
34.
Rule:
0 9
0 1 2 3 4 5 6
35.
Rule:
0 7
0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Problem Solving
36. There are 42 tomato plants in rows of 37. There are 45 tomatoes on 5 tomato
6 plants in each row. How many rows plants. Each tomato plant has the
of tomato plants are there? same number of tomatoes. How
many tomatoes are on each plant?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
411 Page
Divide by 2 Through 12 R RETEACH
6 ? 48 6 8 48
There are 8 groups of 6 in 48. So, 48 6 8.
Complete the division sentence.
1. 2. 3.
30 5 24 8 16 4
Divide. Draw models if you wish.

4. 12 2 5. 21 3 6. 20 5
7. 14 7 8. 24 6 9. 16 2
10. 32 8 11. 18 3 12. 28 4
9 9 12
13. 2 18 14. 4 36 15. 3 36
3 6 5
16. 5 15 17. 7 42 18. 9 45
3 3 3
19. 10 30 20. 11 33 21. 12 36
9 8 8
22. 6 54 23. 5 40 24. 10 80
9 2 9
25. 9 81 26. 12 24 27. 11 99
Print This Page
Name
Print This
411 Page
Divide by 2 Through 12 E ENRICH
Win the Division

Play this division football game with a partner. Youll need a number
cube and 2 two-color counters to use as game pieces.
Rules
Place your game pieces at the START positions on the 50-yard
line. Each player can only move in the direction of the arrow.
Take turns rolling the number cubes. Add the number cubes to
get a divisor.
If the number in the circle on the next 10-yard line can be evenly
divided by the divisor, move to that circle.
Keep rolling the number cubes until one of you scores a touchdown.
42 TOUCHDOWN!
16
G
28
10
15
20
36
30
12
40
Start
50
Start
24
40
18
30
30
20
54
10
10
G
TOUCHDOWN! 35
Print This Page
Name
Print This
412 Page
Fact Families P PRACTICE
Complete each fact family.

1. 4 8 q 2. 9 5 a 3. 8 9 m
8 r 32 5 b 45 8 n 72
32 8 s 45 5 c 72 8 o
32 t 8 45 d 5 72 p 8
Find the missing factor.

4. 5 k 30 5. h 7 56 6. 9 g 72
30 5 k 56 7 h 72 9 g
7. 9 w 54 8. 9 y 63 9. d 8 48
54 9 w 63 9 y 48 8 d
Write a multiplication and division fact family for each group of numbers.
10. 8, 5, 40 11. 3, 9, 27 12. 6, 7, 42 13. 9, 8, 72
14. 5, 7, 35 15. 4, 5, 20 16. 6, 9, 54 17. 5, 9, 45

Divide. What patterns do you see?

18. 4 4 88 99 66
19. 0 7 08 01 05
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 4, Lesson 12, pages 168171. (139) NS 3.2; AF 1.1; MR 1.1
Print This Page
Name
Print This
412 Page
Fact Families R RETEACH
Multiplication and division sentences that are related make up a

fact family. Every sentence in a fact family uses the same numbers.
Fact Family Fact Family
3 4 12 5 2 10
4 3 12 2 5 10
12 3 4 10 5 2
12 4 3 10 2 5
Complete each fact family.

1. 2.
3 5 15 9
5
15 5 4
15 [9]
Write the fact family for each set of numbers.

3. 4, 6, 24 4. 3, 7, 21 5. 35, 7, 5 6. 54, 6, 9
Find the missing numbers.
7. 5 n 30 8. n 7 56 9. n 8 64 10. 3 n 27
30 5 n 56 7 n 64 8 n 27 3 n
n n n n
Print This Page
Name
Print This
412 Page
Fact Families E ENRICH
Chain Reaction
Write the missing numbers to complete each chain.
1. 24 6 4 6 24 3 8 5 40
2. 98 72 12 6 6 1 0 0
3. 8 6 48 4 12 4 48 6 8
4. 66 11 30 6 9
6 5 5 45
5. 5 12 60 10 69 54 6 9
6.
81 9 93 3 3 9 9 81
7. 45 9 5 9 45 5 9 3 27
Print This Page
Name
Print This Page

413
A WORKSHEET
Decision
Applying Multiplication and Division Making
Record your data.
Capacity: Number
Number of
Storage Unit of trophies or Total Cost
Units Used
medals per unit
Shelf
Frame
(small or large)
Your Decision
What is your recommendation for Lily? Explain.
Print This Page
Name
Print This Page

413
B WORKSHEET
Ramp races: How does height affect distance? Math &

Science
Record your data.
Ramp height Distance traveled Use division.

How many times farther
did the crayon travel on
this ramp than it did on
the 1-book ramp?
Round to the nearest
whole number.
1 book
2 books
3 books
4 books
5 books
Print This Page
Name
Print This Page

413
B WORKSHEET
Ramp races: How does height affect distance? Math &

Science
1. On which ramp did the crayon travel the farthest? On which ramp
did the crayon travel the shortest distance?
2. Use division to calculate how many times farther the crayon

traveled for the 2-, 3-, 4-, and 5-book ramps than it did for the
1-book ramp. Do your calculations in the table and then list your
answers here. Round to the nearest whole number.
3. Do you see a pattern? Describe it.
4. If the pattern continues, how far will a crayon travel if released from a
10-book ramp? a 20-book ramp? Explain how you made these estimates.
5. Explain the activity in terms of speed.
Print This Page
Name
Print This
51 Page
Patterns of Multiplication P PRACTICE
Complete.
1. 3 2 a a 2. 5 8 e e
3 b 60 b 5 c 400 f
c 200 600 c g 800 4,000 g
3 2,000 d d 5 8,000 h h
Multiply. Use mental math.
3. 80 4. 70 5. 40 6. 60 7. 90
6 8 5 7 6
8. 400 9. 800 10. 700 11. 2,000 12. 3,000

5 6 9 4 6
13. 90 5 14. 4 90 15. 5 600
16. 700 8 17. 9 600 18. 700 4
19. 2,000 8 20. 5,000 7 21. 8 4,000
Find each missing number.
22. a 5 300 23. b 4 320 24. 2 c 180

a a c
25. 3 a 900 26. 6 b 3,600 27. c 8 72,000
a b c
Problem Solving
28. Stamps are sold in rolls of 100. How 29. A ream of paper is 500 sheets of
many stamps are in 9 rolls? paper. How many sheets are in
7 reams?

Print This Page
Name
Print This
51 Page
Patterns of Multiplication R RETEACH
Using basic facts and patterns can help you multiply mentally.
2 4 ones 8 ones 2 4 tens 8 tens 2 4 hundreds 8 hundreds

248 2 40 80 2 400 800
1. 3 3 2. 6 3 3. 4 5
3 30 6 30 4 50
3 300 6 300 4 500
3 3,000 6 3,000 4 5,000
4. 70 5. 90 6. 70 7. 60 8. 800
8 4 4 7 9
9. 200 10. 500 11. 3,000 12. 7,000 13. 6,000

8 7 8 3 8
14. 9 60 15. 6 50 16. 8 200
17. 8 800 18. 6 800 19. 5 900
20. 6 600 21. 8 400 22. 9 700
23. 4 600 24. 8 5,000 25. 3 4,000
26. 7 2,000 27. 5 6,000 28. 4 4,000

Print This Page
Name
Print This
51 Page
Patterns of Multiplication E ENRICH
History Riddles
Find each missing number. Then find the letter in the table that
matches that number. Solve the riddles. Write the letter in the blank
above the same exercise number.
1. 5 100 2. 60 24,000 3. 7 350
4. 4 2,000 5. 9 1,800 6. 8 400
7. 7 21,000 8. 5 1,000 9. 6 3,000
10. 3 1,200 11. 7 1,400 12. 6 1,200
13. 6 240 14. 6 480 15. 6 3,000
16. 3 600 17. 9 18,000 18. 5 100
19. 6 2,400 20. 8 4,000 21. 9 180
22. 7 2,100 23. 6 4,800 24. 7 210
20 30 40 50 80 200 300 400 500 800 2,000 3,000 4,000 5,000 8,000
E N B A M T S H O I F W U K Y
What did Paul Revere say at the end of his ride?
7. 2. 9. 3.
Where was the Declaration of Independence signed?
6. 11. 12. 10. 1. 13. 15. 5. 8. 4. 14.
When Columbus discovered America, where did he first stand?
20. 24. 19. 23. 22. 17. 18. 21. 16.

Print This Page
Name
Print This
52 Page
Explore Multiplying 2-Digit Numbers P PRACTICE
by1-Digit Numbers
1. Multiply 4 15. Draw squares to multiply.
Find each product.

2. 62 3. 38 4. 91 5. 46 6. 78
2 4 3 5 6
7. 98 8. 76 9. 24 10. 56 11. 48
5 6 9 7 8
12. 66 13. 77 14. 94 15. 59 16. 44

6 7 3 4 9
17. 24 18. 19 19. 67 20. 84 21. 76

7 8 5 4 7
22. 5 26 23. 37 8 24. 45 6
25. 38 4 26. 7 22 27. 9 49

28. 8 67 29. 35 4 30. 99 3
Problem Solving
31. Katy arranges oranges in 5 layers in a 32. Band members march in 24 rows.
crate. Each layer has 24 oranges. There are 8 members in each row.
How many oranges does she put in How many members are in the
the crate? band?

Print This Page
Name
Print This
52 Page
Explore Multiplying 2-Digit Numbers R RETEACH
by 1-Digit Numbers
Find 5 21.
You can draw an array to multiply.
Find the total number of dots.
5 dots 5 21 105
21 dots
Draw an array to multiply.

1. 4 18 2. 5 24
4 dots 5 dots
18 dots 24 dots
Find each product.
3. 19 4. 24 5. 25 6. 13 7. 12
6 5 8 9 9
8. 46 9. 37 10. 58 11. 28 12. 23

3 4 5 7 6
13. 33 14. 21 15. 18 16. 30 17. 18

4 5 3 6 9
18. 4 17 19. 22 6 20. 7 14
21. 20 6 22. 5 31 23. 26 4
24. 3 13 25. 4 50 26. 5 15

Print This Page
Name
Print This
52 Page
Explore Multiplying 2-Digit Numbers E ENRICH
by1-Digit Numbers
The Abacus
The abacus is a computing tool that is thousands of years old.
To multiply 3 32 H T O Next, multiply H T O
using a Russian 3 tens by 3. Move
abacus, first 9 beads to the
multiply 2 ones by bottom of the tens
3. Move 6 beads to column to show
the bottom of the 3 3 tens 9 tens.
ones column to
Count the beads in
show 3 2 6.
each column.
There are 9 tens 6 ones, so 3 32 96.

Use the abacus to find each product. Show the answer by drawing
the beads you moved down. Cross out the beads you moved down
from the top.
1. 4 22 2. 2 34 3. 3 31
H T O H T O H T O
4. 5 43 5. 4 212 6. 3 304
H T O H T O H T O

Print This Page
Name
Print This
53 Page
Multiply 2-Digit Numbers P PRACTICE
by 1-Digit Numbers
Multiply.
1. 73 2. 44 3. 31 4. 68 5. 32
3 5 7 8 9
6. 65 7. 33 8. 96 9. 88 10. 74
5 6 3 4 5
11. 85 12. 77 13. 97 14. 66 15. 94

4 6 2 8 3
16. 44 17. 77 18. 18 19. 38 20. 99

4 7 9 8 6
21. 55 5 22. 75 6 23. 8 47
24. 6 39 25. 2 98 26. 84 6
27. 4 52 28. 63 7 29. 29 9
30. Multiply 63 by 8. 31. Multiply 78 by 4.

Problem Solving
36. A rectangle is 5 tiles wide by 37. Books are stacked in 3 stacks with
13 tiles high. How many tiles are 17 books in each stack. How many
in the rectangle? books are in the stacks?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
53 Page
Multiply 2-Digit Numbers by R RETEACH
1-Digit Numbers
You can multiply using models or pencil and paper.
Find 4 26. You can record

Show 4 groups of 26. this way:
Step 1 26
4
Multiply the ones.
24
4 6 ones 24 ones
26
Step 2 4
Multiply the tens. 24
4 2 tens 8 tens 80
26
Step 3 4
Add. 24
80
104
Complete to find the product. You may use models to help you.
1. 23 2. 44 3. 31 4. 52 5. 45
5 3 8 7 9
6. 45 7. 64 8. 78 9. 86 10. 92
5 6 3 4 5
11. 9 52 12. 72 7 13. 68 3
14. 5 83 15. 2 88 16. 48 6
Print This Page
Name
Print This
53 Page
Multiply 2-Digit Numbers E ENRICH
by 1-Digit Numbers
Lattice Multiplication
You can use lattice multiplication to multiply. Multiply 7 48.
Write 48 over the top Multiply 7 8. Write Multiply 7 4. Write 28 in
boxes. Write 7 on the 56 in the first box. the second box. Add on the
right. diagonals. Start at the right.
Regroup as you would in
any addition problem.
4 8 4 8 4 8
48
5 2 5
7 7 3 7 7
6 8 6 336
3 6
Use lattice multiplication to find the products.

1. 2 27 2. 5 34 3. 4 56
2 7 3 4 5 6
1 1 2 2 2
2 1 5 2 4
4 4 5 0 0 4
5 4 7 0 2 4
4. 8 37 5. 8 63 6. 7 79
3 7 6 3 7 9
2 5 4 2 4 6
2 8 5 8 5 7
4 6 8 4 9 3
9 6 0 4 5 3
Print This Page
Name
Print This
54 Page
Estimate Products P PRACTICE
Estimate each product.
1. 5 21 2. 3 39 3. 7 $46
4. 85 6 5. 17 9 6. 81 3
7. 2 $298 8. 4 305 9. 478 6
10. 5 784 11. 612 9 12. 6 556
13. 2 1,987 14. 3 $2,126 15. 7 1,905
16. 8 3,495 17. 4,723 4 18. 5 $7,118
19. 41 20. 28 21. 96 22. 17 23. 31

6 7 2 8 9
24. 255 25. 488 26. 563 27. 2,307 28. 7,596
4 3 5 5 6
Algebra & Functions Estimate. Write or .
29. 2 36 1 49 30. 96 3 68 4 31. 6 28 5 41
32. 97 1 89 2 33. 6 105 4 209 34. 396 4 106 9
35. 5 423 6 523 36. 3 666 2 366 37. 4 712 3 412

Problem Solving
38. The volunteer ambulance group 39. An ambulance travels about 386
orders 6 first aid kits. Each kit costs miles a day. About how many miles
$39. About how much does it cost does it travel in a week?
for 6 kits?
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 5, Lesson 4, pages 200201. (154) NS 1.4, 3.2; 3.3
Print This Page
Name
Print This
54 Page
Estimate Products R RETEACH
You can round to estimate products. Round the greater factor to its
greatest place and multiply using patterns.
Estimate 8 287.
Round 287 to the 8 287
nearest hundred.
8 300
287
200 210 220 230 240 250 260 270 280 290 300
Multiply using the

rounded number 8 300 2,400 So, 8 287 is about 2,400.
1. 2 74 2. 3 42 3. 6 36
4. 6 $58 5. 9 18 6. 3 71
7. 3 198 8. 2 $405 9. 4 378
10. 5 2,987 11. 8 2,126 12. 7 $2,905
13. 31 14. 58 15. $66 16. 17 17. 51

2 3 4 5 6
18. $454 19. 512 20. 498 21. $637 22. 845
7 8 9 4 2
23. 7,809 24. $6,047 25. 4,524 26. $2,107 27. 8,596
6 3 8 6 4
28. 2,537 29. 5,088 30. $6,409 31. 3,623 32. $7,522
4 2 7 8 9
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 5, Lesson 4, pages 200201. (155) NS 1.4, 3.2; 3.3
Print This Page
Name
Print This
54 Page
Estimate Products E ENRICH
Target Practice
Estimate to find the factors whose product is closer to the target
number. Circle the letter of the answer.
1. Target Number: 150 2. Target Number: 160 3. Target Number: 180
S. 57 3 H. 37 4 D. 3 67
T. 52 3 I. 32 4 E. 3 61
4. Target Number: 540 5. Target Number: 420 6. Target Number: 560
S. 88 6 T. 7 62 O. 76 8
T. 83 6 U. 7 68 A. 72 8
7. Target Number: 2,700 8. Target Number: 630 9. Target Number: 4,500
T. 3 879 T. 79 9 E. 9 490
U. 3 849 U. 72 9 F. 9 430
10. Target Number: 3,600 11. Target Number: 5,600 12. Target Number: 6,000
N. 849 4 E. 770 8 L. 2,181 3
O. 889 4 F. 680 8 M. 2,898 3
I. 839 8 A. 711 9 E. 303 8
J. 899 8 B. 782 9 F. 352 8
Q. 4,175 5 T. 7,825 4 Y. 4,762 7

R. 4,899 5 U. 7,239 4 Z. 4,097 7
Write the circled letters above each exercise number to

answer the question.
I lift my lamp beside the golden door! Who am I?
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 5, Lesson 4, pages 200201. (156) NS 1.4, 3.2, 3.3
Print This Page
Name
Print This
55 Page
Use an Overestimate or Underestimate Reading

Skill
Form a conclusion about whether you would use an overestimate or
an underestimate. Then solve each problem.
1. On Wednesday, a group of 98 students will visit the national forest.
Each student will get a nature guide fact book. These books come
in boxes of 32. The park rangers have 3 boxes of fact books. Are
there enough fact books so each student can get a book?
Should you use an overestimate or an underestimate to solve this
problem? Explain.
Are there enough fact books so each student can get a book?
2. The park charges $16 per day to use a campsite. The Nolans want
to use a campsite for 4 nights. They have $80 set aside for using a
campsite. Have the Nolans set aside enough money?
Should you use an overestimate or an underestimate to solve
this problem? Explain.
Have the Nolans set aside enough money?

3. A total of 184 people are taking a desert hike. Each hiking group
can have up to 36 people. There are enough hike leaders and
helpers to lead 6 groups. Are there enough hike leaders and helpers
so that all of the people can go on a hike?

Should you use an overestimate or an underestimate to solve
this problem? Explain.
Are there enough hike leaders and helpers so that all of the
people can go on a hike?
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 5, Lesson 5, pages 202203. (157) MR 1.1, 2.4, 3.2
Print This Page
Name
Print This
55 Page
Use an Overestimate or Underestimate Math Skills

Test Prep
There are 146 students going on a trip to the desert. The school has
3 buses. Each bus can hold 48 students. Should a fourth bus be
ordered for the trip?
1. Which statement is true? 2. To make sure that 3 buses are enough
A There are 48 students going on a to hold 148 students, you should
trip to the desert. F underestimate the number of
B Each bus can hold 48 students. students the buses can hold.
C Three buses can hold exactly 150 G overestimate the number of
students. students the buses can hold.
H underestimate the number of
students going on the trip.
The cafeteria in the national forest visitors center has 23 tables.

Each table seats 6 people. A group of 120 is visiting the forest. Are
there enough tables so that all 120 people can eat in the cafeteria
at once?
3. Which statement is not true? 4. To make sure there are enough tables
A Each table can seat 23 people. to seat 120 people, you should
B The cafeteria has 23 tables. F overestimate the number of seats.
C Each table can seat 6 people. G underestimate the number of
tables.
H overestimate the number of tables.
There are 7 river tours per day. Each river tour has room for
48 people. Each person on the river tour receives a pamphlet.
The tour leaders have 400 pamphlets. Are there enough pamphlets
for a day of river tours?
5. How would you use estimation to 6. Which estimate would you use to
solve this problem? solve the problem?
A overestimate the number of F 7 40 280
people G 6 50 300
B underestimate the number of H 7 50 350
tours
C underestimate the number of
people
Print This Page
Name
Print This
55 Page

Test Prep
The Wildlife Committee is selling books to raise $400. The
committee makes $8.75 on each book it sells. If the committee
sells 50 books, will that be enough to raise $400?
7. How would you use estimation to 8. Which estimate would you use to
solve this problem? solve the problem?
A overestimate the amount made on F $9 x 50 = $450
each book
G $8 x 50 = $400
B underestimate the amount made
H $8 x 40 = $320
on each book
C underestimate the number of
books
Solve.
9. The river tour has 4 boats. Each boat 10. There are 5 groups of 25 students
has room for 24 people. Are there each. The rangers have 150 forest
enough boats to take 76 people T-shirts. Do they have enough T-shirts
on a tour? to give a T-shirt to each student?
11. The forest rangers have 5 boxes of 12. Phyllis takes 118 photos of the
wildlife guides. Each box contains desert. She buys a photo album
36 pamphlets. The rangers need with 24 pages. Each page can hold
200 pamphlets. Should they order 6 photos. Can all the photos fit in
another box? the album?
13. The motel in the national park costs 14. It costs $89 to rent a sport utility
$39 per night. Nick sets aside $150 vehicle (SUV) for one day. Will $650
to pay for the motel. Is this enough be enough to rent an SUV for a
money to pay for 5 nights? 7-day trip through the desert?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
56 Page
Multiply Greater Numbers P PRACTICE
Multiply. Check for reasonableness.

1. 693 2. 907 3. 368 4. $601
4 5 9 3
5. 2,901 6. 1,999 7. 8,072 8. $38.88

2 7 8 4
9. 6 2,369 10. 7 5,786
11. 3 4,964 12. 9 $1,288
13. 5 19,091 14. 8 12,967
15. Multiply 3,687 by 8. 16. Multiply 1,096 by 9.
Algebra & Functions Complete the table.

17.
Input 12 15 18 21 24
Output 48 60
18.
Input 1 2 3 4 5
Output 37 74
Problem Solving
19. Maria made 9 trips between 20. A company buys 8 computers. Each
New York City and Los Angeles. Each computer costs $2,245. How much
trip cost $498. How much did the does the company spend on the
9 trips cost? 8 computers?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
56 Page
Multiply Greater Numbers R RETEACH
You can use models to help you multiply greater

numbers.
Find 2 357.
Show 2 groups of 357. You can record
this way:
Step 1
1
Multiply the ones.
357
2 7 ones 14 ones
Regroup. 2
14 ones 1 ten 4 ones 4
Step 2
Multiply the tens. 11
2 5 tens 10 tens 357
Add the tens. 2
10 tens 1 ten 11 tens 14
Step 3
Multiply the hundreds. 11
2 3 hundreds 6 hundreds 357
Add the hundreds. 2
6 hundreds 1 hundred 7 hundreds 714
Multiply. Check for reasonableness.

1. 234 2. 146 3. 357 4. $4.62
5 3 4 6
5. 3,548 6. $6,164 7. 2,781 8. 4,862

2 7 8 9
9. $1,530 10. 2,681 11. 9,275 12. $7,452

4 2 6 5
Print This Page
Name
Print This
56 Page
Multiply Greater Numbers E ENRICH
Deducing Digits
Find the missing digits. Write them in the boxes.
1. 3 2. 1 3. 4. 3
8 7 3
184 98 174 111
5. 4 6. 3 7. 2 8.
5 7
1 0 138 416 434
9. 1
4 10. 1 4 11. 3 12. 3 1
6 7
744 770 1,666 1,564
13. 2 14. 46 15. 25 16.

3 4 9 3
735 , 64 7, 5 2,400
17. $1,0 8 18. ,6 2 19. 6, 7 20. 8, 76

5 9
$5, 9 7, 56 5 ,06 7 ,184
21. 4,38 22. 29, 75 23. $3 ,3 3 24. 0,3 9

7 4
31 ,6 5 74,450 $1 3, 32 82,472
Print This Page
Name
Print This
57 Page
Find a Pattern
Use find a pattern to solve.
1. Annie makes an arrangement of 2. In one desert area, the rabbit
chestnuts. She puts 3 chestnuts in the population is estimated at 25 in one
first row, 6 chestnuts in the second year, 50 the next year, 100 the third
row, and 9 chestnuts in the third row. year, and 200 the next year. Describe
Describe the pattern. How many the pattern. Then estimate the rabbit
chestnuts will be in the fourth row? population for the fifth year.
3. Rangers examine trees that fell 4. Stan counts robins nests on his
during a storm. The first tree has block. One year he counts 4 nests.
3 annual rings. The second tree has The next year he counts 9 nests. The
9 rings. The third tree has 27 rings. third year Stan counts 14 nests. The
The fourth tree has 81 rings. If the fourth year he counts 19 nests. If the
pattern continues, how many annual pattern continues, how many nests
rings does the fourth tree have? will he count in the fifth year?

5. Nick took 40 photos of the desert. 6. Social Studies Colorados state
He has one photo album with 8 parks cover 347,000 acres.
pages and another with 12 pages. Connecticuts state parks cover
Nick wants to put the same number 176,000 acres. How many more
of photos on each page. Which acres do state parks cover in
album should he use? Colorado than in Connecticut?
Strategy: Strategy:
7. Create a problem for which you

would find a pattern to solve. Share
it with others.
Print This Page
Name
Print This
57 Page
Find a Pattern
Page 211, Problem 1
As a plant cell grows, one cell divides into two cells. Two cells divide
into four cells, four into eight, and so on. Describe the pattern. How
many cells will there be after seven divisions?
Step 1
What do you know?
One cell divides into cells, two cells divide into
cells, and four cells divide into cells.
.
Step 2
Make a plan.
Find a Pattern Finding a pattern will help you solve the problem.
Guess and Check
Work Backward Start 1st cell 2nd cell 3rd cell 4th cell 5th cell 6th cell 7th cell
Make a Graph division division division division division division division
Make a Table Number
or List of Cells 1 2 4 8
Write a Number
Sentence
Find the pattern in the number of cells after the 1st, 2nd,
Draw a Picture
and 3rd cell divisions.
Solve a Simpler
Problem
Continue the pattern to find the number of cells after the
Logical Reasoning
7th cell division.
Act it out
Print This Page
Name
Print This
57 Page
Find a Pattern
Step 3
Solve
You know the number of cells after the 1st, 2nd, and 3rd
cell divisions.
1st cell 2nd cell 3rd cell 4th cell 5th cell 6th cell 7th cell
Start division division division division division division division
Number
of Cells 1 2 4 8
Find the pattern in the number of cells after the 1st, 2nd,
and 3rd cell divisions.
What pattern do you see?
Continue the pattern to complete the chart. If the pattern

continues, there will be cells after the 7th cell division.
Step 4
Did you find a pattern and continue it? Yes No
Practice
1. Kate hikes 2 miles the first day, 2. The Support-Our-Forests Fund has
5 miles the second day, and 8 miles goals of $3,000, $6,000, $12,000, and
the third day. If the pattern $24,000 for its first four fund drives. If
continues, how many miles will the pattern continues, what will the
she hike the fourth day? goal be for the fifth fund drive?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
58 Page
Functions and Graphs P PRACTICE
Complete each table. Then write an equation.
1. Roger runs 7 miles more each week 2. One plant produces 8 times more
than another boy. peppers than another plant.
x 1 2 3 4 5 r 1 2 3 4 5
y 8 9 s 8 16
3. One number is 4 less than 3 times 4. One number is 8 greater than 2 times
another number. another number.
c 4 5 6 7 8 m 1 2 3 4 5
d 8 11 n 10 12
Complete each table. Then graph the function.

5. Stella works 4 times as many hours as 6. Liz swims 2 more than 2 times as
Jana does. many laps as Sunny does.
y 4x a 2b 2
x 0 1 2 3 4 b 0 1 2 3 4
y 0 4 a 2 4
7. s 2r 2 8. n 3t 1
r 1 2 3 4 5 t 1 2 3 4 5
s 0 2 n 4 7
Problem Solving
9. Each of 4 people orders a $8.95 10. Ben buys 3 toys that cost $3 each.
lunch. How much do the 4 lunches How much do the toys cost? Write
cost? Write and solve an equation. and solve an equation.
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 5, Lesson 8, pages 212215. (166) AF 1.1, 1.5; SDP 2.1
Print This Page
Name
Print This
58 Page
Functions and Graphs R RETEACH
The numbers in a function table relate to one another to form a pattern.

One number is 1 greater than 2 times a number.
x 1 2 3 4 5
y 3 5 7 9 11
Think: How can I find the value of y?
x 1 2 3 4 5

Equation 2x 1 2x 1 2x 1 2x 1 2x 1

y 3 5 7 9 11
In each case, multiply by 2 and add 1.
The values in the table form ordered pairs.

x 1 2 3 4 5
y 3 5 7 9 11
(x, y) (1, 3) (2, 5) (3, 7) (4, 9) (5, 11)
You can graph these ordered pairs
Complete each table. Then write an equation.

1. One number is 2 greater than 2. One number is 4 times another
another number. number.
Think: Add 2 to x to get y. Think: Multiply x by 4 to get y.
x 1 2 3 4 5 x 1 2 3 4 5
y 3 4 y 4 8
Complete each table. Write the ordered pairs. Then graph the function.
3.y 2x 4.y 2x 2
x 0 1 2 3 4 x 0 1 2 3 4
y 0 2 y 2 4
Print This Page
Name
Print This
58 Page
Functions and Graphs E ENRICH
When Are Houses Like Books?

To answer this riddle, find the points on the grid. Then write the
letter for each point on the lines.
(1, 3) (7, 8) (0, 6) (7, 1) (3, 0) (7, 8) (0, 6) (4, 4)
(7, 8) (4, 7) (2, 2) (0, 6) (6, 5) (3, 0) (1, 1) (6, 2) (9, 5) (0, 6) (6, 5)
12
11
10
9
H
8
A
7
E
6
S I
5
Y
4
W
3
V R
2
O N
1
T
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
If you are given the points (2, 2) and (6, 2), name two other points
that would make a square.
Print This Page
Name
Print This Page

59
A WORKSHEET
Decision
Analyze and Make Decisions Making
Record your data.
Item Name Cost of Number of Total Cost Total Cost

Item per Units of Item of Meal or
Unit Snack
Breakfast
Items
Lunch
Items
Dinner
Items
Snack
Items
Your Decision
What is your recommendation for the menus (one breakfast, one lunch,
one dinner, and snacks)?
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 5, Lesson 9, pages 216217. (169) NS 1.2, 3.2; MR 1.1, 2.3, 3.1
Print This Page
Name
Print This Page

59
B WORKSHEET
How much water do you use each day? Math &

Science
Record your data.
Place You Number of Times Amount of Water Total Amount

Use Water a Day You Use This for Each Use of Water
Source of Water
Print This Page
Name
Print This Page

59
B WORKSHEET
How much water do you use each day? Math &

Science
1. How much water do you use each day?
2. If a cup of water costs $0.10, how much money do you spend on

water each day? Show your work.
Work Space
3. How much water is being used by your whole class each day?
4. Is clean water a renewable or nonrenewable resource? Explain.

5. Give some other examples of renewable and nonrenewable resources.
Print This Page
Name
Print This
6-1 Page
Patterns of Multiplication P PRACTICE
Complete.
1. 6 8 s s 2. w 3 21 w
60 t 480 t 70 3 x x
60 80 u u y 30 2,100 y
60 800 v v 70 300 z z

3. 60 70 4. 20 60 5. 80 800
6. 30 200 7. 50 40 8. 400 30
9. 600 50 10. 90 70 11. 20 4,000
12. 9,000 30 13. 3,000 70 14. 900 60
15. 80 5,000 16. 7,000 80 17. 40 800
18. 30 6,000 19. 20 500 20. 6,000 90
21. 700 40 22. 80 2,000 23. 50 5,000

24. 30 j 9,000 j 25. s 70 2,800 s
26. 60 b 24,000 b 27. 400 t 12,000 t
28. 90 q 8,100 q 29. p 600 30,000 p
30. n 300 6,000 n 31. r 800 40,000 r
Problem Solving
32. ABC Hardware has 50 cartons of 33. Handy Hardware has 500 boxes of
nails. There are 4,000 nails in each hinges. Each box has 90 hinges. How
carton. How many nails does the many hinges does the store have?
store have?

Print This Page
Name
Print This
61 Page
Patterns of Multiplication R RETEACH
You can use basic facts and patterns to help you multiply.
2 3 6 basic fact 4 5 20 basic fact
20 30 600 40 50 2,000
1 zero 1 zero 2 zeros 1 zero 1 zero 2 zeros
20 300 6,000 40 500 20,000
1 zero 2 zeros 3 zeros 1 zero 2 zeros 3 zeros
20 3,000 60,000 40 5,000 200,000
1 zero 3 zeros 4 zeros 1 zero 3 zeros 4 zeros
1. 4 3 2. 7 2
40 30 70 20
40 300 70 200
40 3,000 70 2,000
3. 5 6 4. 8 5
50 60 80 50
50 600 80 500
50 6,000 80 5,000

5. 3 6 6. 30 60 7. 30 600
8. 4 9 9. 40 90 10. 40 900
11. 80 30 12. 700 30 13. 20 50
14. 300 9 15. 80 600 16. 70 800
17. 30 8,000 18. 2,000 90 19. 4,000 50
20. 70 7,000 21. 7,000 60 22. 90 8,000

Print This Page
Name
Print This
61 Page
Patterns of Multiplication E ENRICH
Clueless Puzzle
This puzzle has all the answers, but no clues. Each answer is a
product of two factors.
Make up clues for each answer.
3 4
Across Down
1. 80 8,000 1. 70 90,000
2. 2.
3. 3.
4. 4.
5. 5.
6. 6.

Print This Page
Name
Explore Multiplying Print This

P 62 Page
PRACTICE
by 2-Digit Numbers
Multiply.
1. 36 2. 27 3. 38 4. 23 5. 49
12 41 14 22 13
6. 47 7. 46 8. 17 9. 45 10. 48
34 14 25 35 20
11. 38 12. 32 13. 45 14. 14 15. 26

27 15 25 15 34
16. 32 17. 31 18. 12 19. 36 20. 28

18 25 46 36 44
21. 16 22. 17 23. 37 24. 19 25. 49

40 17 26 27 30
26. 15 23 27. 30 13 28. 14 22
29. 26 21 30. 30 24 31. 42 17
32. 63 15 33. 50 23 34. 13 13
35. 70 14 36. 32 20 37. 25 25

Problem Solving
38. The art teacher wants to decorate 39. There are 35 buses waiting for
each classroom with 28 balloons. students after school. Each bus carries
How many balloons does he need for 45 students. How many students
18 classrooms? ride the buses?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
62 Page
Explore Multiplying R RETEACH
by 2-Digit Numbers 19
An array can help you multiply. 2
Find 12 19. Think: 12 10 2
19
12
10
38 2 19
190 10 19
228
38 190 228
Find each product. Draw an array diagram to help you.
1. 14 15 2. 11 19
Multiply.
3. 28 4. 35 5. 42 6. 49 7. 32
14 26 33 27 18
8. 18 9. 23 10. 24 11. 45 12. 27

41 17 52 28 27
13. 32 21 14. 41 32 15. 26 17
Print This Page
Name
Print This
62 Page
Explore Multiplying by 2-Digit Numbers E ENRICH
Napiers Bones
In the seventeenth century, John Napier invented a simple calculator
that multiplied by adding. It became known as Napiers Bones.
Here is a way to use Napiers Bones to multiply 49 37.
Place the strips headed 4 Fold the strips so that Add diagonally to find
and 9 next to each other. the rows headed 3 and 7 the product. Start at
Place the index beside on the index are the bottom with the
the two strips. next to each other. ones. Remember to
carry.
INDEX INDEX INDEX
4 9 1 4 9 1 4 9 1
1 1 2 1 2
8 8 2 2 7 3 2 7 3
1 2 2 6 2 6
2 7 3 8 3 7 8 3 7
1 3
6 6 4
2 4
0 5 5
2 5
4 4 6 37
2 6
8 3 7
3
2
7
2 8 49
3 8
6 1 9
Cut out the ten strips of Napiers Bones below. Use them to find each product.
1. 57 34 2. 61 76 3. 85 29
4. 32 33 5. 94 65 6. 56 48
7. 39 68 8. 75 38 9. 89 21
Napiers Bones
INDEX
1 1 1 1 1
8 6 4 2 0 8 6 4 2
2 2 2 1 1 1
7 4 1 8 5 2 9 6 3
3 3 2 2 2 1 1
6 2 8 4 0 6 2 8 4
4 4 3 3 2 2 1 1
5 0 5 0 5 0 5 0 5
5 4 4 3 3 2 1 1
4 8 2 6 0 4 8 2 6
6 5 4 4 3 2 2 1
3 6 9 2 5 8 1 4 7
7 6 5 4 4 3 2 1
2 4 6 8 0 2 4 6 8
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Print This Page
Name
Print This
63 Page
Multiply by Multiples of 10 P PRACTICE
Multiply.
1. 26 2. 47 3. 91 4. 87 5. 23
40 30 20 10 90
6. 17 7. 135 8. 207 9. 399 10. 756

80 50 60 50 30
11. 498 12. 1,038 13. 2,226 14. 3,510 15. 5,503
70 40 20 60 50
16. 2,375 17. 4,009 18. 2,490 19. 6,967 20. 9,075
20 40 70 10 80
21. 51 30 22. 39 80 23. 67 20
24. 325 60 25. 40 608 26. 999 10
27. 712 30 28. 10 3,116 29. 80 1,185
30. 90 4,090 31. 2,111 70 32. 50 5,549

33. 34 j 680 j 34. q 72 2,160 q
35. 99 a 7,920 a 36. 56 m 1,680 m

37. 861 b 77,490 b 38. 1,002 n 70,140 n
39. s 2,108 63,240 s 40. 898 c 53,880 c
Problem Solving
41. Classroom chairs cost $39. 42. A computer costs $2,345.
How much will 30 chairs cost? How much will 20 computers cost?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
63 Page
Multiply by Multiples of 10 R RETEACH
An expanded form can help you multiply.
Find 20 37. Think: 37 30 7

20 (30 7) 37
(20 30) (20 7) 20
6 0 0 1 4 0 740 740
Complete to find each product.

1. 10 28 2. 30 33
10 ( 8) ( 3)
( 20) ( 8) ( ) ( )

3. 80 27 4. 50 64
(20 ) (60 )
( )( ) ( ) ( )

Multiply.
5. 34 6. 27 7. 38 8. 43 9. 18
40 30 40 10 50
10. 24 11. 35 12. 19 13. 22 14. 57

80 20 30 10 60
15. 40 18 16. 28 30 17. 30 32
18. 10 39 19. 16 30 20. 20 39
Print This Page
Name
Print This
63 Page
Multiply by Multiples of 10 E ENRICH
Missing Digits
Find each missing digit.
1. 7 4 2. 8 3. 6 2 4. 3
1 3 0 0 5 0
7 4 0 2, 4 9 0 3, 7 2 0 1, 6 5 0
5. 9 6. 4 6 7. 8 1 8. 4
9 0 0 0 7 0
6, 2 1 0 1, 8 4 0 1, 6 2 0 6, 5 8 0
9. 4 8 10. 5 8 4 11. 9 1 12. 7 2 1

8 0 0 9 0 0
3 8, 6 4 0 3 5, 0 4 0 8 2, 0 8 0 2 1, 6 3 0
13. 2 1 1 14. 53 15. 6 7 16. 8 6

0 6 0 3 0 8 0
1 0, 5 5 0 3 3, 7 8 0 2 0, 1 9 0 6 6, 8 8 0
17. 4 6 18. 8 3 19. 7 8 20. 5 6

7 0 4 0 8 0 9 0
5 2, 2 2 0 3 3, 5 6 0 3 8, 2 4 0 5 0, 4 9 0
21. 1 4 22. 9 5 23. 7 1 6 24. 6 5

8 0 2 0 0 7 0
2 5, 1 2 0 1 8, 5 0 0 6 4, 4 4 0 4 7, 2 5 0
25. 2 5 26. 5 4 27. 6 3 6 28. 7 4

8 0 4 0 0 5 0
7 4, 0 0 0 2 1, 7 6 0 5 7, 2 4 0 3 9, 2 0 0
Print This Page
Name
Print This
64 Page
Solve Multistep Problems Reading

Skill
Circle the hidden question that can help you solve the problem.
Then solve the problem.
1. A group of travelers rents 5 boats for 8 hours each. Boats cost
$12 an hour to rent. What is the total fee for this rental?
What is the total number of hours that the 5 boats are rented for?
What is the total number of boats that are rented in a day?
Solution:
2. A swimming instructor has 4 classes with 8 students in each class.

Each student pays a total of $50 for the classes for the season. How
much money does the swimming instructor receive?
What amount does the instructor charge per hour?
How many students in all does the swimming instructor have?
Solution:
3. Burkes Bluff Beach sells 25 guest passes in one day. Condor Cove
Beach sells 2 times as many guest passes that same day. Estimate
the total number of guest passes that beaches will sell in 3 days.
How many guest passes does Condor Cove Beach sell in 1 day?
How many guest passes will Burkes Bluff Beach sell in 2 days?
Solution:
4. Miguel charges $30 per hour to take people on his boat. Miguel
rents his boat for 3 hours per day for 12 days. How much money
does Miguel receive?
How many hours in all does Miguel rent his boat?
How much would Miguel receive if he rented his boat
12 hours per day?
Solution:
Print This Page
Name
Print This
64 Page
Solve Multistep Problems Math Skills

Test Prep
Lana and Ken rent 2 sets of scuba equipment for $16 an hour each.
They rent a boat for $24 per hour. They use the boat and the
equipment for 7 hours.
1. Which of the following statements 2. One hidden question you must
is true? solve is:
A Lana and Ken pay $40 per hour F How much do they pay to rent
to rent a boat. 2 sets of scuba equipment for
B Lana and Ken pay $168 to rent 7 hours?
the boat. G How many hours do they use
C Lana and Ken rent the boat and the boat?
equipment for 16 hours. H How much do they pay for the
boat each hour?
On a school trip, 3 buses of students go to Ocean Land. Each bus
has 44 students. Each student spends $10 on admission and a
special show. How much money do the students spend altogether?
3. Which question do you have to answer 4. How much money do the students
before you can solve the problem? spend altogether?
A How many students are in each F $1,320
bus? G $440
B How many hours are the students H $10
at Ocean Land?
C How many students in all visit
Ocean Land?
Olive catches 3 fish in 1 hour. Her sister catches 3 times as many fish.
Estimate the number of fish the girls will catch if they fish for 3 hours.
5. Which of the following statements 6. One hidden question you must
is true? solve is:
A Olive and her sister catch 9 fish. F How many fish did Olive catch
B Olives sister catches 3 fish. in 1 hour?
C Olives sister catches 3 times as G How many fish did Olives sister
many fish as Olive does. catch in 1 hour?
H How many hours have they fished
so far?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
64 Page
Solve Multistep Problems Math Skills

Test Prep
The Beach Shack rents out 12 umbrellas for 5 hours each. Umbrellas
cost $6 per hour. How much money does The Beach Shack make?
7. Which question do you have to 8. How much money does The Beach
answer before you can solve the Shack make?
problem?
F $30
A How much does it cost to rent
G $72
1 umbrella for 12 hours?
H $360
B How much does it cost to rent
1 umbrella for 5 hours?
C How many umbrellas does The
Beach Shack have?
Solve.
9. The Diving Club offers 4 beginning 10. A fishing guide charges $25 per
diving classes each day. Each class hour. He works 6 hours per day for
has room for 6 people. How many 5 days. How much money does the
people can take classes in 30 days? guide earn?
11. During one week, 5 sailboats are 12. The aquarium charges $12 admission
rented for a total of 16 hours each. and $6 for a tour. A group of 20
The rental cost is $25 per hour. people goes to the aquarium and
Altogether, how much is paid for takes the tour. How much money
these rentals? does the group spend?
13. Amanda rents a canoe and a life 14. Jenny rented a rowboat from
preserver from 2:00 P.M. to 5:00 P.M. 10:45 A.M. to 1:00 P.M. After lunch,
A canoe costs $12 per hour. A life she rented another rowboat from
preserver costs $2 per hour. How 1:45 P.M. to 4:45 P.M. For how many
much does Amanda spend? minutes did she rent the boat?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
6-5 Page
Multiply by 2-Digit Numbers P PRACTICE
Find each product

1. 26 2. 73 3. 44 4. $0.56 5. 29
35 51 87 83 19
6. $46 7. 59 8. 77 9. 55 10. 44
35 47 22 15 46
11. 79 12. 94 13. $0.63 14. 68 15. 51

73 61 58 24 34
16. 18 92 17. 28 19 18. 86 43
19. 74 33 20. 48 26 21. 31 $0.18
22. 77 94 23. 88 62 24. 27 34
Algebra & Functions Find each product.
25. (30 7) (10 8) n 26. (60 4) (20 9) = v
27. (80 1) (40 2) p 28. (50 6) (70 3) = r
29. (90 5) (10 1) q

30. (60 6) (50 5) c
31. (20 8) (70 7) s 32. (40 3) (80 4) b
Problem Solving
33. A fence has 28 sections with 34. Horses on a ranch eat 28 bales
18 boards in each section. How of hay each day. How many bales
many boards are in the fence? do they eat in 31 days?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
65 Page
Multiply by 2-Digit Numbers R RETEACH
You can use a place-value chart to help you multiply 2-digit numbers.
Multiply 47 25.
Multiply by the ones. Multiply by the tens. Add the products.
Regroup if necessary.
TH H T O TH H T O TH H T O
2 2
3 3 3
2 5 2 5 2 5
4 7 4 7 4 7
1 7 5 1 7 5 1 7 5
1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0
1 1 7 5
Complete. Find each product.

1. 2. 3.
H T O TH H T O TH H T O
1 5 3 2 5 9
4 5 8 7 9 3
5 2 4 7 7
6 0 0 2 5 6 0 5 3 1 0
4. 16 5. $15 6. 23 7. $0.27 8. 38
23 42 39 51 26
9. 46 10. 67 11. 59 12. $31 13. 72

44 29 31 28 53
14. 85 43 15. 96 35 16. $0.39 66
Print This Page
Name
Print This
65 Page
Multiply by 2-Digit Numbers E ENRICH
Patterns for Eleven

Multiply 11 by a 1-digit number.
1. 2 11 2. 3 11 3. 4 11 4. 5 11
5. 6 11 6. 7 11 7. 8 11 8. 9 11
Multiply 11 by a 2-digit number.

9. 11 10. 11 11. 11 12. 11
31 32 33 34
13. 11 14. 11 15. 11 16. 11

53 62 27 18
Use the pattern to find these products.

17. 11 18. 11 19. 11 20. 11
41 22 38 16
21. 44 11 22. 55 11
23. 64 11 24. 72 11
Print This Page
Name
Print This
66 Page
Estimate Products P PRACTICE

1. 49 59 2. 55 65
3. 41 52 4. 18 29
5. 98 402 6. 71 874
7. 61 $216 8. 42 605
9. 81 350 10. 23 999
11. 85 1,211 12. 71 2,118
13. 19 6,302 14. 29 7,907
Algebra & Functions Estimate to compare. Write or .
15. 98 27 3,000 16. 37 196 8,000 17. 42 84 3,200
18. 498 16 100,000 19. 21 423 8,000 20. 589 36 24,000
21. 59 689 22. 49 188 23. 224 41

42,000 10,000 8,000
24. 26 42 34 21 25. 15 47 59 68 26. 34 82 37 58
Problem Solving
27. The price of a bus ticket is $58. 28. An airline ticket costs $375.
About how much will tickets for a About how much will tickets cost
group of 62 passengers cost? for a group of 25 people?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
66 Page
Estimate Products R RETEACH
You can round to estimate products. Round each number to its

greatest place. Then multiply using patterns with zeros
Estimate 42 59. Estimate 74 229.
42 40 1 zero 227 200 2 zeros
59 60 1 zero 74 70 1 zero
2,400 2 zeros 14,000 3 zeros
Estimate each product by rounding.

1. 2. 3.
54 $29 788
19 32 51

4. 37 49 5. 23 51
6. 69 19 7. 26 $72
8. 19 315 9. 85 263
10. 72 803 11. 48 1,056

12. 92 2,228 13. 57 $5,698
14. 76 6,419 15. 12 9,058
16. 55 4,830 17. 92 1,568
Print This Page
Name
Print This
66 Page
Estimate Products E ENRICH
Estimation Maze
Estimate to find your way out of the maze. First, estimate to find
the box in which the answer could be 858. Start in that box. Then,
in order, estimate to find and go through the boxes in which the
answers are:
3,060 7,308 3,822 2,278 16,910 6,123 15,092 33,888 52,416 36,344
78 34 42 57
11 90 19 14
I M P C
26 87 39 67
34 84 98 34
B O U T
172 178 157 196

24 95 39 77
R H F O
953 706 819 616

48 48 64 59
W E R E
Write the letters from the boxes you go through in order. What message do you find?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
67 Page
Multiply Greater Numbers P PRACTICE
Multiply. Check that each answer is reasonable

1. 653 2. 908 3. 412 4. 714
27 43 65 36
5. 279 6. 309 7. $1.26 8. 305

64 32 98 77
9. 4,084 10. 7,016 11. 9,148 12. $50.09

43 25 16 31
13. 2,007 14. $39.85 15. 6,618 16. $82.35

75 74 91 72
17. 21,107 18. 46,118 19. 92,306 20. $123.95

42 27 31 18
21. 53 36,219 22. 26 $591.05
23. 36 19,962 24. 71 23,401
Algebra & Functions Given each set of digits, make the greatest
and least product possible by multiplying by a 2-digit number. Use
each digit one time.
25. 5, 2, 6, 1 26. 7, 9, 2, 0
Problem Solving
27. A box holds 250 ping pong balls. 28. Pencils are packaged with 144 pencils
How many ping pong balls can be in a box. How many pencils are there
packaged in 85 boxes? in 50 boxes?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
67 Page
Multiply by Greater Numbers R RETEACH
You can use a place-value chart to multiply greater numbers.
Multiply 25 3,188.
Estimate: 30 3,000 90,000
Multiply by the ones. Multiply by the tens. Add the products.
Regroup if necessary. Regroup if necessary.
Thousands Ones Thousands Ones Thousands Ones
1.
H T O H T O H T O H T O H T O H T O
1 1 1 1
3 4 3 4 3 4
3 1 7 8 3 1 7 8 3 1 7 8
2 5 2 5 2 5
1 5 8 9 0 1 5 8 9 0 1 5 8 9 0
6 3 5 6 0 6 3 5 6 0
7 9 4 5 0
Since 79,450 is close to the estimate of 90,000, the answer is reasonable.
Multiply.
Thousands Ones Thousands Ones Thousands Ones
1. 2. 3.
H T O H T O H T O H T O H T O H T O
2
1 4 5 7 1 2 9 3 2 0 0 6
2 5 1 8 1 3

4. $3.69 5. 518 6. 6,735 7. 8,098

18 49 37 66
8. 4,484 72 9. 85 $116.95 10. 52 19,071
Print This Page
Name
Print This
67 Page
Multiply Greater Numbers E ENRICH
Quick Check
Here is a quick way to check the product for 14 1,456.
Step 1
Add the digits in each number.
Add again if the sum has two digits.
1,456 1 4 5 6 16, 167
14 1 4 5
20,384 2 0 3 8 4 17, 178
Step 2 Step 3
Multiply the two numbers you got from Compare the sum you got from adding the
adding the factors. digits in the product for 14 1,456 to the
Then add the digits in the product. sum you got in Step 2.
8 8, so the product 20,384 is correct.
7 3
5 5
35 8
Use the method shown above to check each problem. Draw an X

next to any incorrect product. Then find the correct product.
1. 314 2. 815 3. 742 4. 689
57 32 68 24
17,896 26,090 50,456 16,536
5. 537 6. 496 7. 2,214 8. 3,418

49 71 88 92
26,213 35,216 193,832 314,456
9. 4,372 10. 8,432 11. 7,498 12. 9,455

15 37 45 76
65,480 311,984 337,410 707,580
Print This Page
Name
Print This
68 Page
Make a Graph
Make a graph for the data in the table. Use data from the graph to
solve problems 1 and 2.
Boat Rentals at Lake Willow in July and August

Type of Boat Income from Boat Rentals
Sailboats $1,300
Rowboats $1,100
Paddle boats $800
Canoes $1,000
1. Which type of boat generated the 2. Which type of boat generated the
most income? least income?
3. A beach sells 1,000 passes in 1998; 4. Suppose you make a graph for the
1,200 passes in 1999; and 1,100 passes data in problem 3 in which each
in 2000. Suppose you make a symbol stands for 100 passes.
pictograph in which each symbol stands How many symbols would you
for 200 passes. How many symbols make for each year?
would you make for each year?

5. Time Elliot returns from the beach at

4:30 P.M. He spent 2 hours at the 6. Create a problem for which you
beach. It takes 15 minutes for Elliot would make a graph to solve.
to travel from his home to the Share it with others.
beach. What time did Elliot leave
home to go to the beach?
Strategy:
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 6, Lesson 8, pages 254255. (193) SDP 1.1; MR 2.3, 2.4, 3.2
Print This Page
Name
Print This
68 Page
Make a Graph
Page 255, Problem 2
Sandcastle Building Contests
Which contest had the
most people? The least? Location Number of People
Port Aransas, TX 1,250
Wenatchee, WA 1,675
Seal Beach, CA 1,775
Atlantic City, NJ 1,525
Malibu, CA 1,375
Step 1
What do you know?
You know how many
.
You need to find
.
Step 2
Make a plan.
Find a Pattern A graph can help you compare data quickly.
Guess and Check
Work Backward Make a bar graph to solve the problem.

Make a Graph
Make a Table or
List
Write a Number
Sentence
Draw a Diagram
Solve a Simpler
Problem
Logical Reasoning
Act it Out
Print This Page
Name
Print This
68 Page
Make a Graph
Step 3
Carry out your plan. Make a bar graph.
Solve
Sandcastle Building Contest
Port
Aransas,TK
Wenatchee,
WA
Location
Seal Beach,
CA
Atlantic
City, NJ
Malibu, CA
100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1,000 1,100 1,200 1,300 1,400 1,500 1,600 1,700 1,800
Number of People
The contest at:

has the most people.
has the least people.
Step 4
Does your answer match the data given in
the problem? Yes No
What other kind of graph could you use to compare the data?
Practice
1. The Lakefront Swim Club had 400 2. In which year did the Lakefront Swim
members in 1970, 250 members in Club have the most members? the
1980, 600 members in 1990, and least members?
550 members in 2000. Make a
graph that displays this data.
Print This Page
Name
Print This
69 Page
Multiply Using Mental Math P PRACTICE

1. 12 30 2. 40 21 3. 34 11
4. 55 18 5. 60 14 6. 70 31
7. 44 22 8. 80 51 9. 90 9
10. 25 50 11. 30 26 12. 24 40
13. 44 15 14. 52 11 15. 15 16
16. 35 22 17. 61 30 18. 20 48
19. 30 19 20. 65 40 21. 48 40
22. 16 21 23. 25 28 24. 59 61
25. 50 14 26. 35 21 27. 70 49
28. 11 62 29. 90 42 30. 22 55
Algebra & Functions Complete each table.

31.
Rule: Multiply by 35.
Input 20 31 42 110 130
Output 700 1,085 1,470 3,850 4,550
32.
Rule: Multiply by 16.
Input 15 25 75 100 220

Output 240 400 1,200 1,600 3,520
Problem Solving
33. Teams of 16 students are helping 34. Students are going on a field trip
clean the park. There are 21 teams. in 20 buses. Each bus carries 35
How many students in all are helping students. How many students are
clean the park? going on the field trip?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
69 Page
Multiply Using Mental Math R RETEACH
You can multiply using mental math.
Compensation Compatible Numbers

Multiply one factor by a number. Break apart one number and multiply.
Divide another factor by the same number. Then add.
25 16 (25 2) (16 2) 25 16 (25 10) (25 6)
50 8 400 250 150 400
Multiply mentally. Use compensation.
1. 35 40 (35 ) (40 ) 2. 60 25 (60 ) (25 )

Multiply mentally. Use compatible numbers.
3. 15 16 ( 16) (5 ) 4. 22 30 ( 30) ( 30)

5. 20 45 6. 15 28 7. 11 72
8. 75 20 9. 36 40 10. 50 23
11. 44 25 12. 70 18 13. 59 71
14. 99 10 15. 60 73 16. 45 36

17. 53 11 18. 32 26 19. 80 61
20. 70 19 21. 65 16 22. 35 90
23. 25 25 24. 80 18 25. 26 23
26. 11 37 27. 55 27 28. 75 30
29. 62 10 30. 25 45 31. 50 88
Print This Page
Name
Print This
69 Page
Multiply Using Mental Math E ENRICH
Circle Race
You will need:
Play with a partner. 10 index cards
Write each of these numbers on an index card:
12 15 18 25 30 35 50 60 200 400
Mix up the cards and then place them facedown between you
and your partner. Draw a card. Write the number in the center
of your circle. Use mental math to multiply each number on the
circle by the number in the center. The first person to complete
the circle with correct answers scores 1 point.
Erase the number in the center. Repeat the activity until all the
cards have been drawn.
The person with the greater number of points wins.
18 33
24 14

16 40
300 22
Print This Page
Name
Print This Page

610
A WORKSHEET
Decision
Applying Multiplication Making
Record your data.
Sailboats Rowboats Paddle boats Canoes

Your Decision
Which boat or boats will the family rent? How long will they ride? Explain.
Print This Page
Name
Print This Page

610
B WORKSHEET
How many times does your heart beat each day? Math &
Science
Record your data in the table below.
Time Estimate Actual Heart Beats
Each minute
Each hour
Each day
Each year
Show how you estimated the number of heart beats in each hour,
each day, and each year.
Each hour Each day Each year

Print This Page
Name
Print This Page

610
B WORKSHEET
How many times does your heart beat each day? Math &
Science
1. Why would it be difficult to count the number of heart beats in a
day? Explain how math made your job easier.
2. Round the number of beats for a day to the nearest 10,000. Collect
the data for the whole class. What was the range of heartbeats?
What number was most common?
3. Make a bar graph to display the data 4. Martys heart beats 70 times each
from the class. minute. Tamaras heart beats 60
times each minute. How many more
times does Martys heart beat each
day? Show your work.
5. Explain how exercise can reduce the

number of times your heart beats
each day.
Print This Page
Name
Print This
71 Page
Division Patterns P PRACTICE
Complete.
1. 48 6 2. 35 5 3. 16 4
480 6 350 5 160 4
4,800 6 3,500 5 1,600 4
Divide.
206 R2 50 $70 80
4. 3 620 5. 5 250 6. 6 $420 7. 7 560
80 $90 60 70
8. 2 160 9. 3 $270 10. 4 240 11. 8 560
800 700 700 $700

12. 9 7,200 13. 5 3,500 14. 4 2,800 15. 6 $4,200
$600 400 600 4,000

16. 7 $4,200 17. 9 3,600 18. 3 1,800 19. 2 8,000
20. 120 2 21. $240 3 22. 810 9
23. $450 5 24. 630 7 25. 540 9
26. 3,000 6 27. $7,200 8 28. 4,800 8
29. 3,200 8 30. 5,600 7 31. $3,600 4
Algebra & Functions Write the missing number.

32. 200 50 33. 450 5 34. 630 90
35. 6 40 36. 200 40 37. 8 80
38. 4 600 39. 1,500 500 40. 3,000 5
Problem Solving
41. There are 150 students in 3 buses. Each 42. A pet shop has 160 fish in
bus carries the same number of students. aquariums. Each aquarium has
How many students are on each bus? 40 fish. How many aquariums
of fish are there?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
71 Page
Division Patterns R RETEACH
You can divide mentally by using basic division facts and looking for
a pattern.
Divide. Count the zeros.

Think: Think:
The basic fact is 12 3 4. The basic fact is 40 8 5.

12 3 4 no zeros 40 8 5 no extra zeros

120 3 40 1 zero 400 8 50 1 extra zero

1,200 3 400 2 zeros 4,000 8 500 2 extra zeros
Complete.
1. 15 3 2. 20 5
150 3 200 5
1,500 3 2,000 5
3. 32 4 4. 30 6
320 4 300 6
3,200 4 3,000 6
5. 35 5 6. 45 9
350 5 450 9
3,500 5 4,500 9
7. 48 8 8. 64 8
480 8 640 8
4,800 8 6,400 8
9. 180 2 10. 360 4 11. 700 7
1 2. 360 6 13. 540 9 14. 1,400 2
15. 4,200 7 16. 2,700 9 17. 4,900 7
Print This Page
Name
Print This
71 Page
Division Patterns E ENRICH
Geography Riddles
Find each missing number. Solve the riddles by placing the letter
from each exercise in the blank above the matching answer number.
1. 140 7 M 2. 9 40 U
3. 4,200 700 O 4. 2 800 A
5. 3,500 700 H 6. 4 30 N
7. 3 700 E 8. 320 80 A
9. 2,800 400 S 10. 9 90 R
11. 5,600 700 S 12. 240 80 I
13. 5,400 600 L 14. 2,700 3 E
15. 720 9 I 16. 800 400 R
17. 150 3 M 18. 7 60 E
19. 120 2 S 20. 8 400 I
21. 5 800 C 22. 810 9 N
What state reminds you of part of a lion?

20 4 3 120 420
What city likes to wander?

2 6 50 900
Which people are always in a hurry?

810 360 60 7 3,2001,600 90 8
What country is always cold?

4,000 5 80 9 2,100
Print This Page
Name
Print This
72 Page
Explore Division P PRACTICE
Write a division sentence for each model.

1. 2. 3.
4. 5. 6.
Find each quotient. You may draw place-value models.
3 R2 3 R5 9 R1 3 R6
7. 6 20 8. 8 29 9. 4 37 10. 9 33
12 R3 13 R1 13 11 R6
11. 4 51 12. 5 66 13. 6 78 14. 7 83
16 R3 14 27 R1 49 R1
15. 6 99 16. 7 98 17. 2 55 18. 2 99
19. 41 9 20. 62 9 21. 59 7
22. 88 3 23. 73 5 24. 58 4
25. 67 6 26. 77 7 27. 43 2

Problem Solving
28. Books are packed in boxes of 9. 29. Ping pong balls are packed in boxes
If 67 books are packed, how many of 6. If 59 ping pong balls are packed,
full boxes will there be? How many how many full boxes will there be?
books will be left over? How many ping pong balls will be
left over?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
72 Page
Explore Division R RETEACH
You can use models to help you divide.
Divide 86 3.
Show 86. Place 2 tens in each of 3

groups. Regroup the 2
tens that are left as 20
ones. You can divide the
26 ones into 3 groups of
8 with 2 left over.
You can divide 86 cubes

into 3 groups of 28 with
2 left over.
So, 86 3 28 R2.
Divide. You may use models to help you.

1. 2.
58 4 37 2
3. 4.
49 4 68 3
Divide.
5. 43 2 6. 25 2 7. 42 4
8. 82 5 9. 48 4 10. 78 9
Print This Page
Name
Print This
72 Page
Explore Division E ENRICH
Remainder Rules
You can use divisibility rules to find out if a number will have a remainder.
Divisibility Rules
A number is divisible by:
2 if the ones digit is 0, 2, 4, 6, or 8. 6 if it is divisible by both 2 and 3.
3 if the sum of its digits is divisible by 3. 9 if the sum of its digits is divisible by 9.
5 if the ones digit is 0 or 5. 10 if the ones digit is 0.
1. If you divide 315 by 5, will there be a remainder?

How do you know?
Divide to prove your answers.
2. If you divide 691 by any 1-digit number, will there be a remainder?

How do you know?
Divide to prove your answer.

3. Think about dividing a 3-digit number by each of the following

1-digit numbers: 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9.
Which divisions will have remainders?
Which divisions will not have remainders?
Prove your answers.
Print This Page
Name
Print This
73 Page
Divide 3-Digit Numbers P PRACTICE
Divide. Check your work.
349 $135 130 R1 112 R1

1. 2 698 2. 5 $675 3. 3 391 4. 7 785
111 R2 28 R7 $0.67 124 R3

5. 5 557 6. 8 231 7. 4 $2.68 8. 8 995
99 R2 $1.12 311 R2 91 R2
9. 4 398 10. 6 $6.72 11. 3 935 12. 5 457
129 361 R1 119 R3 93 R1

13. 7 903 14. 2 723 15. 7 836 16. 8 745
111 62 R5 $37 111 R2

17. 9 999 18. 6 377 19. 8 $296 20. 7 779
21. 215 3 22. 367 5 23. 467 2
24. 593 4 25. 298 6 26. 506 7
27. Divide 726 by 7. 28. Divide 834 by 5. 29. Divide 909 by 8.

30. 1,065 n 213 31. c 4 168 32. 690 m 345
33. b 8 116 34. 585 d 195 35. t 9 111
36. (250 + 14) x 44 37. (700 + y) 7 106 38. 756 (r + 3) 126

Problem Solving
39. Morgan is planting 906 pine seedlings 40. The school bought 2,880 tickets to
in rows. She plants 8 pine seedlings in the circus. The tickets will be divided
each row. How many rows are there? equally among 9 classes. How many
How many seedlings are left? tickets will each class get?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
73 Page
Divide 3-Digit Numbers R RETEACH
Divide 8 425 .
Divide the hundreds. Divide the tens. Divide the ones.
Think: 4 8. Bring down the tens. Bring down the ones.
There arent enough Divide the tens. Divide the ones.
hundreds.
5 53 R1
8 425 8 425 8 425
40 Multiply: 8 5 40 40
2 Subtract: 42 40 2 25
24 Multiply: 8 3 24
1 Subtract: 25 24 1
The remainder is 1.
Check your answer: 53 8 1 425
Complete.
1. 2. 3.
2 2 8 1 4 3 R 2 8 9 R 1
36 8 4 57 1 7 76 2 4
6 5 5 6
8 2 1 6 4
6 2 0 6 3
2 4 1 7 1
2 4 1 5
0 2
Find each quotient.
143 R1 69 R4 152 R4 41 R6
4. 4 573 5. 5 349 6. 5 764 7. 7 293
248 R1 139 94 R8 288 R2

8. 3 745 9. 7 973 10. 9 854 11. 3 866
12. 662 5 13. 571 8 14. 927 4
15. 745 3 16. 680 5 17. 571 6
Print This Page
Name
Print This
73 Page
Divide 3-Digit Numbers E ENRICH
Short Division
Short division is a quick way to divide. Here is how it works.
Divide 6 892 .
Multiply and subtract Multiply and subtract Multiply and subtract
mentally. Write the mentally. Write the mentally. Write the
difference in front of the difference in front of the remainder as part of the
digit in the tens place. digit in the ones place. quotient.
1 14 1 4 8 R4
6 8292 Think: 6 1 6 6 82952 Think: 6 4 24 6 82952 Think: 6 8 48
862 29 24 5 52 48 4
Divide 8 653 .
8 8 1R5
8 653 Think: 8 1 8, not 8 6513 Think: 8 8 64, 8 6513 Think: 8 1 8,
enough hundreds. 65 64 1. 13 8 5.
Use short division to divide.

171 253 R2 155 R3
1. 2 342 2. 3 761 3. 4 623
164 R3 157 131 R1

4. 5 823 5. 6 942 6. 7 918
111 R6 96 R3 73 R5
7. 8 894 8. 9 867 9. 6 443
72 52 R1 61 R4
10. 6 432 11. 7 365 12. 7 431
65 R2 69 R3 61 R4
13. 5 327 14. 9 624 15. 8 492
118 95 R7 131 R5
16. 8 944 17. 9 862 18. 6 791
Print This Page
Name
Print This
74 Page
Zeros in the Quotient P PRACTICE
Divide. Check your answer.

1. 206 R2 2. 209 R1 3. 10 R2 4. 209 R3
3 620 2 419 9 92 4 839
5. 6. 7. 8.
$105 $1.07 $1.09 102
6 $630 8 $8.56 7 $7.63 9 918
9. 10. 11. 12.
109 R4 106 R6 101 R4 409 R1
5 549 7 748 8 812 2 819
13. 14. 15. 16.
103 R2 10 R8 70 R1 206 R3
6 620 9 98 3 211 4 827
17. 18. 19. 20.
108 R4 106 R7 109 R3 305 R2
5 544 8 855 6 657 3 917
21. 490 R1 22.
208 R3 23.
103 R6 24.
50 R6
2 981 4 835 7 727 8 406
25. 823 4 26. 704 5 27. 981 2
28. 920 3 29. 916 7 30. 845 6
31. 885 8 32. 954 5 33. 965 6
Find only those quotients that are greater than 200.

34. 992 3 35. 920 9
36. 619 3 37. 747 4

38. 818 2 39. 540 2
Problem Solving
40. Jenna earns $636 in 6 months by 41. A family of 4 spent $824 during their
babysitting. If divided evenly, how vacation. If divided evenly, how much
much is that a month? is that per person?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
74 Page
Zeros in the Quotient R RETEACH
Divide 3 629 . Follow the steps below.

Think: 3 2 600 Bring down the tens. Bring down the ones.
The first digit is in There are not enough Divide the ones.
the hundreds place. tens to divide. Trade 2
tens for 20 ones.
2 20 209 R2
3 629 Multiply: 3 2 6 3 629 There are not enough 3 629
6 Subtract: 6 6 0 6 tens to divide. Write 6
0 Compare: 0 6 02 a 0 in the quotient. 029
Compare: 0 4 27 Multiply: 3 9 27
2 Subtract: 29 27 2
Check your answer: 209 3 2 629
Complete.
1. 2. 3.
3 0 8 R 2 1 0 7 2 0 R 3
39 2 6 66 4 2 71 4 3
9 6 1 4
2 6 4 2 3
2 4 4 2
2 0
Divide.
$204 109 R2 105 R1 109 R2

4. 4 $816 5. 4 438 6. 3 316 7. 7 765
307 R1 180 R1 209 R1 $70

8. 2 615 9. 2 361 10. 3 628 11. 3 $210
12. 912 9 13. 452 5 14. 662 3
15. 965 6 16. 905 3 17. 734 7
Print This Page
Name
Print This
74 Page
Zeros in the Quotient E ENRICH
Pick a Winner
Pick divisors from the list below to create 20 division exercises.
Then complete the exercises. If you have a zero in the quotient,
give yourself 2 points. If you do not have a zero in the quotient,
give yourself 1 point.
Divisors: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9
302 390 R1 106 R4 101 R4 103 R1

1. 2 604 2. 2 781 3. 8 852 4. 5 509 5. 6 619
110 R5 105 R3 170 109 R3 201R6

6. 7 775 7. 4 423 8. 1 170 9. 8 875 10. 9 1,815
90 R3 120 R5 70 R1 160 R1 50 R4
11. 4 363 12. 6 725 13. 3 211 14. 2 321 15. 7 354
20 R4 109 40 R3 302 403

16. 5 104 17. 5 545 18. 8 323 19. 3 906 20. 2 806
Total Points Earned:

21. Think about dividing a 3-digit number by a 1-digit number.
When will you get a quotient with a zero in the tens place?
Give an example.
Print This Page
Name
Print This
75 Page
Interpret the Remainders Reading

Skill
Circle the correct word(s) or number(s) to make each statement true.
1. The Art Club sells T-shirts for $8. Ms. Demming has $92.
1
Ms. Demming can buy 11 11 2 12 T-shirts.
If Ms. Demming buys the greatest possible number of
T-shirts, she will have $ 0 $4 $8 left.
Explain your thinking:
2. There are 124 people at the Howard School Sports Dinner. They sit
at tables that have 8 seats each.
The school needs 15 16 tables.
There are 7 7 or 8 people at each table.
3. Manny and two friends are paid $100 for setting up a new computer
in the schools math lab. They each do the same amount of work.
Manny earns more than the same as his friends.
Each friend earns more than less than $30.
4. There are 75 students going to the art museum. They will ride in
vans that can hold 6 students.
There will be 12 13 vans.
There are 5 5 or 6 students in each van.
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 7, Lesson 5, pages 286287. (214) NS 3.4; MR 1.1, 2.4, 2.6, 3.1, 3.2
Print This Page
Name
Print This
75 Page
Interpret the Remainders Math Skills

Test Prep
There are 94 people who volunteer to clean the park. They will form as
many groups of 4 as possible. How many groups of 4 can they make?
1. Which of the following statements 2. How do you interpret the remainder
is true? to solve this problem?
A They will make 4 groups. F Use only the quotient.
B Everyone can be in a group of 4. G Use only the remainder
C There are 94 volunteers. H Add 1 to the quotient.
The after-school baseball league wants to buy 250 baseballs. The

baseballs come in boxes of 6. How many boxes will the league need?
3. How do you interpret the remainder 4. How many boxes will the
to solve this problem? league need?
A Use only the quotient. F 41 boxes
B Use only the remainder. G 42 boxes
C Add 1 to the quotient. H 43 boxes
The Computer Club has $80 to buy disks. A box of disks costs $7. There
is no sales tax. How many boxes of disks can the club buy?
5. Which of the following statements 6. How do you interpret the remainder
is false? to solve this problem?
A Each box of disks costs $7. F Add 1 to the quotient.

B All of the money will be spent. G Use only the quotient.
C The computer club has $80 to buy H Use only the remainder.
disks.
Print This Page
Name
Print This
75 Page
Interpret the Remainders Math Skills

Test Prep
The Art Club makes $4 on each T-shirt it sells. How many shirts does the
club need to sell to raise $75?
7. How do you interpret the remainder 8. How many shirts does the club need
to solve this problem? to sell to raise $75?
A Add 1 to the quotient. F 3 shirts
B Use only the quotient. G 18 shirts
C Use only the remainder. H 19 shirts
Solve.
9. There are 72 students in the Hockey 10. The Hockey Club buys 128 ounces of
Club. How many teams of 5 can juice. How many 7-ounce cups can
they make? they pour?
11. Paint sets cost $6. The Art Club has 12. There are 132 students at a meeting.
$93. If the club buys as many paint The seats are arranged in rows of 8.
sets as it can, how much money will How many rows of seats are needed?
be left over?
13. There are 64 members in the Science 14. There are 83 students. They will sit in
Club. They travel to the science fair rows of 6 seats each. They will start
in cars that can hold 5 members at the front row and fill as many
each. How many cars are needed? rows as they can. How many
students will be in the last row?
15. Each song played by a DJ is 16. The DJs assistant distributes neon
4 minutes long. How many songs sunglasses to 50 people at a party.
does he play in a music set that is There are 6 glasses in a box. How
30 minutes long? many boxes should she open?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
76 Page
Estimate Quotients P PRACTICE
Estimate. Choose compatible numbers.

1. 20 2. 20 3. 90 4. 70
2 43 4 71 6 521 7 501
5. 50 6.
40 7. 70 8. 30
3 159 4 171 2 131 9 286
9. 80 10. 40 11. 90 12. 300

8 650 5 209 9 831 7 2,011
13. 500 14. 800

6 3,124 4 3,105
15. 2,000 16. 5,000

3 5,896 9 46,999
17. 65 3 18. 98 5 19. 22 3
20. 381 8 21. 555 6 22. 640 7
23. 468 9 24. 309 5 25. 481 7
26. 281 3 27. 349 4 28. 412 5
29. 4,124 6 30. 1,912 9 31. 1,714 2

32. 2,186 4 33. 2,904 7 34. 4,711 8
Problem Solving
35. Marta travels a total of 850 miles every 36. Jeff went on a bike trip of
month to San Francisco for business. If 173 miles to Austin. It took him
she goes 3 times a month, about how 9 days. About how many miles
many miles is each round trip? did he travel each day?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
76 Page
Estimate Quotients R RETEACH
Compatible numbers are numbers you can divide easily.

You can use compatible numbers to estimate quotients.
Estimate 351 4. Estimate 435 7.
Think: What basic division fact is Think: What basic division fact is
close to 35 4? close to 43 7?
36 4 9 42 7 6
360 4 90 420 7 60
So, 351 4 is about 90. So, 435 7 is about 60.
Complete.
1. Estimate 430 9. 2. Estimate 279 3.
Division fact: 45 9 Division fact: 27 3
Estimate: 450 9 Estimate: 270 3
3. Estimate 299 5 4. Estimate 319 4.
Division fact: Division fact:
Estimate: Estimate:
5. Estimate 562 6. 6. Estimate 631 8.
Estimate: Estimate:
Estimate. Circle the letter of the division sentence with the

compatible number. Then complete the division.
7. 122 4 a. 120 4 b. 100 4

8. 349 7 a. 360 7 b. 350 7
9. 272 9 a. 270 9 b. 280 9
10. 292 5 a. 300 5 b. 290 5
11. 453 9 a. 480 9 b. 450 9
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 7, Lesson 6, pages 288289 (218) NS 3.2, 3.4
Print This Page
Name
Print This
76 Page
Estimate Quotients E ENRICH
The Treasure State

Rewrite each exercise using compatible numbers.
Write the estimated quotient.
1. 60 2. 200 3. 80
7 428 420 3 605 600 4 316 320
4. 900 5. 1,000 6. 500
9 8,140 8,100 5 5,165 5,000 8 3,999 4,000
7. 600 8. 100 9. 20
6 3,546 3,600 2 196 200 4 85 80
10. 10 11. 90 12.
1,100
9 98 90 8 725 720 5 5,620 5,500
13. Write the estimated quotient beside each exercise number
below. The first one is done for you. Then cross out the
letters above quotients with two digits. Circle the letters
above quotients with three or more digits.
H I A D N N
11. 90 9. 5. 10. 2. 4.
T M O B P A
6. 8. 7. 1. 3. 12.
14. Rearrange the circled letters to spell the name of the Treasure State.
15. Show how to estimate 605 3.
Print This Page
Name
Print This
77 Page
1. 2. 3. 4.
1,487 $4,028 1,306 R3 2,027 R2
5 7,435 2 $8,056 4 5,227 3 6,083
5. 6. 7. 8.
303 431 901 R5 $811
7 2,121 8 3,448 6 5,411 9 $7,299
9. 5,647 4 10. 3,409 2
11. $6,456 8 12. 3,568 6
13. 5,598 5 14. 1,841 2
15. 9,049 7 16. $1,350 5
17. Divide $4,032 by 8. 18. Divide 1,526 by 3. 19. Divide 5,732 by 9.
Compare. Write or .
20. 1,6442 1,9323 21. 2,814 7 2,4186 22. 4,9497 3,598 4
Problem Solving
23. The mountain bike club wants to 24. The Lets Grow club makes and sells
raise $4,464 for 9 new bicycles. If hot sauce. The club grows 1,083
each bicycle costs the same amount, peppers. Each jar of hot sauce
how much does each bicycle cost? contains 3 peppers. How many jars
can the club make?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
77 Page
When you divide 4-digit numbers, begin by deciding

where to place the first digit in the quotient.
You can see the
Divide 3,154 6. quotient will have
3 digits.
Think: You cannot 5_ _

divide 3 by 6. Divide 31 by 6. 6 3,154
Write 5 in the quotient
above the 1.
Complete.
1. 2. 3.
5 1 6 R 1 1 9 1 3 R 1 4 7 8 1 R 1
3 1, 5 4 9 4 7, 6 5 3 2 9, 5 6 3
1 5 4 8
4 3 6 1 5
3 3 6 1 4
1 9 0 5 1 6
1 8 4 1 6
1 1 3 0 3
1 2
2
1 1
Divide.
4. 5. 6. 7.
694 R2 712 R2 $656 457 R2
5 3,472 7 4,986 4 $2,624 3 1,373
8. 9. 10. 11.
1,159 R3 1,009 R1 2,558 R1 1,090 R8
8 9,275 6 6,055 2 5,117 9 9,818
12. 1,671 8 13. 7,087 5
14. 3,393 4 15. $6,426 3
Print This Page
Name
Print This
77 Page
Greatest Remainder Game

Play with a partner. Take turns.
Place your marker on START. Solve one of the exercises below. Then
move your marker the same number of spaces as the remainder.
The winner is the first player to reach END.
203 R1 868 R3 1,165 R4 653 R3

6 1,219 8 6,947 5 5,829 7 4,574
965 R3 285 R7 863 R7 1,084 R3

4 3,863 8 2,287 9 7,774 4 4,339
967 R2 606 R5 985 451 R4

6 5,804 6 3,641 7 6,895 5 2,259
674 R1 1,222 R5 904 R3 921 R4

4 2,697 6 7,337 4 3,619 9 8,293
349 R3 877 R1 709 R2 665 R5

5 1,748 3 2,632 8 5,674 6 3,995
1,377 R1 1,151 R2 607 R3 430 R3

7 9,640 5 5,757 5 3,038 4 1,723
T D
AR EN
ST
Print This Page
Name
Print This
78 Page
1. 2. 3. 4.
13,168 19,208 26,994 $15,064
5 65,840 4 76,832 2 53,988 6 $90,384
5. 6. 7. 8.
4,220 R7 6,447 R2 $6,475 3,056 R1
8 33,767 7 45,131 3 $19,425 9 27,505
9. 10. 11. 12.

7,073 R1 5,333 4,615 R4 9,316 R1
2 14,147 6 31,998 5 23,079 7 65,213
13. $19,328 4 14. 73,895 9
15. 54,620 5 16. 41,183 2
17. 16,697 6 18. 37,986 8

19. $26,480 n $5,296 20. 71,910 v 7,990 21. 44,356 r 11,089
Problem Solving
22. The King School held Junior Olympic 23. The King School raised $75,288 by
games in its sports stadium for selling Junior Olympic banners. Each
3 days. Each day, every seat in the banner cost $6. How many banners
stadium was full. A total of 17,748 did the school sell?
people sat in the stadium. How
many seats does the stadium have?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
78 Page
Divide 19,834 4.
Step 1: Decide where to place the first digit in the quotient.
Think: You cannot

divide 1 by 4. Divide 19 by 4.
Write 4 in the quotient
above the 9. The quotient will have 4 digits.
Step 2: Divide. 4,958 R2

4 19,834
16
38
36
23
20
34
32
2
Step 3: Check your work. 4,958 4 19,832; 19,832 2 19,834
Divide.
1. 2. 3. 4.
5 68,084 3 94,391 4 52,273 2 $26,856
5. 6. 7. 8.
7 23,042 6 44,738 5 31,619 9 82,445
9. 15,275 8 10. 39,021 9
11. $45,222 3 12. 19,217 3
13. 74,472 8 14. $33,496 4
Print This Page
Name
Print This
78 Page
Crossnumber Puzzle
Divide to complete the crossnumber puzzle.
Then create and solve your own Across and Down clues.
Across Down
1. 37,351 6 1. 43,393 7
31. 47,338 5 4. 20,150 4
54. 65,829 3 6. 17,037 9
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20.
21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30.
31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. 40.
41. 42. 43. 44. 45. 46. 47. 48. 49. 50.
51. 52. 53. 54. 55. 56. 57. 58. 59. 60.
61. 62. 63. 64. 65. 66. 67. 68. 69. 70.
71. 72. 73. 74. 75. 76. 77. 78. 79. 80.
81. 82. 83. 84. 85. 86. 87. 88. 89. 90.
91. 92. 93. 94. 95. 96. 97. 98. 99. 100.
Print This Page
Name
Print This
79 Page
Find the Better Buy P PRACTICE
Find each unit price. Compare to find the better buy.

1. 2 ounces for $6.80 2. 3 gallons for $59.91
4 ounces for $14.00 5 gallons for $94.90

Better buy: Better buy:
3. 4 pounds for $10.92 4. 6 pints for $7.14
7 pounds for $19.53 9 pints for $14.31

5. 3 yards for $157.44 6. 5 inches for $48.40
4 yards for $199.80 9 inches for $78.21

7. 2 quarts for $99.50 8. 4 feet for $2.08
6 quarts for $315.00 5 feet for $2.10

Solve. Use the ad to answer exercises 912.
9. What is the unit price for a 2-pound

bag of wild bird seed? Sa
Wild le on
Bird
Seed
2-pou !
nd ba
10. What is the unit price for a 5-pound g
$3.96 for
bag of wild bird seed?
5-pou
nd ba
g for
$9.4
5
11. What is the unit price of a 9-pound bag 9-pou
nd ba
of wild bird seed? g for
$15.7
5
12. Which bag of wild bird seed is the best

buy?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
79 Page
Find the Better Buy R RETEACH
Products often come in different sizes. You can find the

better buy by comparing the unit price of each size.
Find the better buy: a 6-ounce jar of pickles for $1.92, or

an 8-ounce jar of pickles for $2.80.
Step 1 Step 2
Find the unit prices. Compare the unit prices.
Divide the price by the number of ounces. $0.32 $0.35
So, the 6-ounce jar of

$0.32 $0.35 Think: Write the
6 $1.92 8 $2.80 pickles is the better buy.
18 24 dollar sign and the
12 40 decimal point
12 40 in the quotient.
0 0
Find each unit price. Compare to find the better buy.

1.
3 gallons of paint 5 gallons of paint
for $43.62 for $75.00
unit price: unit price:

Better buy:
2. 2 pints for $2.98 3. 3 gallons for $3.69
4 pints for $4.96 5 gallons for $6.60

4. 4 yards for $12.72 5. 5 feet for $46.25
6 yards for $20.70 7 feet for $63.35

6. 3 cups for $11.22 7. 6 quarts for $55.38
8 cups for $31.52 9 quarts for $80.01

Print This Page
Name
Print This
79 Page
Find the Better Buy E ENRICH
Beat This Price!

Two grocery stores, the Food Barn and Best Foods, are across the street
from each other. The Food Barn placed the ad below in the newspaper.
Food Barn s Weekend Specials!

Greek olives Cheddar cheese Six-pack of
$2.60 for a $34.75 for a cranberry juice
O lives 4-ounce jar
ice
ice
5-pound wheel boxes $4.74
Ju
Ju
$0.65/ounce $6.95/pound $0.79/box
Dog food Three cans NEW! Fresh

Dog pasta $3.15
Food $10.88 for a T UNA of tuna
a
st
pa
8-pound bag T UNA $4.86 for 9 inches
$1.36/pound T UNA $1.62/can $0.35/inch
Best Foods says its prices are lower than the Food Barns prices. Find
the unit price for each item in the Food Barn ad. Then create an ad
for Best Foods. Use the same items, but different amounts; for
example, a 7-ounce jar of Greek olives.
Best FoodsOur Prices Are Always Lower!
Item/Amount Our Price Our Unit Price

Greek olives: oz
Cheddar cheese: pounds
Cranberry juice: boxes
Dog food: pounds
Tuna: cans
Fresh pasta: inches
Print This Page
Name
Print This
710 Page
Guess and Check

Use the guess-and-check strategy to solve.
1. Teri is putting 57 dolls in a display 2. A group of friends choose cards
case. She puts the same number on equally from a deck of 52 cards.
each shelf and has 3 dolls left. The There are more than 6 friends. After
case has more than 7 shelves. How they have chosen, 4 cards are left.
many shelves does the case have? How many friends are there? How
How many dolls does each shelf hold? many cards does each friend have?
3. Jamal buys 59 stickers. Stickers come 4. There are 36 students in an

in packs of 5 or 8. How many of auditorium. There are twice as many
each kind of pack does Jamal buy? girls as boys. How many girls are
there? How many boys are there?

5. Warren is making a display. He puts 6. Social Studies Each of the 50
1 photo in the first row, 4 photos in states in the United States has a
the second row, 7 in the third row, state flag. Evelyn wants to make a
and 10 in the fourth row. If the drawing of each state flag. She has
pattern continues, how many photos 3 more flags to draw. How many
will Warren put in the fifth row? flags has Evelyn drawn?
Strategy: Strategy:
7. Sally wants to arrive 20 minutes early 8. Create a problem which can be
for her job. She starts work at 4:15 P.M. solved by using the guess-and-check
It will take her about 20 minutes to strategy. Share it with others.
walk from school to the job. When
should Sally leave?
Strategy:
Print This Page
Name
Print This
710 Page
Guess and Check

Page 301, Problem 2
Jenny is making sand art. A bottle holds 8 inches of sand. Jenny

wants to have 2 inches more of red sand than blue sand. How
many inches of sand will she pour?
Step 1
What do you know?
A bottle holds inches of sand.
There will be of red sand than
blue sand.
.
Step 2
Make a plan.
Find a Pattern List the information you know.
Work Backward
Use Logical Use what you know to make a guess.
Reasoning
Guess how many inches of each color sand can be used to
Write a Number
Sentence make a total of 8 inches.
Make a Table Check your guess.
or List
Revise the guess and try again if it is wrong.
Guess and Check
Make a Graph Guess, check, and revise until you find the answer that
Solve a Simpler makes sense.
Problem
Draw a Diagram
Act it Out
Print This Page
Name
Print This
710 Page
Guess and Check
Step 3
Solve
You know that the bottle holds inches of sand.
You know that Jenny wants to have more
inches of sand than sand.
Guess Start with two numbers that have a sum of 8. Try 6 and 2.
Check 6 + 2 = 8
inches of red sand, inches of blue sand
There are more inches of red sand.
Does that answer fit the problem?
Revise 5 + 3 = 8
inches of red sand, inches of blue sand
There are more inches of red sand.
Does that answer fit the problem?
Step 4
Does your answer make all of the statements true?
Practice
1. A group of friends share 30 stickers 2. Erica bought 9 pens. Each pen costs
equally, with 3 stickers left over. either $2 or $3. If the total cost was
There are more than 5 friends. How $23, how many $2 and $3 pens did
many friends are there? How many Erica buy?
stickers does each friend get?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
711 Page
Explore Finding the Mean P PRACTICE
Use the connecting cubes to find the mean.

Redraw the cubes so that the rows are all the same length.
1. 4, 9, 5 2. 7, 6, 3, 4 3. 5, 6, 4, 3, 2
Mean: Mean: Mean:
Find the mean. You may use connecting cubes.

4. 2, 2, 9, 9, 8 5. 15, 0, 6 6. 1, 9, 12, 5, 3
7. 5, 10, 15, 20, 0 8. 1, 9, 2, 8, 3, 7 9. 4, 6, 3, 7, 2, 9, 1, 8
10. 10, 10, 30, 30 11. 1, 1, 1, 9, 9, 9, 8, 2 12. 24, 36
13. 20, 15, 20, 25 14. 4, 3, 2, 5, 1, 6, 2, 9 15. 5, 5, 6, 6, 9, 9, 2
16. 5, 10, 15, 20, 30 17. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 18. 10, 8, 6, 4, 2

Problem Solving
19. The students in Homeroom 101 20. Alison played in a basketball
collected soup labels this week. tournament this week. She scored
The number of labels brought in to the following numbers of points
class each day were 8, 6, 10, 6, and in 5 games: 20, 17, 12, 8, and 18.
5. What was the mean number of What was her average point total?
labels brought in each day?
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 7, Lesson 11, pages 302303. (232) NS 3.4; SDP 1.2
Print This Page
Name
Print This
711 Page
Explore Finding the Mean R RETEACH
You can find the mean of a set of numbers by

finding the sum of the numbers and then
dividing the sum by the number of addends.
Here is how to find the mean of 2, 3, 5,

and 6 using connecting cubes.
Connect cubes to represent each number.
Connect the cubes into one long row.

You should have 16 cubes connected together.
Divide the cubes into 4 equal groups.

You should have 4 cubes in each group.
So, the mean of 2, 3, 5, and 6 is 4.
Find the mean. You may draw cubes to help you.

1. 5, 6, 8, 1 2. 4, 8, 5, 7 3. 12, 10, 2
4. 2, 9, 3, 5, 6 5. 11, 5, 2, 2, 10 6. 5, 5, 3, 3, 9
7. 7, 6, 3, 4 8. 7, 8, 2, 4, 3, 6 9. 10, 15, 5
10. 5, 5, 0, 1, 4, 3 11. 10, 20, 40, 2, 10, 20
Print This Page
Name
Print This
711 Page
Explore Finding the Mean E ENRICH
January in Los Angeles

In Los Angeles, California, from 1961 to 1990, the average,
or mean, high temperature in January was 68 Fahrenheit.
1. Imagine that the average high temperature for the month below is 68F.
Complete the calendar by writing different temperatures for the days.
When you add the temperatures and divide by 31, you should have an
average temperature of 68F.
January
Sunday Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
70
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
73
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
63
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 30 31
68
2. Explain how you chose the temperatures.
Print This Page
Name
Print This
712 Page
Find the Mean P PRACTICE
Find the mean.

1. 8, 4, 6, 7, 5 2. 11, 18, 13, 14
3. $25, $48, $77 4. 33, 72, 67, 88
5. $120, $308, $446, $506 6. 823, 665, 482, 619, 781
7. Number of minutes Jason practiced 8. Number of miles traveled each day:

violin this week: 30, 40, 20, 40, 20. 125, 85, 115, 100, 85, 90
9. Number of rolls of film used each day 10. Number of gallons of gas used
to take class pictures: 6, 4, 8, 3, 2, 1, 4 each day: 8, 6, 9, 11, 11, 9
11. Number of miles Dorothy ran each 12. Number of miles a pilot flew each
day: 6, 8, 7, 9, 10, 11, 12 day: 980, 760, 590, 910, 630
13. Number of books Emily read each 14. Height of six boys in inches: 60, 54,
month: 2, 3, 5, 6, 1, 1. 62, 64, 66, 60
15. Number of bottles of juice on 16. Number of boxes of cereal eaten by

each shelf: 60, 80, 120, 40, 70, campers each week: 24, 14, 18, 26, 13
80, 90, 140
Problem Solving
17. Kathy trades baseball cards. 18. From Thursday through Sunday, Pizza
She traded 42, 38, and 40 cards Guy sold 97, 116, 208, and 151
the last three Saturdays. What is pizzas. What is the average number
the mean number of cards she of pizzas sold each day?
trades on a Saturday?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
712 Page
Find the Mean R RETEACH
You can use connecting cubes to help you record the steps for finding a mean.
Find the mean of 7, 6, 3, and 4.
Using Connecting Cubes Using Pencil and Paper
Step 1 Step 1
Build each number with connecting cubes. Add the numbers.
7
6
3
4
20
Connect the cubes into one long row. You
should have 20 cubes connected together. Step 2
Divide the sum by the number of addends.
5
4 20
Step 2
Divide the cubes into 4 equal groups. So, the mean of 7, 6, 3, and 4 is 5.
You should have 5 cubes in each group.
So, the mean of 7, 6, 3, and 4 is 5.

Find the mean.
1. 4, 5, 7, 4, 5 2. 12, 10, 2 3. 16, 13, 12, 15
4. 21, 15, 12, 12, 20 5. 3, 14, 12, 11 6. 16, 15, 19, 13, 27
7. Weight of five dogs in pounds: 42, 8. Number of miles Lance bicycled each
35, 21, 38, 54 day: 74, 69, 80, 57
9. Number of hawks the ranger saw 10. Number of cars that used the parking
each day: 19, 7, 22, 8, 9, 13, 13 garage each day: 563, 709, 661,
842, 805
Print This Page
Name
Print This
712 Page
Find the Mean E ENRICH
Missing Pins
The computer at the bowling alley is down, so teams have to keep track
of their scores on cards. The scorecards below show the scores for the
first five frames, or rounds. A cat with muddy paws ran across the cards.
Complete the scorecards by writing the correct numbers in the paw
prints. Then fill in the teams total score and mean score.
Team A
Jason Deanna Serena eric
12 21 6 6
4
22
13 5 9
19
10 18 4 30
7 16 Total: 15
8 5 10
Total: 50 Total:
45 Total:
Mean: 65 Mean: 80
10 Mean: 13 9 Mean: 16
Team As Total Score: Mean Score per Person:

Team B
Steven Annie Chris Lindsey
12 5 16 20
13 12 18
9 11
10 12
17
16
9 18
Total: 10 15
10 12 15
60 Total: 50 Total: Total:
Mean: Mean: 65 85
12 10 Mean: 13 Mean: 17
Team Bs Total Score: Mean Score per Person:
Print This Page
Name
Print This Page

713
A WORKSHEET
Decision
Applying Division Making
Record your data and notes.
Cost Advantages and Disadvantages
Bus
Train
Car
Your Decision
What is your recommendation for the club? Should they take a bus, train,
or car to the aquarium? Explain.
Print This Page
Name
Print This Page

713
B WORKSHEET
Do light or heavy objects fly farther? Math &

Science
Safety: Wear goggles to protect your eyes and work away from
other people.
Record your data in the table below.
Distance Traveled
Object 1 2 3 4 5 Mean
Paper Clip
Eraser
1. Show how you found the mean or average distance for

each object.
Paper Clip Eraser

Print This Page
Name
Print This Page

713
B WORKSHEET
Do light or heavy objects fly farther? Math &

Science
2. Which object traveled farther? How do you know?
3. Use division to decide how many times farther one object

traveled than the other. Show your work.
Work Space
4. In your own words, explain what gravity is.

5. Explain the results of the activity in terms of gravity.
Print This Page
Name
Print This
81 Page
Division Patterns P PRACTICE
Complete.
1. 36 9 n 2. 64 8 s 3. 18 b 6
360 90 n 640 80 s b 30 6
3,600 90 n 6,400 80 s 1,800 30 b
36,000 90 n 64,000 80 s 18,000 30 b
360,000 90 n 640,000 80 s 180,000 30 b
Divide. Use mental math.

4. 5. 6. 7.
2 70 500 7,000
60 120 40 2,800 70 35,000 80 560,000
8. 9. 10. 11.
$40 $300 $50 5,000
10 $400 70 $21,000 40 $2,000 90 450,000
12. 150 30 13. 16,000 80
14. 2,700 90 15. 18,000 20
16. 1,200 20 17. 56,000 70
18. 810 90 19. 42,000 70
20. 3,600 40 21. 45,000 50

22. 140 a2 23. d 70 7 24. 3,000 60 x
25. t 60 70 26. 28,000 b 400 27. 40,000 50 y
Problem Solving
28. A box of 400 stickers is to be divided 29. If 6,300 books are divided equally
equally among 80 students. How many among 90 libraries, how many
stickers will each student receive? books will each library get?

Print This Page
Name
Print This
81 Page
Division Patterns R RETEACH
To divide mentally, you can use basic division facts and look for a pattern.
Find the basic division fact. Then count and subtract zeros.
This will tell you how many zeros the quotient will have.
The basic fact is 6 2 3.

60 20 3 1 zero 1 zero 0 zeros
600 20 30 2 zeros 1 zero 1 zero
6,000 20 300 3 zeros 1 zero 2 zeros
The basic fact is 20 4 5.

200 40 5 1 extra zero 1 zero 0 zeros
2,000 40 50 2 extra zeros 1 zero 1 zero
20,000 40 500 3 extra zeros 1 zero 2 zeros
Complete the pattern. Count and subtract the zeros.

1. 24 3 2. 12 4
240 30 120 40
2,400 30 1,200 40
24,000 30 12,000 40
3. 63 9 4. 30 5
630 90 300 50
6,300 90 3,000 50
63,000 90 30,000 50
5. 9 3 6. 90 30 7. 900 30
8. 18 3 9. 180 30 10. 1,800 30
11. 42 6 12. 420 60 13. 4,200 60
14. 40 8 15. 400 80 16. 4,000 80

Print This Page
Name
Print This
81 Page
Division Patterns E ENRICH
Move Along
Circle the correct answer for each exercise. Then use the remaining
two answers to write the next division sentence. Repeat until you
finish the page.
1. 8,000 10 = 800 2. 3,200 80 =
a. 3,200 b. 800 c. 80 a. 40 b. 4,000 c. 50
3. 4.
a. 90 b. 80 c. 4,500 a. 4,200 b. 60 c. 50
5. 6.
a. 70 b. 4,000 c. 80 a. 50 b. 2,800 c. 40
7. 8.
a. 54,000 b. 60 c. 70 a. 900 b. 90 c. 81,000
9. 10.
a. 900,000 b. 900 c. 90 a. 10 b. 10,000 c. 100,000
11. 12.
a. 100,000 b. 10,000 c. 20 a. 5,000 b. 500 c. 50
13. Look at exercise 12. How did you decide how many zeros were in the quotient?

Print This Page
Name
Print This
82 Page
Explore Dividing by 2-Digit Numbers P PRACTICE
Divide.
1. 2.
130 10 143 30
3. 4.
121 14 156 18
Divide. You may use place-value models.

5. 6. 7. 8.
6 R9 9 R2 7 R9 8 R13
13 87 15 137 12 93 14 125
9. 10. 11. 12.

18 R5 13 R14 13 R11 17 R16
16 293 17 235 19 258 25 441
13. 135 16 14. 134 14 15. 115 15

16. 282 18 17. 230 19 18. 269 24
Problem Solving
19. The dividend is 280. The divisor is 23. 20. The dividend is 160. The divisor is 12.
What are the quotient and What are the quotient and
remainder? remainder?

Print This Page
Name
Print This
82 Page
Explore Dividing by 2-Digit Numbers R RETEACH
You can use estimation and models to help you divide.
Find 148 12. Think: How many groups of 12 are there in 148?
Show 148 using Exchange Divide the tens. Exchange tens for
place-value 1 hundred for Make as many ones so you can
models. 10 tens. groups of 12 as keep grouping
you can. 1 ten and 2 ones.
You can make
12 equal groups
of 12 with 4 ones
remaining.
So, 148 12 12 R4.
Divide. You may use place-value models to help you.

1. 163 13 2. 158 10 3. 214 12
4. 285 14 5. 352 16 6. 385 15
7. 183 17 8. 268 11 9. 376 18

Print This Page
Name
Print This
82 Page
Explore Dividing by 2-Digit Numbers E ENRICH
Stick Division
What if we used a number system that used symbols instead of numerals?
In this Chinese system, numbers are written using the symbols shown.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 20 50 60 70 90 100
Using these symbols, 21 is shown as and 8,946 is shown as .
Example:
426
21 8,946
Use the number system above to create four division exercises

where the divisor is a 2-digit number. Then exchange exercises with
a partner and find the quotient using symbols.
1. 2.
3. 4.
5. Is it easier or harder to divide using the number system above? Explain.

Print This Page
Name
Divide 2-Digit Numbers by Multiples of 10 Print

P This
83 Page
PRACTICE
Divide.
1. 82 20 2. 75 10 3. 51 20
4. 94 30 5. 88 20 6. 87 10
7. 93 40 8. 71 30 9. 97 20
10. 74 20 11. 52 10 12. 67 30
13. 91 10 14. 62 40 15. 94 40
16. 17. 18. 19.

3 R1 1 R28 2 R1 2 R3
20 61 50 78 40 81 30 63
20. 21. 22. 23.

7 R6 4 R15 1 R24 1 R9
10 76 20 95 60 84 40 49
24. 25. 26. 27.

9 R6 1 R29 2 R4 1 R9
10 96 30 59 20 44 50 59

28. 27 m 2 R7 29. 51 k 1 R21
30. 63 a 1 R13 31. 74 p 3 R14
32. 71 y 3 R11 33. 90 r 2 R10

Problem Solving
34. Sam needs to put 76 pencils in 35. Kenya needs to put 84 cans of
packages. Each package should have tennis balls in boxes. Each box should
10 pencils. How many packages will have 20 cans. How many boxes will
there be? How many pencils will be Kenya fill? How many cans will she
left over? have left over?

Print This Page
Name
Divide 2-Digit Numbers by Multiples of 10 Print

R This
83 Page
RETEACH
You can use models to help you divide by multiples of 10.
Using Models Using Pencil and Paper

Show 74 using place-value models. Step 1: Divide 74 by 20.
Then make as many groups of 20 as Think: 60 20 3.
you can. 3
20 74
60
Step 2: Subtract. Write the remainder

in the quotient.
3 R14
20 74
60
14
You can make 3 equal groups of 20 with
14 remaining.
Divide. You can use place-value models.

1. 63 30 2. 88 40 3. 55 10
4. 48 20 5. 74 10 6. 93 30
7. 85 30 8. 81 20 9. 76 10
10. 51 30 11. 63 50 12. 84 60
13. 90 40 14. 74 20 15. 71 20
16. 27 10 17. 59 50 18. 59 30

Print This Page
Name
Print This
83 Page
Divide 2-Digit Numbers by Multiples of 10 E ENRICH
Winning Start
Label the faces of a number cube 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, and 70.
Place a marker on 72, the starting position. Take turns tossing
the number cube. Divide the number your marker is on by the
number tossed. Find the whole number quotient. Move
forward that number of spaces.
Continue moving forward until you have gone around the

board once. After passing "Start", you may move forward or
backward. The winner is the person who lands directly on
"Start".
Start
72 85 97 100 115 120
260 138
253 149
250 150
235 164
226 219 205 197 186 173

Print This Page
Name
Print This
84 Page
Divide by 2-Digit Divisors P PRACTICE
Divide.
1. 2. 3. 4.
43 R6 25 R9 $0.11 14 R4
22 952 31 784 66 $7.26 54 760
5. 6. 7. 8.
11 17 R3 12 R2 13 R9
81 891 29 496 44 530 75 984
9. 10. 11. 12.

75 R4 $0.67 61 R2 83
26 1,954 17 $11.39 39 2,381 46 3,818
13. 14. 15. 16.

96 R1 71 $0.89 74 R6
93 8,929 51 3,621 62 $55.18 88 6,518
17. 895 24 18. 907 31
19. 367 14 20. $7.08 59
21. 814 36 22. 531 45
23. 1,467 24 24. $37.76 64
25. 4,780 77 26. $48.59 43
27. 7,900 84 28. 8,930 92
Algebra & Functions Solve.

29. (1,700 53) 37 w 30. (1,000 160) 46 d
31. (1,900 100) 29 v 32. (1,600 240) 83 x
33. (2,300 70) (12 4) n
34. (1,500 80) (11 5) c

Problem Solving
35. Mrs. Tallos class made 234 ribbons for 36. Mr. Willows class wants to sell
the Sports Fair. Each student made the 200 tickets to the Winter Sports Fair.
same number of ribbons. There are There are 25 students in the class.
18 students in the class. How many How many tickets will each student
ribbons did each student make? need to sell?

Print This Page
Name
Print This
84 Page
Divide by 2-Digit Divisors R RETEACH
You can use models to help you understand dividing by 2-digit numbers.
Find 165 25.
Using Models Using Pencil and Paper

Use place-value models to show 165. Step 1: Divide, Think: 180 30 6
6
25 165
Exchange the one hundred for 10 tens. Step 2: Multiply.
6
25 165
150 6 25 150
Then make as many groups of 25 as Step 3: Subtract. Write the remainder

you can. Exchange tens for ones. You in the quotient.
can make 6 equal groups of 25 with 6 R15
15 remaining. 25 165
150
15 165 150 15
Divide. You can use place-value models.

1. 164 12 2. 174 18 3. 318 21
4. 135 14 5. 372 23 6. 243 17
7. 212 24 8. 435 16 9. 166 13

Print This Page
Name
Print This
84 Page
Divide by 2-Digit Divisors E ENRICH
What Number Am I?
Solve. What number am I?
1. I am a number between 10 and 20. 2. I am a number between 10 and 20.
If you divide either 61 or 73 by me, If you divide either 45 or 56 by me,
the remainder is 1. the remainder is 1.

If you divide either 107 or 128 by If you divide either 68 or 134 by me,
me, the remainder is 2. the remainder is 2.

If you divide either 76 or 126 by me, If you divide either 147 or 255 by me,
the remainder is 1. the remainder is 3.

If you divide either 74 or 110 by me, If you divide either 221 or 265 by
the remainder is 2. me, the remainder is 1.

If you divide either 175 or 204 by If you divide either 74 or 214 by me,
me, the remainder is 1. the remainder is 4.
If you divide either 69 or 88 by me, If you divide either 131 or 154 by

the remainder is 12. me, the remainder is 16.
If you divide either 110 or 144 by If you divide either 295 or 322 by
me, the remainder is 8. me, the remainder is 25.

Print This Page
Name
Print This
85 Page
Estimate Quotients P PRACTICE
Estimate the quotient. Choose compatible numbers.

1. 19 389 2. 17 211 3. 18 586
4. 16 789 5. 49 1,585 6. 72 6,280
7. 32 8,920 8. 61 3,256 9. 68 34,912
10. 2,806 38 11. 7,903 86 12. 1,113 31
13. 7,160 93 14. 2,806 56 15. 2,210 48
16. 21 1,732 17. 63 546 18. 53 2,612
19. 41 1,512 20. 78 4,106 21. 86 1,709
Algebra & Functions Estimate to compare. Write or .

22. 396 21 914 31 23. 492 68 556 71
24. 1,947 38 2,011 48 25. 1,300 21 2,300 13
26. 5,106 82 6,206 91 27. 3,100 82 4,700 71
Problem Solving
28. Karen drove 283 miles at a speed of 29. A jet flew 3,116 miles in 6 hours.
46 miles per hour. About how many About how many miles per hour
hours did she drive? did it fly?

Print This Page
Name
Print This
85 Page
Estimate Quotients R RETEACH
Compatible numbers are numbers you can divide easily.

You can use compatible numbers to estimate quotients.
Estimate 3,463 73.

3,463 73 Think: A basic fact that is close is 35 7.
3,500 70 50
So, 3,463 73 is about 50.
Complete.
1. Estimate 1,785 31. 2. Estimate 2,880 29.
Division fact: 18 3 Division fact: 27 3

Estimate: 1,800 30 Estimate: 2,700 30
3. Estimate 5,726 72. 4. Estimate 3,952 79.

Estimate: Estimate:
Use compatible numbers to estimate each quotient.

5. 1,482 33 6. 6,512 78
7. 7,164 89 8. 2,207 68
9. 3,512 42 10. 2,587 53

11. 3,123 64 12. 4,132 71
13. 2,712 32 14. 1,789 27
15. 2,797 43 16. 6,432 92

Print This Page
Name
Print This
85 Page
Estimate Quotients E ENRICH
Box Estimation
Choose the best estimate from each box to complete the sentence.
Then write the answer next to the letter of the box to make a code.
Use the code to answer the question.
Who was the first American in space?
A. 24 33 D. 63 53 E. 82 75
42 51 71 48 64 92
2,430 is about 80. 4,356 is about 70. 3,575 is about 40.

H. 27 44 L. 24 32 N. 31 42
52 38 58 44 52 28

P. 68 72 R. 68 74 S. 7 81
84 91 47 59 72 64
A D E
H L N
P R S
B. , JR.
33 24 33 42 72 52 92 84 33 59 63
Explain how you estimated the divisors.

Print This Page
Name
Print This
86 Page
Adjust the Quotient P PRACTICE
Divide.
1. 2. 3. 4.
7 R11 7 R7 8 R21 8 R39
34 249 26 189 56 469 41 367
5. 6. 7. 8.
2 R44 7 R38 4 R34 3 R49
51 146 84 626 79 350 63 238
9. 10. 11. 12.

8 R74 3 R70 5 R35 7 R11
92 810 75 295 39 230 25 186
13. 14. 15. 16.

8 R28 7 R24 5 R86 3 R75
56 476 69 507 92 546 88 339
17. 18. 19. 20.

8 R19 5 R9 3 R52 4 R56
44 371 24 129 65 247 57 284
21. 22. 23. 24.

5 R77 8 R10 8 R35 8 R11
81 482 22 186 45 395 36 299
Algebra & Functions Divide only those with quotients

between $5.00 and $8.00.
25. 26. 27. 28.
$5.25 $6.15 no no
18 $94.50 16 $98.40 14 $60.90 25 $93.75
29. 30. 31. 32.

$7.15 no no $7.76
13 $92.95 11 $99.11 15 $56.25 12 $93.12
Problem Solving
33. Candy wants to walk 220 miles in 34. Jason wants to save $180 in
30 days. If she walks 7 miles every 12 months. How much should he
day, will she meet her goal? save each month?

Print This Page
Name
Print This
86 Page
Adjust the Quotient R RETEACH
When you divide, sometimes your first estimate is too

high or too low. Then you must adjust the quotient.
Divide 125 43.
Step 1:
3
Estimate: 120 40 3 43 125
Step 2:
Use your estimate to divide. 3
43 125
129 Multiply: 3 43 129
Compare: 129 125.
You cannot subtract. The estimate of 3 is too high.
Step 3:
Adjust your estimate and divide. Multiply to
check the answer.
2 R39 43
43 125 2
86 Multiply: 2 43 86 86
39 Subtract: 125 86 39 39
Compare: 39 43 125

1. 2. 3. 4.
4 R14 7 R1 5 R3 1 R59
24 110 27 190 29 148 61 120
5. 6. 7. 8.
6 R8 8 R1 6 R1 1 R61
57 350 16 129 37 223 63 124
9. 173 19 10. 293 44 11. 208 25

Print This Page
Name
Adjust the Quotient Print This

86 Page
Hi Lo
E ENRICH
Estimate each quotient. Write your estimate. Then divide. If your

estimate was too high, circle "Too High." If your estimate was too
low, circle "Too Low." Use the circled answers to complete the maze
below.
1. 2. 3. 4.
3 R71 9 R10 7 R30 $3.25
73 290 65 595 31 247 21 $68.25
Too High Down Too High Left Too High Down Too High Left
Too Low Up Too Low Right Too Low Up Too Low Right
5. 6. 7. 8.
6 R2 $2.13 7 R7 7 R2
88 530 91 $25.56 48 343 26 184
Too High Down Too High Right Too High Up Too High Left
Too Low Up Too Low Left Too Low Down Too Low Right
What is the fastest fish, the tallest tree, the biggest dog, and the
smallest bird?
To find out, begin at Start. Move one space in the direction given
next to each circled answer.
Start
sailfish
redwood
St. Bernard
hummingbird
swordfish Maple dolphin oak

greyhound parakeet Great Dane sparrow

Print This Page
Name
Print This
87 Page
Use an Overestimate or Underestimate Reading

Skill
Form a conclusion about whether you would overestimate or
underestimate. Then solve the problem.
1. A group of 118 people have signed up for the 5-kilometer run.
Each person will receive a special cap. Caps are sold in boxes of 36.
How many boxes are needed?
Should you overestimate or underestimate to solve this problem? Explain.
How many boxes are needed?
2. The Flying Disk Club has saved $90 to buy Disks for its
members. A package of 2 Disks costs $8. How many
packages of Disks can the club buy?
How many packages of Frisbees can the club buy?
3. Trophies cost $9 each. The tournament organizers have $60

budgeted for trophies. How many trophies can they buy?
How many trophies can they buy?
4. A group of 24 students is playing catch. They share 7 softballs.

What is the least number of students who can share each softball?
What is the least number of students who can share a softball?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
87 Page

Test Prep
There are 95 volunteers working at the marathon. Each volunteer
will get a water bottle. A box contains 24 water bottles. How many
boxes are needed?
1. Which of the following statements 2. To be sure there are enough water
is true? bottles for the volunteers, you should:
A There are not enough water F underestimate the number of
bottles for the volunteers. volunteers.
B A box contains 24 water bottles. G overestimate the number of
volunteers and underestimate the
C There are 95 water bottles.
number of boxes needed.
D Four water bottles are needed.
H underestimate the number of
boxes needed.
J overestimate the number of
boxes needed.
At the game, there are 44 color guards. Each color guard will help
carry flags. There are 21 flags on 6-foot poles. What is the greatest
number of students that will have to share a flag?
3. Which of the following is not 4. To find the greatest number of students
important to solving the problem? who will share a flag, you should:
A There are 44 students carrying flags. F overestimate the number of
students per flag.
B Each color guard will help carry

a flag. G underestimate the number of
students per flag.
C There are 21 flags.
H overestimate the number of flags
D The flags are on 6-foot poles.
and underestimate the number of
students.
J underestimate the number of
flags per student.
Print This Page
Name
Print This
87 Page

Test Prep
The sports committee buys a piece of fabric that is 60 feet long.
Underestimate the number of 9-foot banners that can be made
from the fabric.
5. To underestimate the number of 6. How many 9-foot banners can be
banners that can be made, you: made from the fabric?
A use 63 feet for the length of the F 5
fabric. G 6
B round down the length of the H 7
fabric to 50 feet. J 8
C round up the length of each
banner to 10 feet.
D use 6 feet for the length of each
banner.
Solve.
7. Travis is making first-place ribbons 8. The soccer club makes 100 cups of
for Sports Day. He has 111 inches of fruit drink. There are 46 students in
blue ribbon. Each blue ribbon will be the soccer club. Is there enough fruit
8 inches long. Underestimate the drink for each student to have 2
number of ribbons he can make. cups? Explain.
9. There are 152 people at the Sports 10. Mark wants to buy baseball shirts of
Night Dinner. There are 33 tables. different teams. Each shirt costs $18.
What is the greatest number of Mark has $62. How many shirts can
people that can sit at a table? Explain. he buy? Explain.
11. A pack of 3 pennants costs $8. 12. A box of gold medals costs $56. The
Maryanne has $30. Is this enough to Sports Committee has $185 to spend
buy 4 packs of pennants? Explain. on medals. How many boxes can the
committee buy? Explain.
Print This Page
Name
Print This
88 Page
Choose a Strategy
Choose a strategy. Use it to solve the problem.
1. The Sports Committee buys 30 yards 2. The Sand Trap Golf Shop has 132 golf
of material. The material will be cut balls in stock. The golf balls are
into banners that are 5 feet long. packed in tubes of 6. How many tubes
How many banners can be made? of golf balls does the store have?
3. Liam is building a fence around his 4. There are 115 students who want to
backyard. The backyard is 24 feet wide go to the basketball tournament.
and 60 feet long. If Liam uses sections One bus can carry 26 students. How
of fencing that are 12 feet long, how many buses will be needed?
many sections will he need?

5. Art Tina makes a display of 36 6. Francine uses a pattern to make a
autographed baseballs. She puts 12 window display for a sneaker store.
baseballs in a large display case. Tina The first row has 2 sneakers, the
also has 4 smaller display cases. How second row has 6 sneakers, the third
can she arrange the baseballs in the row has 10, and the fourth row has
smaller cases so that each smaller case 14. How many sneakers will be in
has an equal number of baseballs? the fifth row?
Strategy:
Strategy:
7. The Stadium Store sells 450 team 8. Create a problem which you could
photos and 369 individual photos. solve by drawing a diagram or by
How many photos does it sell in all? writing a division sentence. Share it
with others.
Strategy:
Print This Page
Name
Print This
88 Page
Choose a Strategy
Page 343, Problem 1
Camille wants to practice sharper turns. She uses the same 20-yard
distance in the driveway and begins at the starting line. This time
she places the cones 3 feet apart. How many cones will she use?
Step 1
What do you know?
The total distance is yards.
Camille will start at the starting line and place cones

feet apart.
You need to find the number of feet in yards.
You need to find how many .
Step 2
Make a plan.
Find a Pattern To find the answer, you may draw a diagram.

Work Backward Find the number of feet in 20 yards.
Use Logical
Reasoning Show a distance that is that many feet long.
Write a Number Count by 3s to see how many cones Camille will use if
Sentence
they are placed 3 feet apart.
Make a Table
or List
Guess and Check To find the answer, you can also write a number sentence.
Make a Graph All the cones are the same distance apart.
Solve Simpler Use division to find how many cones Camille will use.
Problem
Print This Page
Name
Print This
88 Page
Choose a Strategy
Step 3
Solve
How many feet are in 20 yards?
1 yard 3 feet
20 3 60
Draw a diagram. Show a 60-foot distance. Count by
3s to see how many cones Camille will use.
0 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 33 36 39 42 45 48 51 54 57 60
Count. Camille will use a total of cones.

Write a number sentence.
The distance is feet. There will be 1 cone every feet.
Write a division sentence.
Camille will use a total of cones
Step 4
Which method do you prefer? Explain.
Practice
1. The parks department builds stands 2. Ed has 4 packs of sports stickers.
next to a baseball field. There will be There are 24 stickers in each pack.
5 rows of stands. Each row will be He divides the stickers among 3
20 feet long. How many 10-foot friends. How many stickers does
long boards will they need to build each friend get?
the stands?
Print This Page
Name
Order of Operations Print This

89 Page
P PRACTICE
Write which operation should be done first.

1. 2 8 7 2. 2 3 9 3. 4 10 2
4. 9 2 3 5. (3 2) 9 6. 8 (2 2)
7. 6 2 1 8. 1 3 5 9. 10 5 2
10. 7 8 2 11. (12 4) 2 12. 9 2 6
Simplify. Use order of operations.

13. 3 2 7 14. 10 2 1
15. 9 6 2 16. 24 2 8
17. (2 6) 7 18. 12 12 3
19. (4 6) 5 20. 12 3 9
21. 20 5 2 22. 18 9 6
23. 2 8 4 24. 20 5 4
25. 2 6 4 3 26. 20 2 3 6
27. (2 9) (7 3) 28. 4 (14 6) 2 5
29. 2 9 10 5 (3 2)
Problem Solving
30. Tamara buys 6 apples for $0.40 each. 31. Steven has 126 photos to put in an
She has a $0.50 off coupon. Write an album. He finds 18 more photos.
expression and simplify to find her Each page holds 12 photos. Write an
final cost. expression and simplify to find how
many pages Steven will fill.

Print This Page
Name
Print This
89 Page
Order of Operations R RETEACH
Always use the order of operations to simplify expressions. The rules

for the order in which you should perform operations are given below.
Simplify (20 8) 4 2.
Step 1: Step 2: Step 3:

Do the operations in Multiply and divide from Add and subtract from left
parentheses first. left to right. to right.
(20 8) 4 2 28 4 2 72
28 4 2 72 5
Which operation should you do first?

1. 12 4 2 2. 4 (10 2) 3. 2 8 4
4. (3 7) 2 5. 9 3 2 6. 8 2 4
7. 6 (8 5) 8. 8 4 2 9. 12 (2 2)
Simplify. Use the order of operations.

10. 3 (2 5) 11. 14 7 2
12. 9 (6 2) 13. 4 2 5
14. 8 2 2 15. 10 8 4
16.12 3 2 17. (1 5) 4
18. 8 8 4 19. (5 5) 2
20. 14 10 2 21. 16 4 2

Print This Page
Name
Print This
89 Page
Order of Operations E ENRICH
Order Counts
Rewrite each number sentence. Put in parentheses to make each
number sentence true.
1. 3 8 2 1 21
2. 5 x 16 + 14 + 6 2 = 153
3. 6 9 8 = 6
4. 22 3 x 5 + 2 = 1
5. 18 2 + 1 + 1 = 7
6. 6 x 5 + 9 3 = 28
7. 5 x 10 + 1 11 = 5
8. 3 + 40 8 x 5 = 4
9. 10 6 4 = 1
10. 4 x 5 2 = 12
11. 40 10 2 = 5
12. 20 + 8 4 = 7
13. 6 + 2 x 7 = 56
14. 16 6 + 2 = 8
In your own words describe the rules for the order of operations.

Print This Page
Name
Print This Page

810
A WORKSHEET
Decision
Applying Multiplication Making
Record your data.
Profit per bar for Sales needed to

Cost to the club the club at a sale reach goal for
price of $1 $110 in profits
Home-made
hiker bars
Boxed hiker bars
Your Decision
What is your recommendation for the hiking club? Explain.
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 8, Lesson 10, pages 346347. (268) NS 1.2, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4; MR 1.1, 2.4
Print This Page
Name
Print This Page

810
B WORKSHEET
Does eating improve performance? Math &

Science
Safety: Wait at least 30 minutes after eating before doing

vigorous exercise.
Record your data.
Number of Sit-ups
Student Before Lunch After Lunch
1. Did you do more sit-ups before or after lunch?
2. How many more sit-ups did you do? Show your work.
Work Space
Print This Page
Name
Print This Page

810
B WORKSHEET
Does eating improve performance? Math &

Science
3. How many times more sit-ups did you do? Round to the nearest
whole number. Show your work.
Work Space
4. Can you conclude that the food from lunch gave you more energy?
Why or why not?
5. In what ways could you improve this activity?

6. Explain the activity in terms of energy conversion.
Print This Page
Name
Print This
91 Page
Explore Customary Length P PRACTICE
Estimate and then measure. Tell what unit and tool you use.
1. length of a pencil
2. height of a desk
3. width of the classroom
4. length of a book
5. distance you go in a stride
Circle the letter of the correct estimate.
6. distance you can ride your bike A. 2 mi B. 2 ft C. 2 yd
7. length of a car A. 10 in. B. 10 ft C. 10 yd
8. height of a fourth-grader A. 4 in. B. 4 ft C. 4 yd
9. height of a tree A. 40 mi B. 40 yd C. 40 ft
10. height of a cat A. 1 yd B. 1 mi C. 1 ft
11. length of a worm A. 3 in. B. 3 ft C. 3 yd
12. height of a refrigerator A. 2 ft B. 2 yd C. 2 mi
13. length of a crayon A. 4 ft B. 4 yd C. 4 in.

14. length of a football field A. 100 ft B. 100 yd C. 100 mi
Problem Solving
15. Jane can walk a mile in about 16. Marta measures the length of her
15 minutes. About how long notebook. To the nearest quarter
would it take her to walk 5 miles? 3
inch, it is 12 4 in. What does it
measure to the nearest inch?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
91 Page
Explore Customary Length R RETEACH
An inch (in.) is used to measure short lengths in

the customary system. Customary Units of Length
You can use a ruler to measure in inches. 1 foot (ft) 12 inches (in.)
0 1 2 3
1 yard (yd) 3 feet (ft)
1 mile (mi) 1,760 yards (yd)
1 mile (mi) 5,280 feet (ft)
3 14 in.
The foot (ft) and yard (yd) are used to

measure larger units in the customary system.
1 yd
1 ft
Use an inch ruler to measure each object. Measure to the

nearest 14 inch.
1. 2.
3.
4.

5. length of a persons foot A. 8 in. B. 8 ft C. 8 yd
6. length of a bed A. 6 in. B. 6 ft C. 6 yd
Print This Page
Name
Print This
91 Page
Explore Customary Length E ENRICH
Early Measurements
In early times, distances were measured using fingers, hands,
and arms.
span
digit
cubit
digit: the width of span: the width of a cubit: the distance from
a finger stretched hand fingertip to elbow
Choose digit, span, or cubit as the appropriate unit of

measure. Then estimate.
1. width of your desk 2. thickness of your math book
3. length of your notebook 4. diameter of an apple
5. height of the classroom 6. length of a car
7. your friends height 8. length of your foot
9. What is an advantage of this system? What is a disadvantage?

10. What kinds of distance would be difficult to measure using this system
of measurement?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
92 Page
Customary Capacity and Weight P PRACTICE
Estimate and then measure the capacity of each object.

1. a water glass 2. a large pot
3. a cereal bowl 4. a milk carton
5. Order the objects above from least to greatest capacity.
Estimate and then measure the weight of each object.

6. an apple 7. four potatoes
8. two envelopes 9. a pencil
10. Order the objects above from least to greatest weight.

11. A. 5 c B. 5 pt C. 5 gal
12. A. 1 c B. 1 pt C. 1 qt
13. A. 6 c B. 6 qt C. 6 gal
14. A. 2 fl oz B. 2 c C. 2 pt
15. A. 500 oz B. 500 lb C. 500 T

16. A. 3 oz B. 3 T C. 3 lb
Problem Solving
17. A box of Krispy Krunch cereal holds 18. Sarah buys a 48 fl oz bottle of apple
20 oz. Kyle pours 3 oz of cereal into his juice. How many cups of juice can
bowl. How much cereal is left in the box? she pour from the bottle?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
92 Page
Customary Capacity and Weight R RETEACH
Capacity is the measure of dry or liquid

Customary Units of Capacity
volume of a container. Pour water into
empty milk cartons to model the 8 fluid ounces (fl oz) 1 cup (c)
equivalent units of capacity shown below. 2 cups (c) 1 pint (pt)
2 pints (pt) 1 quart (qt)
4 quarts (qt) 1 gallon (gal)
2 cups 1 pint 2 pints 1 quart 4 quarts 1 gallon

(c) (pt) (pt) (qt) (qt) (gal)
Weight is the measure that tells how heavy an Customary Units of Weight
object is.
16 ounces (oz) 1 pound (lb)
2,000 pounds (lb) 1 ton (T)
A card and envelope weigh about 1 ounce. A book weighs about 1 pound.

1. weight of an apple A. 5 oz B. 2 lb C. 12 T
2. weight of a fourth grader A. 12 T B. 20 oz C. 60 lb
3. amount of water in a bathtub A. 25 qt B. 25 gal C. 25 pt
4. weight of a refrigerator A. 100 oz B. 100 lb C. 5 T
5. amount of water in a pail A. 5 qt B. 50 gal C. 500 c
Print This Page
Name
Print This
92 Page
Customary Capacity and Weight E ENRICH
Reasonable Measure Maze

Shade each box that contains a reasonable measure. The shaded
boxes will form a path from start to finish.
In an hour, an A horse
A living room Your smile is
Finish is 6 yards long. 1 yard wide.
airplane flew weighs
1,780 miles. 827 oz.
A song is A goldfish An automobile The pitcher

A pizza weighs
about 3 bowl holds 18 might weigh holds 3 qt of
144 oz.
minutes long. cups of water. 2,545 lb. lemonade.
A girls braid A football field Jen held her

A frog can 1 A dog can
was 3 yards is 4 mile breath for
jump 475 feet. jump 17 yards.
long. long. 63 seconds.
A gallon of
You could The gate is 40 The kitten The movie
paint is enough
walk a mile in inches high. drank an lasted 107
to paint a large
20 seconds. wall. ounce of milk. minutes.
The climbing A TV
The punch A bathtub
Pat rode his rope to the commercial
bowl holds 24 holds 18 pints
bike 12 mph. tree fort was lasts about
cups of punch. 37 inches long. 600 seconds. of water.
It took about
The diving The subway A light bulb
3 yards of The train was
pool was 4 yd sandwich was weighs
fabric to 125 yd long.
deep. 12 yd long. 2 ounces. make a cape.
The newborn Beth ran a

A banana is A sneaker
baby drank
9 inches long.
distance of
weighs 40 oz. Start
7 oz of milk. 10,525 ft.
How did you decide if running a distance of 10,525 feet was reasonable?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
93 Page
Convert Customary Units P PRACTICE
Complete.
1. 7 ft in. 2. 21 ft yd 3. 2 mi yd
4. 60 in. ft 5. 13 yd ft 6. 2 mi ft
7. 8 qt gal 8. 144 in. ft 9. 3 pt c
10. 36 ft yd 11. 4 ft in. 12. 12 ft yd
13. 12 pt qt 14. 2 lb oz 15. 48 oz lb
16. 3 T lb 17. 10,000 lb T 18. 2 c fl oz
19. 3 gal qt 20. 2 qt pt 21. 10 c pt
22. 1 lb 10 oz oz 23. 1 gal 2 pt pt 24. 10 ft yd ft
25. 4 T 800 lb lb 26. 5 ft 8 in. in. 27. 13 qt gal qt

28. 29.
Gallons 1 Yards 1
Quarts 12 Feet 9
Pints 16 Inches 72
Cups 64
30. 31.
Ounces Pounds Tons 1
1
2 Pounds 6,000
3
4
16
32
48
Problem Solving
32. Amy cuts a piece of ribbon 60 in. 33. The 6 members of the Brown family
long. How many feet long is the drink a total of 3 gallons of milk each
piece of ribbon? week. How much is that per person?
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 9, Lesson 3, pages 370373. (277) AF 1.3; MR 1.1, 2.3
Print This Page
Name
Print This
93 Page
Convert Customary Units R RETEACH
You can use tables to help you convert customary units of measure.
To convert a larger unit to a smaller unit,
multiply. Think: 2 gallons 4 8 quarts
Cups Pints Quarts Gallons
To convert a smaller unit to a larger unit,
divide. Think: 8 quarts 4 2 gallons 2 1
Inches Feet Yards 4 2 1
12 1 6 3
24 2 8 4 2
36 3 1 10 5
48 4 12 6 3
60 5 14 7
72 6 2 16 8 4 1
84 7
Ounces Cups Pounds
96 8
8 1
108 9 3
16 2 1
Feet Yards Miles 24 3
5,280 1,760 1 32 4 2
10,560 3,520 2 40 5
15,840 5,280 3 48 6 3
Complete.
1. 3 ft in. 2. 24 in. ft 3. 6 ft yd
4. 5 yd ft 5. 8 c pt 6. 12 pt qt
7. 12 qt gal 8. 3 mi yd 9. 2 qt pt
10. 3 pt c 11. 2 lb oz 12. 48 oz lb
Print This Page
Name
Print This
93 Page
Convert Customary Units E ENRICH
Can You Convert?

Play with a partner. Take turns.
For each turn, roll one number cube. Move that many spaces.
Then roll two number cubes. Convert that number to a larger or
smaller unit of measure. For example, you land on a qt square.
You roll a 1 and a 7. You can convert 17 or 71 quarts to cups,
pints, or gallons, or a combination of units.
If your answer is correct, move ahead 1 space. If it is incorrect,
move back 1 space.
The player who reaches FINISH first wins.
Start qt oz in. lb c
ft
gal
yd
pt
qt
oz
in.
lb
c ft gal yd pt Finish
Print This Page
Name
Print This
94 Page
Check for Reasonableness Reading

Skill
Circle the statement that is reasonable.
1. Robert and Anthony ran 3 miles.
Robert says, We ran about 30,000 feet.

Anthony says, We ran about 15,000 feet.
2. The distance from Aprils home to the school is 10,560 feet.
April says Our home is about 3,500 yards from the school.
Aprils sister says, Our home is about 30,000 yards from the school.
3. A running track is 3,600 yards.
Pablo says, The track is less than 2 miles long.

John says, The track is more than 2 miles long.
4. A cooler holds 8 gallons of sports drink.
Brian says, The cooler holds 2 quarts.

Rachel says, The cooler holds 32 quarts.
Print This Page
Name
Print This
94 Page
Check for Reasonableness Math Skills

Test Prep
The stage is 31 feet long. The director says the stage is more than
10 yards long. Is this statement reasonable?
1. Which of these statements is true? 2. The directors statement is
A The stage is 11 yards long. reasonable because
B The stage is 12 yards long. F 30 feet is less than 10 yards.
C The stage is 31 feet long. G 30 feet equals 10 yards.
D The stage is 36 inches long. H 31 feet equals 10 yards.

J 31 feet equals 11 yards.
The television cabinet is 78 inches high. Mary says this is more than
7 feet high. Is this statement reasonable?
3. Which of these statements is true? 4. Marys statement is not reasonable
A The cabinet is 7 feet high. because
B The cabinet is 8 feet high. F 78 inches is less than 7 feet.
C The cabinet is more than 8 feet G 78 inches is equal to 7 feet.

high. H 78 inches is greater than 7 feet.
D None of the above J 78 inches is greater than 8 feet.
The refreshment stand sells 36 quarts of punch. Ms. Spencer says

the stand sells 9 gallons of punch. Is this statement reasonable?
5. Which of the following is important 6. Ms. Spencers statement is
to solving this problem? reasonable because
A There are 2 gallons in a quart. F You divide quarts by 2 to find

B There are 4 gallons in a quart. gallons.
C There are 2 quarts in a gallon. G You divide quarts by 4 to find

gallons.
D There are 4 quarts in a gallon.
H You multiply quarts by 2 to find
gallons.
J You multiply quarts by 4 to find
gallons.
Print This Page
Name
Print This
94 Page

Test Prep
The theater is 75 feet wide. The theater is twice as long as it is wide.
Ned says the theater is 225 yards wide. Is this statement reasonable?
7. Which of these statements is false? 8. Neds statement is not reasonable
A The theater is 75 feet wide. because
B The theater is 75 feet long. F You need to divide 75 by 3 to find
C The theater is 150 feet long. the width in yards.
D The theater is twice as long G You need to multiply 75 by 3 to
as it is wide. find the width in feet.
H You need to divide 225 by 3 to
find the width in yards.
J You need to multiply 150 by 3 to
find the width in feet.
Solve. Explain your answer.
9. Tyler walks 4 miles from his home to 10. A movie star is 6 feet tall. Meg says
the movie theater. He says he walks that the movie star is more than 80
more than 20,000 feet. Is his inches tall. Is her statement
statement reasonable? reasonable?
11. Tammys sled is 65 inches long. She 12. Earls house is 1,200 yards from the
says the sled is more than 5 feet bus stop. Earl says that is 3,600 feet.
long. Is her statement reasonable? Is his statement reasonable?
13. The popcorn stand sells 100 ounces 14. The refreshment stand sells 144
of popcorn. Ben says this is 1,600 ounces of peanuts. The manager says
pounds of popcorn. Is his statement that this is more than 10 pounds of
reasonable? peanuts. Is his statement reasonable?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
95 Page
Explore Metric Length P PRACTICE
Estimate and then measure. Tell what unit and tool you use.
1. the width of your classroom
2. the largest step you can take
3. the width of a window in your classroom
4. the distance from the tip of your hand

to the elbow
5. thickness of a nickel

6. the distance from Sues house to school A. 2,000 mm B. 200 cm C. 2 km
7. the length of a piece of chalk A. 6 cm B. 6 dm C. 6 km
8. the height of a fourth-grader A. 140 mm B. 30 dm C. 140 cm
9. the height of a door A. 30 cm B. 3 m C. 300 mm
10. the length of a classroom A. 7 cm B. 7 m C. 7 km
11. the distance from Chicago to New York A. 1,200 km B. 5,000 m C. 2,000 dm
12. the thickness of a book A. 3 dm B. 3 cm C. 3 mm
13. the width of a pencil point A. 1 dm B. 1 cm C. 1 mm

14. the length of Bens foot A. 20 cm B. 20 dm C. 20 m
Problem Solving
15. Norma bicycles 1 km in 4 minutes. 16. One brick measures 92 mm. What is
About how many kilometers will she its measurement to the nearest cm?
bicycle in 60 minutes?
Print This Page
Name
Explore Metric Length Print This

95 Page
R RETEACH
A centimeter (cm), millimeter (mm),

decimeter (dm), and kilometer (km) Metric Units of Length
are used to measure lengths in the 10 millimeters (mm) 1 centimeter (cm)
metric system. 10 centimeters (cm) 1 decimeter (dm)
1cm 1 mm 100 centimeters (cm) 1 meter (m)

1,000 meters (m) 1 kilometer (km)
1 dm
A kilometer measures large distances such as the distance from

your school to a school in another town or city.
Use a centimeter ruler to measure each object. Write the length.

1. 2.
3.
4.

5. the width of a button A. 18 cm B. 18 mm C. 2 mm
6. the length of a dollar bill A. 15 dm B. 15 mm C. 15 cm
Print This Page
Name
Print This
95 Page
Explore Metric Length E ENRICH
Connect the Dots

Use a centimeter ruler to connect only those dots that are the given
distance apart.
1. 4 cm 2. 2 cm
3. 5 cm 4. 3 cm
Print This Page
Name
Print This
96 Page
Metric Capacity and Mass P PRACTICE
Estimate and then measure the capacity of each object.

1. a water glass 2. a large pot
3. a cereal bowl 4. a milk carton
5. Order the objects above from least to greatest capacity.
Estimate and then measure the mass of each object.

6. a box of crayons 7. a book
8. a paper clip 9. a pencil
10. Order the objects above from least to greatest mass.

11. A. 15 mL B. 15 L C. 2 L
12. A. 3 mL B. 31 L C. 310 mL
13. A. 200 mL B. 200 L C. 2 mL
14. A. 15 g B. 150 g C. 15 kg

15.
Liters 1 2 3
Milliliters 1,000 4,000
Problem Solving
16. Sally buys 1 kg of grapes. She packs 17. Jim buys 1 L of milk. He drinks
200 g of grapes in her lunch. How 300 mL for breakfast. How many
many grams of grapes are left? milliliters of milk are left?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
96 Page
Metric Capacity and Mass R RETEACH
Milliliters and liters measure capacity

Metric Units of Capacity
in the metric system.
1,000 milliliters (mL) 1 liter (L)
1cm
1cm
1cm
1 Liter
A cube 1 centimeter (cm) long, This bottle holds 1 liter (L) or
1 centimeter wide, and 1 centimeter 1,000 milliliters (mL) of water.
high will hold 1 milliliter (mL) of water.
Mass is the amount of matter that makes Metric Units of Mass

up an object.
1,000 grams (g) 1 kilogram (kg)
The mass of a paper clip is about The mass of the book is about
1 gram (g). 1 kilogram (kg) or 1,000 grams (g).
1. mass of a bar of soap A. 120 g B. 120 kg C. 12 kg

2. mass of an iron A. 1 g B. 100 g C. 1 kg
3. amount of water in a bathtub A. 100 mL B. 100 L C. 1,000 mL
4. mass of a horse A. 500 g B. 500 kg C. 1,000 g
5. a bottle cap A. 3 mL B. 300 mL C. 3 L
Print This Page
Name
Print This
96 Page
Metric Capacity and Mass E ENRICH
Who Invented It?

Compare. Choose >, <, or .
1. 50 mL 5L 2. 4,000 mL 3L 3. 3 L 400 mL

G W B A B C L M N
4. 1 L 70 mL 5. 8 L 7,500 mL 6. 10,000 mL 11 L

L B T A M C B C D
7. 12 L 12,000 mL 8. 75,000 mL 80 L 9. 5 kg 5,000 g

T H E I C U R M A
10. 400 g 4 kg 11. 8,400 mL 8L 12. 6,000 g 6 kg

U R I O H M R S T
13. 1 kg 70 g 14. 7 kg 6,900 g 15. 5 kg 69,000 g

H I J E F G P R S
16. 10,000 g 12 kg

R S T
Your backpack or windbreaker is probably made out of nylon. Who

invented nylon? To find out, write the code letter for each answer.
Write the letters in the order of the exercises.
H.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Print This Page
Name
Print This
97 Page
Convert Metric Units P PRACTICE
Complete.
1. 5 m cm 2. 2 L mL 3. 7 kg g
4. 10 mm cm 5. 5 kg g 6. 2 m dm
7. 3,000 mL L 8. 300 cm m 9. 4,000 g kg
10. 6,000 mL L 11. 40 kg g 12. 40 cm dm
13. 700 cm m 14. 10 L mL 15. 2 km m
16. 10,000 g kg 17. 6,000 cm m 18. 4 m mm
19. 20 cm mm 20. 3 dm mm 21. 5 L mL
22. 10 m cm 23. 5 cm mm
24. 600 mm cm 25. 8,000 mm cm
26. 4,000 m km 27. 7,000 mL L
28. 20,000 mL L 29. 70,000 g kg
Compare. Write >, <, or .

30. 5,000 g 5 kg 31. 20 L 200 mL 32. 50 cm 6 dm
33. 60 cm 6m 34. 300 cm 3m 35. 2,500 mL 2L
36. 3 km 300 m 37. 900 mm 9 cm 38. 13 L 1,300 mL

39. 500 dm 5 dm 40. 7 dm 7,000 mm 41. 18,000 mL 18 L
Problem Solving
42. Dottie has 1 kg 200 g of food for her 43. A 1 L bottle of water is half full. How
cat. How many grams of cat food many milliliters of water are in
does she have? the bottle?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
97 Page
Convert Metric Units R RETEACH
You can convert metric units to compare.
Metric Units
Length 1 centimeter (cm) 10 milliliters (mm)
10 centimeters (cm) 1 decimeter (dm)
10 decimeters (dm) 1 meter (m)
1,000 meters (m) 1 kilometer (km)
Mass 1 kilogram (kg) 1,000 grams (g)
1 gram (g) 1,000 milligrams (mg)
Capacity 1 liter (L) 1,000 milliliters (mL)
Convert 9 dm to centimeters (cm). Convert 6,000 mg to grams (g).

To convert a larger unit to a smaller To convert a smaller unit to a larger
unit, multiply. unit, divide.
Think: 1 dm 10 cm Think: 1 g 1,000 mg
9 dm ? cm 6,000 g ? mg
9 dm 9 10 cm 6,000 g 6,000 1,000 mg
9 dm 90 cm 6,000 g 6 mg
Complete.
1. 5 m cm 2. 8 L mL
3. 6 kg g 4. 70 mm cm
5. 8 dm cm 6. 2 m dm
7. 2,000 mL L 8. 300 cm m
9. 9 cm mm 10. 70 dm m
11. 5,000 g kg 12. 40 cm dm
Print This Page
Name
Print This
97 Page
Convert Metric Units E ENRICH
Metric Match Game

Use index cards to make the cards shown below.
10 mm 1 cm 5 km 500 cm 1,000 mm 1m
100 cm 1 km 10 cm 100 mm 1m 20 m
40 m 5m 200 dm 4 dm 5,000 m 1m
1,000 m 10 dm 20L 20,000 mL 5L 5,000 mL
500g 0.5 kg 59 kg 59,000 g 150,000 g 150 kg
Mix up the cards and place them facedown. Players take turns
turning over two cards.
If all players agree that the measurements on the two cards are
equivalent, the player that turned them over keeps the cards and
takes another turn. If the cards are not equivalent, turn them
facedown again. The next player turns over two cards.
Play until there are no more cards left. The player with the most
pairs of cards wins.
Print This Page
Name
Print This
98 Page
Logical Reasoning
Use logical reasoning to solve each problem.
1. An aquarium worker needs to fill a 2. Simon needs to put 9 cups of sea
tank with 10 gallons of water. He has salt into a saltwater tank. He has a
an 8-gallon pail and a 6-gallon pail. 10-cup container and a 7-cup
How can he use the pails to get exactly container. How can Simon use the
10 gallons of water in the tank? containers to measure 9 cups?
3. The parrot house has 2 times as 4. The parrots get food 20 minutes before
many birds as the toucan house. The the toucans. The toucans get food
toucan house has 3 more birds than 15 minutes after the jays. The jays get
the jay house. The jay house has 6 food 30 minutes after Bird World
birds. How many birds do the other opens. Bird World opens at 10:00 A.M.
houses have? When does each kind of bird get food?

5. Language Arts Kenny writes a 6. There are 24 cars in the theater
740-word review of a play. The review parking lot. There are 3 times as many
needs to be cut so that it is 500 words. 4-door cars as 2-door cars. How many
How many words have to be cut? of each kind of car are there?
Strategy: Strategy:
7. A bandstand is 40 feet wide by 8. Create a problem which you could

80 feet long. It is built from wood solve by using logical reasoning.
planks that are 5 feet wide by Share it with others.
10 feet long. How many planks wide
will the platform be? How many
planks long?
Strategy:
Print This Page
Name
Print This
98 Page
Logical Reasoning
Page 387, Problem 1
Dan needs to put 6 cups of sea salt into the saltwater tank. He has
a 7-cup container and a 5-cup container. How can he use the
containers to measure 6 cups?
Step 1
What do you know?
Dan needs to put cups of sea salt in a saltwater tank.
Dan has containers that hold cups and cups.

You need to find how to use the containers to measure
cups.
Step 2
Make a plan.
Make a Table or Use logical reasoning to solve the problem.
List
Write a Number You can use the difference in the amount each container
Sentence
can hold to measure exactly 6 cups.
Work Backward

Act it Out
Find a Pattern
Make a Graph
Guess and Check
Logical Reasoning
Solve a Simpler
Problem
Draw a Diagram
Print This Page
Name
Print This
98 Page
Logical Reasoning
Step 3
Solve
Complete the table. It will show how to use the 7-cup container
and the 5-cup container to measure exactly 6 cups.
Sea Salt in Sea Salt in Sea Salt in
Steps 7-cup Container 5-cup Container Tank
1. Fill the 7-cup container. 0 0
2. Fill the 5-cup container 5 cups 0

from the 7-cup container.
3. Pour what is left in the
7-cup container into 0 5 cups
the tank.
4. Repeat steps 13.
How much sea salt is in 0 5 cups
the tank now?
5. Repeat steps 13.
How much sea salt is in 0 5 cups
the tank now?
Step 4
How can you check your answers?
Practice
1. A worker has a 4-gallon pail and a 2. Marcia arrives at the theater
9-gallon pail. How can he use pails 10 minutes before Sam. Sam arrives
to fill a 10-gallon tank with water? 25 minutes after Lynn. Paul arrives
10 minutes before Lynn. Lynn gets
to the theater at 6:30 P.M. When
do the others arrive at the theater?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
99 Page
Temperature: Fahrenheit and Celsius P PRACTICE
Give a reasonable temperature for each. Then use Fahrenheit and

Celsius thermometers to measure each temperature.
1. warm water 2. temperature in freezer
3. cool water 4. temperature in cafeteria
5. temperature outside 6. temperature in classroom

7. to go skiing A. 20C B. 20F
8. to swim in the swimming pool A. 80C B. 80F
9. to go to the beach A. 30C B. 30F
10. to sleep comfortably A. 20C B. 20F
11. to work in the garden A. 70C B. 70F
12. to shiver without a coat A. 20C B. 20F
13. to picnic in the park A. 25C B. 25F
14. to rake leaves A. 10C B. 10F
15. to go sledding in the snow A. 30C B. 30F
16. to walk your dog A. 65C B. 65F

Problem Solving
17. The temperature of a can of soup on 18. At noon the temperature of the
the shelf is 45F. Joy heats the soup water in a swimming pool was
to 25F above its shelf temperature. 25C. At 9:00 P.M. the temperature
What is the soups temperature was 17C. By how much did the
now? water temperature drop?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
99 Page
Temperature: Fahrenheit and Celsius R RETEACH
Temperature is measured in degrees Celsius (C) or in degrees

Fahrenheit (F). Compare the two scales shown at the right.
20
10
100
110
120
130
140
150
160
170
180
190
200
210
220
230
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
0
Fahrenheit
Celsius
30
20
10
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
Write the temperature in degrees Celsius (C) and degrees Fahrenheit (F).
1. 2.
20
30
40
50
60
10
20
30
40
0
10
10
20
10
10
3. 4.
20
10
120
130
140
150
160
170
10
20
0
20
20
10
50
60
70

5. the temperature of cold water A. 10C B. 10F
6. the temperature of warm water A. 100C B. 100F

7. the temperature of a fever A. 39C B. 39F
8. room temperature A. 70C B. 70F
9. temperature at an outdoor ice rink A. 20C B. 20F
10. temperature on a hot beach A. 30C B. 30F
11. comfortable outdoor temperature A. 10C B. 10F
Print This Page
Name
Print This
99 Page
Temperature: Fahrenheit and Celsius E ENRICH
Predicting Temperatures
Label the thermometers below with the following temperatures:
10C 20C 30C 40C 50F 68F 86F 104F
70 70
150 150
60 60 140 140
130 130
50 50 120 120
110 110
40 40 100 100 100F
90 90
30 30
80 80
20 20 70 70
60 60
10 10 50 50
40 40
0C 0 0 30 30 32F
20 20
10 10
10 10
20 20 0 0
10 10
20 20 20 20
Celsius Fahrenheit
The thermometers are drawn so that equivalent measures are the

same height on both scales.
1. Write the equivalent temperatures in degrees Fahrenheit.
Use the thermometers above to help you.
10C 20C
30C 40C
2. When the Celsius temperature changes 10 degrees, how much
does the Fahrenheit temperature change?
3. What pattern do you see that will help you predict Fahrenheit
temperatures based on Celsius temperatures?
Print This Page
Name
Print This Page

910
A WORKSHEET
Decision
Applying Measurement Making
Record your data.
Amount of Each Cost of Each Total Cost for

Items Ingredients Ingredient Ingredient Item
Sandwiches
Fruit Salad
Punch
Your Decision
How much of each item should Mr. Martin make for the birthday party? Explain.
Print This Page
Name
Print This Page

910
B WORKSHEET
Which color heats up the most? Math &

Science
Record the temperature of each thermometer.
Start Temperature Finish Temperature Difference
Black Paper
White Paper
Aluminum Foil
1. Find the difference between each start and finish temperature.

Show your work.
Work Space
2. Which color heated up the most? The least?
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 9, Lesson 10, pages 392393. (299) NS 1.2; MR 1.2, 2.3, 2.6, 3.3
Print This Page
Name
Print This Page

910
B WORKSHEET
Which color heats up the most? Math &

Science
3. Use subtraction to find how many more degrees the hottest
thermometer changed than the coolest. Show your work. Is this a
big difference?
Work Space
4. Why did you have to put the thermometers under the sun or a lamp?
5. If you were playing outside on a sunny day, which color clothing

would you like to wear? Why?
6. Explain the results of the activity in terms of reflection or

absorption of light.
Print This Page
Name
Print This
101 Page
3-Dimensional Figures P PRACTICE
Identify the 3-dimensional figure the object looks like. Tell how
many faces, edges, and vertices it has.
1. 2. 3.
4. 5. 6.
Copy and fold. Identify the 3-dimensional shape.

7. 8.
9. 10.
Algebra & Functions

11. What could the next shape be?
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 10, Lesson 1, pages 408411. (301) MG 3.6
Print This Page
Name
Print This
101 Page
3-Dimensional Figures R RETEACH
A 3-dimensional figure usually rests on one of its faces, which is called a base.
Look at the cube below. Count the number of faces, vertices, and edges it has.
face edge vertices

A cube has 6 faces. A cube has 12 edges. A cube has 8 vertices.
Complete the chart.

3- Name Shape of Number of Number of Number of
Dimensional Base Flat Faces Straight Vertices
Figure and Bases Edges
1. triangular
prism
2. rectangular
prism
3. triangular
pyramid
4. square
pyramid
5. cone
6. cylinder
7. sphere
Print This Page
Name
Print This
101 Page
3-Dimensional Figures E ENRICH
Polyhedrons
The 3-dimensional figures shown below are called polyhedrons.
Each face of a polyhedron is the same size and shape.
Each edge of a polyhedron is the same length.
Each angle of each face is equal.
Cube Tetrahedron Octahedron
Dodecahedron Icosahedron
Look at the cube.

It has 6 square faces.
Each square face has 4 edges.
Since 2 sides meet at each edge, a cube has (6 4) 2 12 edges.
Use the information about polyhedrons to complete the sentences.
1. A tetrahedron has 4 triangular faces.
Each triangular face has edges. (4 )2
A tetrahedron has edges.
2. An octahedron has triangular faces.
Each triangular face has edges.

An octahedron has edges.
3. A dodecahedron has pentagonal faces.
Each pentagonal face has edges.
A dodecahedron has edges.
4. An icosahedron has 20 triangular faces.
Each triangular face has edges.
An icosahedron has edges.
Print This Page
Name
Print This
102 Page
2-Dimensional Figures and Polygons P PRACTICE
Tell whether each figure is open or closed. Is it a polygon? If so, classify the figure.
1. 2. 3.
4. 5. 6.
Draw the figure and identify it. Use a separate sheet of paper.
7. a 4-sided figure that is not a square 8. a 5-sided figure
9. a 6-sided figure 10. an 8-sided figure
Algebra & Functions Locate each set of points. Then connect the points
to make a geometric figure. Identify the figure.
11. (2, 2), (4, 3), (3, 5) 12. (2, 2), (5, 2), (5, 3), (2, 3)
5 5
4 4
3 3
2 2
1 1
O 1 2 3 4 5 O 1 2 3 4 5
Print This Page
Name
Print This
102 Page
2-Dimensional Figures and Polygons R RETEACH
A polygon is a closed 2-dimensional figure that has straight sides.
These figures are not polygons.

Open Figures Closed Figures
These figures are polygons.
square rectangle triangle

4 straight sides 4 straight sides 3 straight sides
pentagon hexagon octagon

5 straight sides 6 straight sides 8 straight sides
Identify each polygon.

1. 2. 3.
4. 5. 6.
Print This Page
Name
Print This
102 Page
2-Dimensional Figures and Polygons E ENRICH
Tangrams
A tangram is a Chinese puzzle that is made of 2-dimensional
figures. The figures can be put together to form different shapes
sometimes even animal shapes!
Cut out the five figures at the bottom of the page. Use all five figures
to form each of the large polygons shown below.
1. tangram 1 2. tangram 2
3. tangram 3 4. tangram 4
Tangrams:
G C
Print This Page
Name
Print This
103 Page
Lines, Line Segments, and Rays P PRACTICE
Identify each figure.

1. 2. C 3. Q
B
A
D S T
R
4. I L 5. 6. M N
l
K J
O P
Identify the parts of a circle.

7. 8. 9. T
G H
O V
K S
Algebra & Functions Locate the set of points. Then connect

the points to draw line segments. Classify the lines as
perpendicular or parallel.
10. Line segment OP: 6

(1, 4) (2, 4) (3, 4) (4, 4) 5
Line segment QR: 4
(1, 2) (2, 2) (3, 2) (4, 2)
3
2
1
1 2 3 4 5 6
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 10, Lesson 3, pages 416419. (307) MG 3.1, 3.2
Print This Page
Name
Print This
103 Page
Lines, Line Segments, and Rays R RETEACH
A line goes on forever A line segment is A ray has one

in both directions part of a line. It has endpoint.
two endpoints.
Parallel lines never meet. Intersecting lines meet. Perpendicular lines

form square corners.
A chord is a line that A diameter is a chord A radius is the distance

connects two points that goes through the from the center of a
on a circle. center of the circle. circle to every point
on a circle.
Identify each figure.

1. 2. 3.
4. 5. 6.
Identify the parts of a circle.

7. 8. 9.
Print This Page
Name
Print This
103 Page
Lines, Line Segments, and Rays E ENRICH
Can You Trace a Figure Without Lifting Your Pencil?

1. Look at Figure A and Figure B below. Can you trace each figure
without lifting your pencil or retracing any line?
Vertex 2 E
O Vertex 3 Vertex 1 O E Vertex 2 Vertex 1 E
E Vertex 4 Vertex 5 E E Vertex 3 Vertex 4 E

Figure A Figure B
2. Can you trace Figure B without lifting your pencil if you start at any vertex?
3. Can you trace Figure A without lifting your pencil if you start at any vertex?
4. In Figure A, Vertex 4 has an even number of lines that meet at that point.
This vertex can be called an even vertex. Vertex 3 has an odd number of
lines meeting at that point. Vertex 3 can be called an odd vertex. Label each
vertex in the figures. Write E for an even vertex and O for an odd vertex.
5. Can you trace the figures below without lifting your pencil or retracing any
line? Label each vertex even or odd.
O E O O
O O
E
E E
O E O O
Figure C Figure D Figure E
6. What conclusion can you draw about whether you can trace a figure
without lifting your pencil? Hint: Think about the types of vertices a figure
has.
Print This Page
Name
Print This
104 Page
Angles P PRACTICE
Write acute, obtuse, or right for each angle.

1. 2. 3.
4. 5. 6.
Write the degree measure and fraction of a turn for each angle.
7. 8. 9.
Draw each figure.

10. a 4-sided figure with 1 right angle 11. a 3-sided figure with 3 acute angles
Print This Page
Name
Print This
104 Page
Angles R RETEACH
Angles are formed by two rays that have the same endpoint.
A right angle forms a An acute angle is less An obtuse angle is

square corner. than a right angle. greater than a right
angle.
Identify each angle.

Write acute, obtuse, or right. Use the corner of a sheet of paper to help you.
1. 2. 3. 4.
5. 6. 7. 8.
Complete.
9. 10. 11.
This triangle has 3 This kite has 2 This pentagon has
angles. angles and 2 angles,
2 angles. 2 angles, and
1 angle.
Print This Page
Name
Print This
104 Page
Angles E ENRICH
Angle Sums
What is the sum of the angles of a triangle?
The sum will always be 180 or a straight line.
Follow the steps below.
1 1
1
3 2 3 2 2 3
Step 1: Step 2: Step 3

Draw a triangle. Then Cut along the lines. Place the corners of
draw lines to show each the pieces together to
angle. Shade and number form a straight line.
the 3 angles.
Follow Steps 13 for each triangle below.

1. 2. 3.
2
1 3 1
2 3
2
1 3
Triangle 1 Triangle 2 Triangle 3
4. What do you think the sum of the angles of a quadrilateral is?

5. Draw a quadrilateral. Draw lines to show the 4 angles. Then shade

the corners, cut them out, and put them together to see if you
are correct.
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 10, Lesson 4, pages 420-421. (312) MG 3.5
Print This Page
Name
Print This
105 Page
Triangles and Quadrilaterals P PRACTICE
Classify each triangle as equilateral, isosceles, or scalene.

Then classify each triangle as right, acute, or obtuse.
1. 2. 3.
Identify each quadrilateral.

4. 5. 6.
Tell if each statement is true or false. Explain why.

7. All rectangles are parallelograms.
8. All squares are rhombuses.
9. Some right triangles are also equilateral triangles.
Problem Solving
10. Sues desk has equal sides of 20 11. Mike makes a square out of wooden
inches and 4 right angles. Nancys sticks. He pushes one corner of the
desk has two sides of 20 inches, two square and makes a rhombus. How
sides of 30 inches, and 4 right angles. are the square and rhombus alike?
Both say their desks are rectangles. How are they different?
Who is correct?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
105 Page
Triangles and Quadrilaterals R RETEACH
You can classify a triangle by the lengths of its sides or the measures
of its angles.
An equilateral triangle An isosceles triangle has A scalene triangle has

has three sides of at least two sides of no sides of equal
equal length. equal length. length.
An acute triangle has An obtuse triangle has A right triangle has
three acute angles one obtuse angle one right angle
(less than 90). (greater than 90 and (exactly 90).
less than 180).
All quadrilaterals have 4 sides and 4 angles.
A square has 4 equal A rectangle has 4 right A parallelogram has

sides and 4 right angles. angles. Its opposite sides opposite sides that are
are equal and parallel. equal and parallel.
A rhombus has 4 equal A trapezoid has 1 pair

sides. Its opposite sides of parallel sides.
are parallel.
Classify each triangle by its sides and angles.

1. 2. 3.
Identify each quadrilateral in as many ways as you can.

4. 5. 6.
Print This Page
Name
Print This
105 Page
Triangles and Quadrilaterals E ENRICH
Geometry Bingo
Play this bingo game with 23 players.
Work together to make the bingo game. On an index card, write
each of the names for geometric figures shown in the box below.
Then draw each figure in one of the squares on the bingo card below.
Be sure to mix up the names.
Shuffle the index cards and place them face down.
Players take turns drawing index cards. Each player places a game
marker on the matching figure drawn on the bingo card.
The first player to have markers that fill any row, column, or diagonal wins.
parallel lines intersecting lines perpendicular lines line segment

parallelogram ray chord diameter
radius right angle acute angle obtuse angle
rhombus octagon cube pentagon
hexagon acute triangle equilateral triangle trapezoid
isosceles triangle obtuse triangle right triangle scalene triangle
B I N G O
FREE
Print This Page
Name
Print This
106 Page
Use a Diagram Reading

Skill
Use the illustration to solve problems 12.
1. Howie used the above figure in a painting. Describe the figure in

more than one way.
2. What shape could Howie add to the right side of the figure so that
the figure becomes a trapezoid? Add the shape to the figure.
Use the illustration below to solve problems 34.
4 ft 4 ft
4 ft
6 ft
4 ft
3. Phyllis designed this doorway. What two shapes make up
this doorway?
4. What is the length of the missing side of the doorway?
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 10, Lesson 6, pages 426427. (316) MG 3.1, 3.7, 3.8; MR 1.1, 2.3, 2.4, 3.2
Print This Page
Name
Print This
106 Page
Use a Diagram Math Skills

Test Prep
Choose the correct answer. 6 in.
This figure is composed of a parallelogram 4 in.
and an equilateral triangle. What is the
length of Side A of the triangle? A
1. Which statement is true? 2. What is the length of Side A?
A All sides of the figure are the F 4 inches
same length. G 6 inches
B Side A has the same length as one H 12 inches
side of parallelogram.
C The length of Side A must be
greater than 6 inches.
4 in.
This figure is composed of a rhombus and a

triangle. Can the length of side B be 8 inches long? B
4 in.
3. Which statement is true? 4. Can the length of side B be
A The length of side B must be 8 inches long?
greater than 8 inches. F Yes
B The length of side B must be less G No
than 8 inches. H The answer cannot be found
C The length of side B must be using the information in
equal to 8 inches. the diagram.
This figure is composed of an isosceles
triangle and a rectangle. What is the
length of Side C? 10 cm
C
5. You can find the length of Side C
because
3 cm
A two sides of an isosceles triangle
are equal. 6 cm
B the length of Side C is greater
6. What is the length of Side C?
than the lengths of the other two
sides of the triangle. F 3 centimeters
C no two sides of the triangle have G 6 centimeters
equal lengths. H 10 centimeters
Print This Page
Name
Print This
106 Page
Use a Diagram Math Skills

Test Prep
A B
This figure is a parallelogram. Suppose you
draw a line segment from point A to point C. 2 cm
The length of this segment is 5 cm. How would
you describe the two new figures you made? D 6 cm C
7. Which of these statements is true? 8. How would you describe the two
A You cannot tell the lengths new figures you made?
of the unlabeled sides of F They are scalene triangles.
the parallelogram. G They are isosceles triangles.
B Only two sides of the parallelogram H They are equilateral triangles.
have a length of 2 centimeters.
C Each side of the parallelogram has
the length of 2 centimeters.
Solve. Use data from the illustration to answer problems 910.
9. Orson designed this picture frame.
3 ft
What shapes make up the frame?
What shape is made by the outer
edge of the frame? 3 ft
10. Suppose Robert added 2 feet to the

height of the frame, but kept the 11. Wendy drew a triangle in which
width the same. What shape would be three angles were less than 90.
made by the outer edge of the frame? What kind of triangle did she draw?
12. Robert drew a square. Then he divided 13. Max draws a rectangle with sides of
the shape into two parts by drawing a 6 inches and 9 inches. He uses one
line from one corner of the square, of the short sides of the rectangle as
through the center, to the opposite a side of a scalene triangle. Can the
corner. Name two ways to describe lengths of the other two sides of the
the two smaller shapes he created. triangle be 6 inches? Explain.
Print This Page
Name
Print This
107 Page
Congruent and Similar P PRACTICE
Write whether the figures are similar. Then write whether the
figures are congruent.
1. 2.
3. 4.
Copy the figure on a separate piece of dot paper. Then draw one
congruent figure and one similar figure.
5. 6. 7.
8. 9. 10.
Algebra & Functions Use separate grid paper.
11. Draw a figure on a coordinate grid. Then draw a similar figure

that is one half the size of the original. Write the ordered pairs
for all vertices.
12. Draw a figure on a coordinate grid. Then draw a similar figure

that is two times the size of the original. Write the ordered
pairs for all vertices.
Print This Page
Name
Print This
107 Page
Congruent and Similar R RETEACH
Similar Figures Congruent Figures Not congruent

Not similar
same shape same shape not the same shape

may be different sizes same size not the same size
To see if figures are congruent, trace one figure. If you can make
it fit exactly on top of the other figure, the figures are congruent.
Write whether the figures are similar. Then write whether the
figures are congruent. You may trace the figures.
1. 2.
3. 4.
5. 6.
Print This Page
Name
Print This
107 Page
Congruent and Similar E ENRICH
Shape Detective
Can you find the similar and congruent figures in the drawings below?
Each figure in the drawings can be named with one or more letters.
Look at the first drawing. Figure A is the rectangle in the upper left
corner. Figure AB is the top rectangle.
Complete the sentences. The first one is done for you.
1. Figure B is similar to Figure ABCD.

A B
2. Figure C is congruent to Figure .
3. Figure BC is congruent to Figure .

D C
4. Figure EF is similar to Figure .

F G
5. Figure F is congruent to Figure E
and Figure . H
I
6. Figure I is to Figure EF.
7. How many sets of congruent and similar

figures can you find in the drawing at the
right? Name each pair or set of figures.
J
O
N Q P K
M L
Print This Page
Name
Print This
108 Page
Explore Translations, Reflections, P PRACTICE
and Rotations
Write translation, reflection, or rotation to describe how the figure
was moved.
1. 2.
3. 4.
5. 6.
Draw the movement of each figure on the dot paper.

7. translation 8. reflection
9. translation, then rotation 10. rotation, then reflection
Print This Page
Name
Print This
108 Page
Explore Translations, Reflections, and R RETEACH
Rotations
You can move figures in different ways.
You can slide a figure You can flip a figure You can turn a figure
across a line to show over a line to show around a point to show
a translation. a reflection. a rotation.
Write translation, reflection, or rotation to tell how each figure

was moved.
1. 2. 3.
4. 5. 6.
7. 8. 9.
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 10, Lesson 8, pages 434-435 (323) MG 3.4
Print This Page
Name
Print This
108 Page
Explore Translations, Reflections, E ENRICH
and Rotations
Shape Art
Cut out the shape cards and turn them face down. Then cut out the
movement cards. Place those cards face down in another pile.
Choose one shape card. On another sheet of paper, trace that shape.
Then choose a movement card. Follow the instructions on that card.
Return the movement card to the bottom of the pile, and choose
another movement card. Repeat until you
have chosen 4 movement cards.
Trade your artwork with a partner. Try to guess which movement
cards your partner chose to create the drawing.
Movement Cards
Translation Reflection Rotation
Slide your shape Flip over your shape Turn your shape
1 inch to the right. to the right. around a point.
Trace it again. Trace it again. Trace it again.
Shape Cards
Sample Artwork
Which cards were chosen to draw this artwork?
Create another shape and another rule for a movement cards.
Print This Page
Name
Print This
109 Page
Symmetry P PRACTICE
Is the dotted line a line of symmetry?

1. 2. 3.
4. 5. 6.
Is the figure symmetrical? If yes, draw its lines of symmetry.
7. 8. 9.
10. On a separate sheet of paper, draw a figure with rotational symmetry.

11. On a separate sheet of paper, draw a figure with bilateral symmetry.
Complete the drawing to make it symmetrical.

12. 13. 14.
Print This Page
Name
Print This
109 Page
Symmetry R RETEACH
Follow these steps to find out if a figure has bilateral symmetry.

Step 1: Trace Figure A and cut it out.
Step 2: Fold it along one of the dashed lines.

The two halves match. The dashed
line is a line of symmetry. The figure
has bilateral symmetry.
Step 3: Unfold the figure.
Step 4: Fold the figure along the other

dashed lines. The halves match, so
all the lines are lines of symmetry. Figure A
Follow these steps to find out if Figure B has rotational symmetry.

Step 1: Trace Figure B and cut it out.
Step 2: Place it on top of the original

Figure B. Put your pencil point on
the dot in the center.
Step 3: Turn the top figure 90. The top
figure matches the original figure.
Step 4: Turn the top figure 180. The

figures match. Figure B has
rotational symmetry. Figure B
1. Place Figure A you traced on top of original Figure A.
Put your pencil point in the center. Turn the top of figure 180.
Does the top figure match the original?
Does Figure A have rotational symmetry?
2. Fold Figure B you traced to find its lines of symmetry.

How many lines of symmetry does Figure B have?
Look at each figure. Is the dashed line a line of symmetry?
Then trace each figure. Turn it to see if it has rotational symmetry.
3. 4. 5.
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 10, Lesson 9, pages 436439 (326) MG 3.4
Print This Page
Name
Print This
109 Page
Symmetry E ENRICH
Circle each letter that has one or more lines of symmetry.
Draw the line or lines of symmetry.

G4_C10_L09_E01_MA01
Print This Page
Name
Print This
1010Page
Find a Pattern
Use data from this tessellation to solve problems 14.
1. What shapes do you see in a
repeated pattern?
2. How are the shapes moved?
3. Complete the missing pieces of the

pattern.
4. Suppose you extend this design. You
have a total of 20 small right
triangles. How many rhombuses will
there be in all?

5. Aaron buys 5 Picasso T-shirts for his 6. Art On May 15, 1990, a painting by
family. A large T-shirt costs $15 and a Van Gogh sold for $75,000,000. Two
small T-shirt costs $12. Aaron spends days later, a painting by Renoir sold
$69. How many large T-shirts does for $4,000,000 less than that
he buy? How many small T-shirts amount. How much did Renoirs
does he buy? painting sell for?
Strategy: Strategy:
7. Mr. Ervin has 32 jars of paint. He has 8. Create a problem which involves
small boxes that will hold 4 jars and finding a pattern in a tessellation.
a large box that will hold 6 jars. Share it with others.
Which box should Mr. Ervin use if he
wants to put an equal number of jars
in each box? How many boxes will
he need?
Strategy:
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 10, Lesson 10, pages 440441. (328) MG 3.8; MR 1.1, 2.3, 2.4, 3.2
Print This Page
Name
Print This
1010Page
Find a Pattern
Page 441, Problem 1
What shapes do you see in a repeated pattern?

How are the figures moved?
Step 1
What do you know?
The illustration shown is a tessellation.
You need to identify
.
Step 2
Make a plan.
Find a Pattern Looking for a pattern will help you solve the problem.
Guess and Check
Work Backward Find shapes that look familiar. Look for a pattern to see how
Make a Graph these shapes have been moved.
Make a Table
or List
Write a Number
Sentence
Draw a Diagram
Solve a Simpler
Problem
Logical Reasoning
Act It Out
Print This Page
Name
Print This
1010Page
Find a Pattern
Step 3
Solve
Look for shapes you know. What shapes do you see?
To find how these shapes have been moved, look for

examples of rotations, translations, and reflections.
What is one way to describe how the figures moved?
Step 4
Practice
Use data from this tessellation to solve.
1. What shapes do you see in a repeated 2. Complete the missing pieces of the
pattern? How are they moved? tessellation.
Print This Page
Name
Print This
1011 Page
Perimeter P PRACTICE
Find the perimeter of each figure.

1. 10 cm 2. 10 mm 3. 8 mm
8 mm 8 mm
5 cm 9 mm 11 mm
7 cm
4 cm 6 mm 11 mm 11 mm
4. 5. 6.
Algebra & Functions Find the length of each missing side.

7. 8. 8 ft 9. 11 yd
11 yd
8 in. 8 in.
4 ft 11 yd
11 yd
perimeter 24 in. perimeter 24 ft perimeter 55 yd
Problem Solving
10. Gerry plans a rectangular garden 11. A fence around a rectangular corral
plot that is 30 ft long and 15 ft has a length of 180 ft and a width
wide. What is the perimeter of the of 90 ft. What is the perimeter of
garden plot? the fence?
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 10, Lesson 11, pages 442445. (331) NS 3.1; MG 3.8
Print This Page
Name
Print This
1011 Page
Perimeter R RETEACH
Perimeter is the distance around a closed figure. To find the

perimeter, add the lengths of all the sides.
To find the perimeter of the rectangle, add the lengths of the sides.
10ft 15 ft
15ft
10ft 10 ft 10 ft
15ft
50ft 15 ft
The perimeter of the rectangle is 50 ft.
Find the perimeter of each figure.

1. 2. 5 in.
4 in. 4 in.
5 in. 5 in.
4 in. 5 in.

3. 4. 7m 5. 8 ft
4 ft 4 ft
5m 5m 8 ft 8 ft
3 ft 7m 8 ft
6. 6 dm 7. 4 in.
8. 5 cm 5 cm
6 dm 6 dm
5 in.
3 in. 6 cm 6 cm
6 dm 6 dm
6 dm 6 in. 7 cm
Print This Page
Name
Print This
1011Page
Perimeter E ENRICH
Create a Perimeter
Each square at the right is
divided into three regions. Each
region has a perimeter of 8 units.
The square at the right is divided

into two regions. Each region has
a perimeter of 10 units.
Divide each square below into the number of regions and

the perimeter given. Try to do this in two different ways.
1. Number of regions: 4
Perimeter of each region: 10 units
Print This Page
Name
Print This
1012Page
Area P PRACTICE
Find the area of each figure.
1. 2. 3.
4. 4 ft 5. 6. 2 yd
2 in.
4 ft 5 yd
2 in.
Use graph paper to draw each figure. Tell what the figure is and
find the area.
7. length: 5 cm 8. length:7 cm 9. length: 7 cm

width: 8 cm width: 7 cm width: 4 cm
Find the area and perimeter of each figure.

10. 12 cm 11. 1 m 12.

6 mm
10 cm 4m 25 mm
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 10, Lesson 12, pages 446449. (334) MG 1.2, 1.3; AF 1.4
Print This Page
Name
Print This
1012Page
Area R RETEACH
Area is the number of square units needed to cover a region or figure.
You can use these two ways to find the area of a rectangle or square.
Count the number of square units.

There are 25 square units.
The area is 25 square units.
Multiply the length times the width.

5 5 25
The area is 25 square units.
Complete.
1. 2.
length: units length: units

width: units width: units
area square units area square units
Find the area of each figure.

3. 4. 5.
4 in. 2 in.
3 ft
4 in.
8 ft 7 in.
6. 7. 8.
4m
6 ft 3 yd
5 yd 6m
9 ft
Print This Page
Name
Print This
1012Page
Area E ENRICH
Picks Law
Picks law can be used to find the area of any polygon.
Draw the polygon on dot paper. Use this formula:
1
A 2 (number of dots on the polygon) 1 (number of dots inside the polygon)
Heres how to use the formula to find the area of

this polygon below.
A ( 12 12) 1 3
A (6 1) 3
A53
A8
Find the area of each polygon.

1. 2.
3. 4.
5. 6.
Print This Page
Name
Print This
1013Page
Explore Volume P PRACTICE
Find the volume of each rectangular prism.
1. 2. 3.
4. 5. 6.
7. 8. 9.
10. 11. 12.

13. length: 9 in. 14. length: 5 m 15. length: 7 cm 16. length: 10 ft
width: 5 in. width: 8 m width: 2 cm width: 12 ft

height: 4 in. height: 6 m height: 8 cm height: 5 ft
Print This Page
Name
Print This
1013Page
Explore Volume R RETEACH
Volume is the amount of space a 3-dimensional figure encloses.

Volume is measured in cubic units.
You can use these two ways to find the volume of a rectangular or
square prism.
Count the number of cubes in one

layer. The bottom layer has 12 cubes.
There are 3 layers.
12 12 12 36
The volume of the cube is 36 cubic units.
Multiply: length width height

V length width height 3
V 4 3 3 36 4
The volume is 36 cubic units. 3
Find the volume of each rectangular prism.
1. 2. 3.
length: length: length:
width: width: width:
height: height: height:

volume cm3 volume cm3 volume cm3
4. 5. 6.
2 cm 2 cm
3 cm
2 cm
4 cm
5 cm
2 cm 6 cm
4 cm
Print This Page
Name
Print This
1013Page
Explore Volume E ENRICH
Volume Patterns
1. What is the volume of Prism A?
3 cm
2 cm
4 cm
Prism A
2. What do you think will happen to the
volume if you double the length,
width, and height of Prism A?
6 cm
4 cm
8 cm
Prism A Doubled
3. Find the volume of Prism A doubled.
Was your answer to exercise 2 correct?
4. Complete the table.
Original Rectangular Prism Doubled Rectangular Prism

Length Width Height Volume Length Width Height Volume
2 cm 2 cm 1 cm 4 cm 4 cm 2 cm
5. Compare the volumes of the original and doubled prisms. What

pattern do you see?
Print This Page
Name
Print This Page

1014
A WORKSHEET
Decision
Analyze Data and Make Decisions Making
Record your data in the chart.
Size of Garden Perimeter of Cost of Fencing Cost of Fencing

Garden Material and Installation
Your Decision
What is your recommendation for Mr. Harriss garden? Explain.
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 10, Lesson 10, pages 452453. (340) MG 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4; MR 1.1, 2.3
Print This Page
Name
Print This Page

1014
B WORKSHEET
How well do you make patterns? Math &

Science
Record your ratings.
Drawing of Structure Rating:

1 (best)5 (worst)
1. How well did you follow directions? Do you have enough data to decide?
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 10, Lesson 14, pages 454455. (341) MG 3.3, 3.4, 3.7, 3.8; MR 1.1, 2.3, 3.2
Print This Page
Name
Print This Page

1014
B WORKSHEET
How well do you make patterns? Math &

Science
2. What was easy or hard when giving directions?
3. What was easy or hard when following directions?
4. Make a list of words that helped you give directions.
5. Describe how a camouflage pattern gives some animals a

survival advantage.
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 10, Lesson 14, pages 454455. (342) MG 3.3, 3.4, 3.7, 3.8; MR 1.1, 2.3, 3.2
Print This Page
Name
Print This
111 Page
Parts of a Whole P PRACTICE
Write a fraction for the part that is shaded.

1. 2. 3.
4. 5. 6.
7. 8.
Draw a rectangle with the fraction shaded.
9. 1
3 10. 4
5 11. 5
7
12. 4
8 13. 4
9 14. 5
6
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 11, Lesson 1, pages 470-471. (343) NS 1.5, 1.7
Print This Page
Name
Print This
111 Page
Parts of a Whole R RETEACH
A fraction can name parts of a whole.
4 parts shaded 2 parts shaded

7 parts in all 5 parts in all
4 2
7 shaded 5 shaded
parts shaded 4 numerator parts shaded 2 numerator
parts in all 7 denominator parts in all 5 denominator
Complete to write a fraction for the part that is shaded.

1. 2. 3.
part shaded parts shaded parts shaded

parts in all parts in all parts in all
fraction fraction fraction
4. 5. 6.
part shaded parts shaded parts shaded

parts in all parts in all parts in all
fraction fraction fraction
Print This Page
Name
Print This
111 Page
Parts of a Whole E ENRICH
Fraction Design
Design a quilt. Use red, white, blue, and purple crayons to color the squares below.
1. What part of your quilt is red? white?

blue? purple? .
Design a flag. Use red, yellow, green, and blue crayons.

2. What part of your flag is red? yellow?

green? blue?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
112 Page
Parts of a Group P PRACTICE
Write a fraction that names what part is shaded.

1. 2. 3.
4. 5. 6.
Draw a picture, and then write a fraction.
7. Six of eleven balloons are blue. 8. Four out of seven hats have stars.
9. All of five kittens are smiling. 10. One of four animals is a chimpanzee.
Problem Solving
11. Five of 12 students are in the school 12. Twenty of 25 students voted for class
chorus. What part of the students are president. What part of the class did
in the chorus? not vote for president?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
112 Page
Parts of a Group R RETEACH
A fraction can name part of a group.
There are 7 squares in all.
3 4
7 are shaded. 7 are not shaded.
There are 8 circles in all.
5 3
8 are shaded. 8 are not shaded.
Complete.
1. 2.
shapes shaded shapes shaded

shapes in all shapes in all
fraction that is shaded fraction that is shaded

fraction that is not shaded fraction that is not shaded
Write a fraction that names what part is shaded.

3. 4. 5.
Print This Page
Name
Print This
112 Page
Parts of a Group E ENRICH
Draw the Group

Each fraction tells what part of a group the shaded figure or figures
represent. Complete the group for each fractional part.
1. 2
5
4
2. 16 3. 1
3
4. 5
6 5. 3
8 6. 1
2
7. 4
7 8. 2
8
9
9. 10
10. How did you decide how many triangles to draw in exercise 1?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
113 Page
Find Equivalent Fractions and Fractions in P PRACTICE
Simplest Form
Draw an equivalent fraction for each.
1. 1 2. 1 1 1 3. 1 1 1 1
2 4 4 4 5 5 5 5
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
6 6 6 8 8 8 8 8 8 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
Complete to find equivalent fractions.
42 2 1 22 1 1
4.
10
5. 6. 7.
54

28 16 8 20
8. 4 9. 1 6 10. 4 1 11. 9
5 10 2 4 12 4
Name an equivalent fraction for each.
12. 3 13. 4 14. 6 15. 4

7 5 15 12
Write each fraction in simplest form.

16. 4 17. 6 18. 3 19. 6
10 12 18 18
20. 8 21. 3 22. 10 23. 8

12 21 30 20
24. 5 25. 9 26. 12 27. 24

15 24 24 32
Complete the pattern of equivalent fractions.

1 1
28. 29.
4 8 12 16 20 24 3 6 9 12 15 18
Problem Solving
30. A box contains 6 red pencils and 8 31. Paul caught 9 bass and 3 trout. What
black pencils. What fraction of the fraction of the fish were trout?
pencils are red?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
113 Page
Find Equivalent Fractions and Fractions in R RETEACH
Simplest Form
Equivalent Fractions Simplest Form
Equivalent fractions name the same part. When a fraction is in simplest form,
To find an equivalent fraction, multiply its numerator and denominator have
the numerator and denominator by only 1 as a common factor.
the same number.
6
Show 8
in simplest form.
12 2 13 3 14 4
32 6 33 9 34 12 1. Find the greatest common factor
of the numerator and denominator.
factors of 6: 1, 2, 3, 6
So, 13, 2 3
6, 9, and 4
12 are equivalent
factors of 8: 1, 2, 4
fractions. The greatest common factor is 2.
2. Divide the numerator and
denominator by the greatest
common factor.
6 62 3 So, the simplest
8 82 4 form of 68 is 34 .
Complete to find equivalent fractions.

1. 2. 3.
3 8
3 10
3
4 5 6 12
4. 3 3 5. 3 3 6. 3 3
4 4 5 5 6 6
Write each fraction in simplest form.

7. 8. 9.
4 2 4
8 10 12
Print This Page
Name
Print This
113 Page
Find Equivalent Fractions and Fractions in E ENRICH
Simplest Form
Which Does Not Belong?
Look at the fractions in each exercise. Cross out the fraction that
does not belong. Then write a fraction that does belong.
1. 3 5
2. 1 2 3. 1 5
8 8 3 7 2 9
6 7 5 1 12 4 3
7 8 6 8 6
4. 5. 6.
2 3 2 6 6 8
8 12 3 9 8 12
4 5 4 8 10 3
16 25 7 12 16 4
7. 5 3 8. 2 5 9. 1 3
9 5 3 5 3 7
5 5 8 1 4 5
12 6 8 1 6 8
Cross out each fraction in simplest form and the letter below it.
1 4 3 6 8 5 3 10 6 2 8 5 9 15 8
3 6 7 9 10 8 9 20 13 12 16 6 12 30 15
B E N X C K E L P L E T N T Y
Write the letters that are left.

Print This Page
Name
Print This
114 Page
Compare and Order Fractions P PRACTICE
Complete. Write , , or .
1. 1
2
1
3 2. 2
5
2 3. 4
9
2
7 3
4. 2
5
3
4
7
5. 10 4
5 6. 3
4
2
3
7. 4
5
12
15 8. 1
5
4
20 9. 1
5
2
15
5 1
10. 12 4 11. 3
4
13
16 12. 8
9
7
8
7 5 3 4
13. 12 6 14. 10 9 15. 7
8
3
4
9 4
16. 10 5 17. 1
4
5
16 18. 3
5
7
10
Order from least to greatest.
19. 1 1 1
4, 2, 5 , , 20. 7 3 3
8, 4, 8 , ,
21. 5 1 3
7 , 7 , 20 , , 22. 4 1 2
9, 3, 3 , ,
Order from greatest to least.
23. 1 2 3
2, 3, 4 , , 24. 4 2 5
9, 9, 9 , ,
25. 1 3 3
4 , 4 , 16 , , 26. 5 7 3
6 , 12 , 4 , ,
Problem Solving
27. Sandra eats 1 1

6 of the cake. Pat eats 3 28. Karl eats 1 2
2 of a pizza. Tim eats 3 of a
3
of the cake. Who eats more cake? pizza. Chris eats 4 of a pizza. Order
Explain. the amounts from greatest to least.
Print This Page
Name
Print This
114 Page
Compare and Order Fractions R RETEACH
You can use equivalent fractions to compare and order fractions.
Order the fractions from least to greatest: 16 , 23 , 36 .
Step 1 Step 2
Write each fraction as an equivalent Compare the numerators. Put the
fraction with the same denominator. fractions in order from least to greatest.
1 1 1 1
6 6 6 6
2 4 3 3
3 6 6 6
3 3 4 2
6 6 6 3
From least to greatest, the fractions are 16 , 36 , 23 .
Complete. Write , , or .
1. 2. 3.
3 2 3 5 2 1
4 4 10 10 3 3
4. 5. 6.
4 1 5 2 1 3
8 2 6 3 4 8
Write the fractions in order from least to greatest.

7. 6 2 5
6, 6, 6 8. 3 5 3
4, 8, 8 9. 2 1 1
3 , 4 , 12
, , , , , ,
Print This Page
Name
Print This
114 Page
Compare and Order Fractions E ENRICH
Fraction War
Play this game with a partner.
Cut out the cards below. Shuffle them and then place them
facedown in a pile in front of you. Your partner will do the
same thing.
Each player draws a card at the same time from his or her pile.
The player who draws the greater fraction takes both cards. If
both fractions are equal, each player draws another card. The
player with the greater fraction also takes the fraction cards
that were equal.
When the piles of cards are gone, the player with the greater
number of cards wins.
1 1 1 1
2 3 4 5
1 1 1 1
6 8 9 12
1 2 2 2
18 3 4 5
2 2 2 2
6 8 9 12
2 3 3 3
18 8 9 10
5 3 3 5
8 15 6 12
8 4 7 6
10 12 12 15
5 7 5 3
6 8 9 4
Print This Page
Name
Print This
115 Page
Check for Reasonableness Reading

Skill
Circle the statement that helps you solve the problem.
Then solve the problem.
1
1. Jack spends 1 hour in an amusement park. He spends 4 of his time
waiting in lines. How many minutes does Jack wait in lines?
There are 24 hours in 1 day. There are 60 minutes in 1 hour.
Solution:
1
2. Two dozen students went to the amusement park. A group of 3 of
those students went on the roller coaster. How many students went
on the roller coaster?
1 1
A dozen is the same as 12. 3 is greater than 4 .
Solution:
3. At the amusement park, Vivian buys a bag of popcorn. The bag

holds 14 pound of popcorn. How many ounces is that?
Two thousand pounds equal 1 ton. One pound equals 16 ounces.
Solution:
4. A flag at the amusement park is 4 yards long. The width of the flag
2
is 3 of its length. How many feet wide is the flag?
One yard is the same as 3 feet. A yard is a measure of length.
Solution:
5. Leora buys a quart container of iced tea to share with her friends.
1
Each friend drinks 4 of the iced tea. How many ounces did
each friend drink?
One quart equals 32 ounces. One cup equals 8 ounces.
Solution:
Print This Page
Name
Print This
115 Page

Test Prep
A group of 18 students goes to the amusement park. Of these students,
5
6 go on the bumper cars. How many students go on the bumper cars?
1. What prior knowledge do you need 2. A reasonable answer for this
in order to solve this problem? problem would be
A 56 means 5 of 6 equal parts. F greater than 18.
B 56 is less than 1. G less than 3.
C 56 is greater than 16 . H greater than 3 but less than 9.
D 18 is divisible by 9. J greater than 9 but less than 18.
Fun Time International has 16 amusement parks. Of these amusement

parks, 34 are in the United States. There is a Fun Time Amusement Park in
France. How many Fun Time Amusement Parks are in the United States?
3. Which information is not needed in 4. A reasonable answer for this
order to solve the problem? problem would be that Fun Time has
A Fun Time has 16 amusement parks. F 16 amusement parks in the
B Of Fun Times amusement parks, United States.
3
4 are in the United States. G 12 amusement parks in the
C Fun Time has an amusement park United States.
in France. H 4 amusement parks in the U.S
D All of the above J no amusement parks in the U.S.
Nick spends 2 hours in the amusement park. He spends 23 of his

time on rides. How many minutes does Nick spend on rides?

5. Which of the following information 6. A reasonable answer for this
is important to solve the problem? problem would be
A There are 24 hours in 1 day. F 2 hours.
B Nick goes on 4 rides. G more than 60 minutes but less
C There are 60 minutes in an hour. than 120 minutes.
D There are 36 rides in the H greater than 20 minutes but less
amusement park. than 1 hour.
J less than 20 minutes.
Print This Page
Name
Print This
115 Page

Test Prep
3
A group of 40 students goes to the amusement park. If 4 of the
students go on the Water Slide and 25 of the students go on the
Space Shot, how many students go on the Space Shot?
7. What prior knowledge do you need 8. A reasonable answer for this
in order to solve this problem? problem would be
A 20 25 F 40 students.
3
B 4 means 3 4 G 24 students.
2
C 5 means 2 of 5 equal groups H 20 students.
3
D 4 1 J 16 students.
Solve.
9. There are 32 rides at an amusement 10. Donna took 18 rides. She went on
park. Norman goes on 38 of the rides. the roller coaster 23 of the time.
How many rides does he go on? How many roller-coaster rides did
Donna take?
11. A dozen students go to the 12. There were 25 students at the

amusement park. A group of 31 of amusement park. Of these students,
2
these students goes on the Super 5 were there for the first time. How
Cycle. How many students go on many students were there for the
the Super Cycle? first time?
13. Each car of the Sling Shot can hold 14. An amusement park has 36 rides.
15 people. A car is 25 full. How many Bobby goes on 12 of them. How
people are in the car? many rides does he go on?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
116 Page
Explore Parts of a Group P PRACTICE
Use the squares to help you find the fraction of each group.
1. 2. 3.
1 3 2
3 of 6 4 of 16 3 of 18
4. 5. 6.
3 2 4
4 of 20 3 of 24 5 of 15
Find the fraction of each number.

1 2 3
7. 2 of 18 8. 3 of 15 9. 5 of 30
5 3 1
10. 6 of 12 11. 7 of 14 12. 8 of 32
2 1 4
13. 9 of 18 14. 10 of 40 15. 7 of 21
5 1 1
16. 8 of 40 17. 3 of 21 18. 4 of 20
2 1 3
19. 5 of 30 20. 6 of 36 21. 8 of 16
3 6 7
22. 7 of 28 23. 7 of 49 24. 10 of 60
Problem Solving
25. Of the 24 fourth graders in Mrs. 26. Steven practices cello 15 hours a
1
Williams class, participate in sports.
4 week. On Monday he practices 15 of
How many fourth-grade students that time. How many hours does
participate in sports? Steven practice cello on Monday?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
116 Page
Explore Parts of a Group R RETEACH
You can use counters to find a part of a group.
Suppose you have 20 counters. You want to find

2
5 of 20 counters.
The denominator tells you how many equal groups to make.

Divide the 20 counters into 5 equal groups.
There are 8 counters in 2 groups.

2
So, 5 of 20 is 8.
Complete. Circle the part of each group.

1 2 1
1. 2 of 8 2. 5 of 10 3. 3 of 6
2 3 1
4. 3 of 15 5. 4 of 12 6. 4 of 20
1 5 4
7. 6 of 30 8. 6 of 18 9. 5 of 10
Print This Page
Name
Print This
116 Page
Explore Parts of a Group E ENRICH
Cooking with Fractions

Use the grocery list to answer each question.
3
1. Barb adds salt and pepper to 4 of the
ground beef. How much ground beef
is that? Grocery List
12 pounds of ground beef
2
9 pounds of ground turkey
2. Mark uses 3 of the ground turkey to
make meatballs. How many pounds 15 pounds of potatoes
does he use? 36 eggs
16 loaves of bread
3
18 pounds of chicken
3. Melanie uses 5 of the potatoes for
potato salad. How many pounds does 20 pounds of sausage
she use?
5
4. George boils 6 of the eggs. How many eggs does he boil?
3
5. Sam slices 4 of the bread. How much is that?
1
6. Sarah uses 8 of the bread for stuffing. How much is that?
3
7. Jon barbecues 4 of the sausage and uses the rest for appetizers.
How many pounds does he barbecue?

How many pounds does he use for appetizers?
1 1
8. Jan grills 2 of the chicken. Bob cooks 6 of the chicken for chicken salad.
How much chicken is left?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
117 Page
Mixed Numbers P PRACTICE
Rename as a mixed number or fraction in simplest form.
8 9 7 10
1. 7 2. 2 3. 2 4. 3
2 6 1 5
5. 66 6. 38 7. 45 8. 17
22 21 13 19
9. 10 10. 6 11. 2 12. 4
2 2 2 3
13. 56 14. 28 15. 36 16. 84
40 30 64 48
17. 6 18. 4 19. 6 20. 5
Algebra & Functions Use the number line to compare. Write , , or .
1 1 1 3 1 5 3 7 1 1 1 3 1 5 3 7
0 8 6 4 4 2 8 4 8 1 18 16 14 14 12 18 14 18 2
21. 1 1
6 1 18 22. 1 8
8 23. 2 1 78
24. 1 1
4 1 58 25. 1 1
8 1 12 26. 1 3
4 1 78
Problem Solving
1
27. Ben measures ten one-fourths of a 28. Claudia ran 43 miles on Monday. On
cup of water. What is this as a mixed Tuesday she ran 412 miles. On which
number? day did Claudia run a longer

distance? Explain.
29. Jared drank 7 cups of juice. Aida 30. Mary worked 81 hours on Monday
4 2
9
drank 6 cups. Who drank more juice? and 835 hours on Tuesday. On which
Explain. day did she work longer? Explain.
Print This Page
Name
Print This
117 Page
Mixed Numbers R RETEACH
13
You can use models to help you write as a mixed number.
4
13 4 4 4 1
4 4 4 4 4
13 1
4 1 1 1 4
13
4 3 14
You can also use multiplication and addition to write a mixed number as a fraction.
Step 1. Multiply the whole number by the denominator.
Step 2. Add the numerator to the product.
1 35 = (5 1) 3 = 53 = 8
5 5 5
Write the fraction as a mixed number or whole number.
1. 7
4 2. 7
3 3. 31
8
9 11 8
4. 4 5. 3 6. 8
Write the mixed number as a fraction.
7. 1 1
4 8.6 3
5 10. 8 2
3
11. 4 1
3 12.5 2
7 13. 3 5
6
Print This Page
Name
Print This
117 Page
Mixed Numbers E ENRICH
Fractions Between
Shade the fraction bars to show a fraction between the two whole numbers given.
Write both the fraction and the mixed number.
1. Shade the fraction bars to show a

fraction between 1 and 2.
Fraction:
Mixed number:

Fraction:
Mixed number:

Fraction:
Mixed number:

Fraction:
Mixed number:
Print This Page
Name
Print This
118 Page
Likely and Unlikely P PRACTICE
Describe the probability of picking a certain shape from the bag.

Use the words likely, equally likely, certain, unlikely, or impossible.
1. 2.
3. 4.
or , ,or
Describe the probability of spinning the number.

5. spinning 2
2 3
4 2
6. spinning 3 2 1
7. spinning 6 2 2
8. spinning 1 2 3
2 4
9. spinning 3 or 4
10. spinning 1, 2, 3, or 4
Describe the probability.

11. The month after September will be November.
12. It will be sunny or rainy tomorrow.
13. It will snow in Alaska this year.

Problem Solving
14. A bag contains 3 red and 7 white 15. A box contains 6 red pencils and
balls. Is it unlikely, more likely, or 6 black pencils. Is it unlikely, less
equally likely you will pick a red ball? likely, or equally likely you will pick
a red pencil?
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 11, Lesson 8, pages 490491. (364) NS 1.5; MR 1.1; SDP 2.2
Print This Page
Name
Print This
118 Page
Likely and Unlikely R RETEACH
The chance, or likelihood, that something

will happen is called probability. 6 1
Look at the spinner at the right. You could
spin 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6. There are 5 2
6 possible outcomes.
The probability of spinning each 4 3
number is equally likely.
It is impossible to spin an 8.
It is certain that you will spin a
number greater than 0.
Look at the spinner at the right. 7 8

The probability of spinning a 7
is unlikely.
The probability of spinning an
8 8
8 is likely.
Look at the spinner at the right. Use the words likely, equally
likely, certain, unlikely, or impossible to describe the probability.
1. The probability of spinning 12
2. It is that you will

land on a number greater than 2.
8 1

7 2
land on a number less than 2.

6 3
land on a number less than 9.
5 4
land on an odd or even number.
6. It is to land on a
number greater than 8.
Print This Page
Name
Print This
118 Page
Likely and Unlikely E ENRICH
Guess the Number

Play this game with a partner. Partner A chooses a secret 4-digit
number and writes it on a sheet of paper.
Player B guesses a 4-digit number and writes in the first row of

the guess chart.
Player A looks at the 4-digit number and then fills in the second
chart. He or she writes the number of digits that are correct.
Player A also writes the number of digits that are in the correct
position. Example: The secret number is 1,093. The first guess is
6,198. The number of correct digits is 2. The number of digits
in the correct position is 1.
Based on that information, Player B makes a second guess.

Continue playing until the secret 4-digit number is guessed,
or until 10 guesses have been used.
Players then switch roles.
Guess Number of Number of Digits

Correct Numbers in the Correct
Position
1. 1.
2. 2.
3. 3.
4. 4.
5. 5.
6. 6.
7. 7.
8. 8.
9. 9.
10. 10.
What strategy did you use in guessing the numbers?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
119 Page
Explore Probability P PRACTICE
Find the probability of spinning the number.

4 3
1 3
1. 3 2. 1 4 4
4 4
3. 4 4. 2 2 2
4 2
5. 3 or 4 6. 5
Find the probability of picking the shape.
7. circle 8. triangle
9. square 10. pentagon
11. hexagon 12. triangle or square
Find the probability of picking the color.

red blue
red blue
13. blue 14. red
red blue
red green
15. green 16. purple
17. red or blue 18. blue or green

Problem Solving
19. Greg has a coin in one of his closed 20. Karen turns over 5 paper cups. She
hands. What is the probability that hides a coin under one of them. What
Gregs friend will pick the hand the is the probability that Steven will guess
coin is in? which cup the coin is under?
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 11, Lesson 9, pages 492493. (367) NS 1.5; SDP 1.1, 2.2
Print This Page
Name
Print This
119 Page
Explore Probability R RETEACH
You can use a fraction to show a probability.
Probability number of favorable outcomes

number of possible outcomes
You can use probability to predict an outcome.
If you pick one of these counters without
looking, there are 5 possible outcomes.
The probability of picking a is 25 .

Find the probability of picking each shape.
1. 2.
3. 4.
Find the probability of picking each letter.

A B C C D
5. A 6. B
B C C C B
7. C 8. D
Find the probability of picking each item.
9. a pencil
10. a pen
11. an eraser
12. a pair of scissors 13. a pad of paper
14. a crayon
Print This Page
Name
Print This
119 Page
Explore Probability E ENRICH
Experimental Probability
1. What if you toss a number cube numbered 16 120 times?
About how many times do you think you will toss the
number 1? Explain.
2. Toss two number cubes numbered 16 120 times. Use tally

marks to record your results in the table below.
Number Cube (120 tosses)

1 2 3 4 5 6
3. You get the sums 212 when you toss two number cubes
and add the numbers. What if you toss two number cubes
72 times? Record your sums in the table below.
Sum of Numbers on Two Number Cubes (72 tosses)

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
4. What if you toss 3 numbers cubes? What sums would

be least likely to come up? Explain.
Print This Page
Name
Print This
1110 Page
Draw a Tree Diagram

Use a tree diagram to solve.
1. You spin a spinner with 4 equal 2. Karen throws a dart at a target with
sections marked 14. Then you spin 5 equal sections marked 15. She
another spinner with 3 equal then throws a dart at a target with
sections colored red, blue, and two equal sections colored green
yellow. What are all of the possible and blue. What are all of the
outcomes? possible outcomes?
3. The Boardwalk Shop sells souvenir 4. Boardwalk Burgers sells burgers made
shirts. The shirts come with long from beef, turkey, chicken, or soy.
sleeves or short sleeves. The shirts Burgers can have no cheese, Swiss
come in white, gray, and blue. What cheese, or American cheese. How
are all of the different kinds of shirts? many different choices are there?

11
5. The Target Toss Game has 6 rings. 6. Social Studies In a recent year, 100
The first ring is worth 4 points, the of all U.S. vacations included time at
6
second ring is worth 8 points, and the beach, 100 included time at
the third ring is worth 12 points. If sports events, and 100 8 included time
the pattern continues, what is the at theme parks. Write these activities
sixth ring worth? in order from least to most popular.
Strategy: Strategy:
7. Marnie brought $75 to the 8. Create a problem which can be
amusement park. She has $39 left. solved by drawing a tree diagram.
How much money did Marnie spend? Share it with others.
Strategy:
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 11, Lesson 10, pages 494495. (370) SDP 2.1, 2.2; MR 1.1, 2.3, 2.4, 3.1, 3.2
Print This Page
Name
Print This
1110 Page
Draw a Tree Diagram

Page 495, Problem 1
What are all of the possible outcomes of tossing a number cube

and flipping a coin?
Step 1
What do you know?
When you toss a number cube, you can toss a ,
, , , , .
When you flip a coin, you can get or .

You need to find
Step 2
Make a plan.
Find a Pattern A tree diagram can show all of the possible outcomes.
Guess and Check
Work Backward
Make a Table or List
Write a Number
Sentence
Use Logical
Reasoning
Solve a Simpler
Problem
Make a Graph
Act it out
Draw a Diagram
Print This Page
Name
Print This
1110 Page
Draw a Tree Diagram

Step 3
Solve
Number Cube Coin Outcome
Make branches heads 1-heads
1
to show all of the tails 1-tails
possible outcomes
for tossing the
2
number cube.
Then make
branches to show heads
all of the possible tails
outcomes for
flipping the coin.
4
List each outcome.
heads
tails
Step 4
How can you check to make sure your answer is correct?
Practice
1. The amusement park offers discount 2. Pia wants a fruit drink. She can choose
tickets for 5 rides, 10 rides, or 20 strawberry, banana, orange, grapefruit,
rides. The tickets come as adult tickets or mango. Drinks come in small,
or childs tickets. What are all of the medium, or large. What are all of
possible discount tickets? the possible combinations?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
1111 Page
Explore Making Predictions P PRACTICE
Use the spinner for exercises 16.

1. If you spin the spinner 100 times, what
is the probability you will land on A?

A
C B
is the probability you will land on B?
A A
is the probability you will land on C? C B
C A
A
4. If you spin the spinner 100 times,
what is the probability you will land on
a shaded section?
5. If you spin the spinner 50 times, what 6. If you spin the spinner 50 times, what
is the probability you will land on an is the probability you will land on an A
unshaded section? or a B?
Use a number cube with the sides labeled 16 for problems 710.
7. Predict the number of times 3 will 8. If you toss the number cube 60 times,
come up if you toss the number cube how often might 4 come up?
30 times.
9. Is it reasonable to predict that you will 10. Can you predict exactly how many
toss a 4 on the number cube 2 out 12 times 5 will come up when you toss a
tosses? number cube labeled 16?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
1111 Page
Explore Making Predictions R RETEACH
Suppose you toss a coin. There are 2 possible outcomes, heads or

tails. You can predict that 1 out of 2 times you will toss heads. As an
experiment, you can toss a coin 10 times and record your results.
Compare the results with your prediction.
Suppose you spin this spinner. You can predict

5 1
that 2 out of 8 times the spinner will land on 5.
There are 2 favorable outcomes and 8 possible 4 3
outcomes. The probability of spinning a 5 is 3 1

2 1
8 , or 4 . You can spin a spinner for 10 or 2 5
20 times to check your prediction.
Use the spinner below to answer the questions. Write true or false. Explain.
1. Is it reasonable to predict that the

spinner will land on a shaded section
1 out of 5 times?
2. Is it reasonable to predict that the

spinner will land on a dotted section
5 out of 15 times?
3. The probability of landing on a striped

section is 2 out of 5.
4. The probability of landing on a red 5. Is it reasonable to predict that the

section is 1 out of 5. spinner will land on a section that is
not shaded 6 out of 30 times?
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 11, Lesson 11, pages 496497 (374) NS 1.5; SDP 1.1, 2.1
Print This Page
Name
Print This
1111 Page
Explore Making Predictions E ENRICH
Could It Happen?
The letters below have been sent to an advice column called Could It Happen?
Write a response to each letter. Include information about probability in your

response.
Dear Could It Happen? Dear Could It Happen?
My school is having a raffle for a There are 30 people trying out for 15
computer. Each ticket costs $3.00. My parts in the school play. I dont want to
friend says that if each student in our try out unless I have a pretty good chance
class buys a ticket our class has a great of getting a part. What do you think
chance of winning the computer for our the chances are that I will get the part?
classroom. What do you think? Regards,
Sincerely, Broadway Bound
Mouse Potato
Could It Happen?
Could It Happen?
Write your own probability letter to Could It Happen?
Print This Page
Name
Print This Page

1112
A WORKSHEET
Decision
Applying Probability Making
Record your data.

Game Fair or unfair? Why? If the game is unfair, how
can you change it to
make it fair?
Spinner A
Spinner B
Spinner C
Spinner D
Cards A
Cards B
Checkerboard A
Checkerboard B
Your Decision
Describe three games you would recommend to Reggie and Bianca. Explain.
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 11, Lesson 12, pages 498499. (376) MR1.1; NS 1.5; SDP 1.1, 2.1
Print This Page
Name
Print This Page

1112
B WORKSHEET
How does size affect how fast a solid dissolves? Math &
Science
Make your own chart to record the dissolving time for each
seltzer tablet.
1. Rank the seltzer tablets in order from fastest to slowest.
Print This Page
Name
Print This Page

1112
B WORKSHEET
How does size affect how fast a solid dissolves? Math &
Science
2. What would happen if you broke the seltzer tablet into
eighths? Why?
3. Describe a plan to make the seltzer tablet dissolve as fast

as possible.
4. Did you collect enough data in this activity to make any strong
conclusions? Explain your answer.
5. Explain the results of the activity in terms of surface area.
Print This Page
Name
Print This
121 Page
Add Fractions with Like Denominators P PRACTICE
Add. Write each sum in simplest form.

1. 1 2. 1 3. 2 4. 2 5. 3 6. 6
3 6 7 12 15 10
1 2 2 4 3 8
3 6 7 12 15 10
3 2 2 3 7 3
7. 9 8. 4 9. 8 10. 5 11. 9 12. 12
2 2 4 3 6 5
9 4 8 5 9 12
13. 2 2 14. 3 2 15. 3 3

16 16 10 10 18 18
16. 1 7 17. 3 3 18. 5 4

8 8 9 9 8 8
19. 3 3 20. 5 5 21. 13 12

4 4 8 8 16 16
22. 7 8 23. 5 7 24. 9 3

12 12 11 11 15 15
Algebra & Functions Compare. Write , , or .

25. 1 3
4 4 1 26. 6 2
7 7 1 27. 1 3
6 6 1
28. 2 6
9 9 1 2
29. 10 7
10 1 8
30. 12 5
12 1
Problem Solving
1
31. You need at least 1 4 yards of paper 32. You want to make some salt ceramic
for a mural. You tape together 2 dough. The recipe calls for 23 cup of
pieces of paper that are 34 yard each. salt. If you want to double the recipe,
Do you have enough paper now? How how much salt will you need?
long is your piece of paper?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
121 Page
Add Fractions with Like Denominators R RETEACH
You can use fraction strips to add fractions with like denominators.
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
1 1
3 3
2 2 4 2
6 6 6 3
1. 2. 3.
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
8 8 8 8 4 4 4 3 3 3
1 3 1 2 2 1
8 8 4 4 3 3
4. 5. 6.
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
6 6 6 6 6 4 4 10 10 10 10 10
4 1 1 1 2 3
6 6 4 4 10 10
7. 8.
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
6 6 6 6 6 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
2 3 5 4
6 6 10 10
9. 1 2 10. 1 4 11. 3 4
5 5 8 8 12 12
12. 2 5 13. 2 4 14. 2 6

12 12 8 8 10 10
Print This Page
Name
Print This
121 Page
Add Fractions with Like Denominators E ENRICH
Hexagon Roll Game

Play with a partner to form hexagons. You will need two number
cubes and triangle and hexagon pattern blocks.
2 5
6 6
2 5
6
6
Write the following fractions on each side of two number

cubes: 0, 16 , 26 , 36 , 46 , 56 .
1
Each triangle pattern block stands for 6
and each hexagon
stands for 1.
The first player rolls the two number cubes and shows the
fractions with the triangle pattern blocks. Then he or she
finds the sum of the fractions by combining the pattern
blocks. That player should also write a number sentence
that shows the addition.
If the triangle pattern blocks form a whole hexagon, call out
Hexagon! to score 1 point.

Take turns and continue playing for 5 rounds. The player
with more points wins the game.
Which fractions would you like to roll each time? Explain.
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 12, Lesson 1, pages 516517 (381) NS 1.5, 3.1
Print This Page
Name
Print This
122 Page
Subtract Fractions with Like Denominators P PRACTICE
Subtract. Write each difference in simplest form.

1. 4 2. 5 3. 5 4. 8 5. 5 6. 4
5 7 8 9 6 9
2 3 1 2 1 1
5 7 8 9 6 9
7 6 7 4 8 11
7. 10 8. 10 9. 12 10. 15 11. 11 12. 12
2 4 1 1 4 8
10 10 12 15 11 12
13. 7 2 14. 5 1 15. 7 3

9 9 16 16 8 8
16. 5 4 17. 8 1 18. 4 3

7 7 9 9 5 5
19. 7 5 20. 7 4 21. 10 5

12 12 12 12 11 11
22. 11 8 23. 9 5 24. 7 3

12 12 10 10 8 8
25. 2 2 26. 8 2 27. 9 8

3 3 9 9 11 11

28. 5 2 6 3 29. 7 3 8 2
9 9 9 9 10 10 10 10
30. 5 1 7 5 31. 11 10 14 13
12 12 12 12 15 15 15 15
32. 7 6 7 5 33. 12 5 9 2
11 11 11 11 13 13 13 13
Problem Solving
34. At lunch you cut a sandwich into 35. For breakfast and lunch you drink 2
3
4 parts and eat 3 of the parts. What of a quart of milk. How much of
fraction of the sandwich is left? the quart is left?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
122 Page
Subtract Fractions with Like Denominators R RETEACH
You can use fraction strips to subtract fractions with like

denominators.
1 1 1 1
5 5 5 5
4 1 3
5 5 5

1. 2. 3.
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
4 4 4 3 3 6 6 6 6 6
3 1 2 1 5 4
4 4 3 3 6 6
4. 5. 6.
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 10 10 10 10 10
5 2 7 1 5 1
8 8 8 8 10 10
7. 8.
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
8 8 8 8 8 8 8 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
7 3 9 1
8 8 12 12
9. 3 1
4 4 10. 3 2
3 3 11. 5 3
5 5
7 1 7 3 8 5
12. 12 12 13. 16 16 14. 10 10
Print This Page
Name
Print This
122 Page
Subtract Fractions with Like Denominators E ENRICH
Fraction Subtraction Riddle

When is it bad luck to have a black cat follow you?
Subtract. Write each difference in simplest form. To solve the riddle,

find the letter that goes with each difference. Write the letters on
the lines below.
A E R O
5 2 5 4 9 5 23 2
8 8 16 16 10 10 24 24
Y U E W
7 4 15 3 7 5 6 5
10 10 16 16 16 16 10 10
E H S M
11 7 7 2 13 1 18 2
16 16 8 8 24 24 20 20
N O A U
7 3 13 4 13 4 11 6
12 12 16 16 15 15 12 12
1 5 1 1 3 7 5 3 2 1 3 4 9 3 1 1
10 8 4 3 10 8 12 5 5 16 8 5 16 4 2 8
Print This Page
Name
Print This
123 Page
Choose an Operation Reading

Skill
Solve. Tell how you chose the operation.
1. Kerstin cuts a pie into a dozen 2. A recipe calls for 3 cup of raisins and
1 cup of nuts. How 4
pieces. Her friends eat 7 pieces. 4
many more cups
What part of the pie is left? of raisins than nuts are needed?
3. A recipe calls for 3 cup of 4. Kevin uses 1 stick of butter for

8 8
macadamia nuts and 58 cup of one recipe and 58 stick of butter for
cashew nuts. What is the total another recipe. How much butter
amount of nuts in the recipe? does he use altogether?
5. Mary makes a batch of 16 muffins. 6. Nick buys 3 pound of roast beef and
1 4
She sells 9 of them. What part of the 4 pound of ham. How many pounds
batch is left? of meat does Nick buy?
7. Nicole drinks 1 quart of orange juice 8. Michael fills 10 bowls with fruit salad.
8
and 38 quart of water. How much did He serves 8 bowls to his guests. What
she drink in all? part of the bowls is left?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
123 Page

Test Prep
3 1
A recipe calls for 8 cup of beef broth and 8 cup of water. How much
liquid does it call for in all?
1. Which of these statements is true? 2. Which of the following can you use
to solve the problem?
A The recipe uses more water than
3 1
beef broth. F 88
1 3 1
B The recipe uses 8 cup of beef G 88
broth. 3 1
H 88
1
C The recipe uses 8 cup of water
3 1
Tim buys 4 pound of provolone cheese and 4 pound of Swiss cheese.
How much more provolone cheese than Swiss cheese does Ted buy?
3. What do you have to do to solve 4. How much more provolone cheese
this problem? than Swiss cheese does Ted buy?
A Find the difference between two F 1 pound
amounts. 3
G 4 pound
B Find the total of two equal 1
H 2 pound
amounts.
C Find the total of two unequal
amounts.
Ashley cuts a cake into 16 squares. Her family eats 10 squares. What
part of the cake is left?

5. Which statement is true? 6. Which of the following can you use
to solve the problem?
A There is a total of 10 squares
16 10
of cake. F 16 16
16 10
B There is a total of 16 squares G 16 16
of cake. 10 6
H 16 16
C Ashleys family eats 16 squares
of cake.
Print This Page
Name
Print This
123 Page

Test Prep
5 7
Janell uses 8 cup of pine nuts and 8 cup of peanuts. What is the total
amount of nuts she uses?
7. What operation would you use to 8. What is the total amount of nuts
solve this problem? she uses?
1
A addition F 1 2 cups
1
B subtraction G 2 cup
1
C multiplication H 4 cup
Solve.
7
9. Max buys 8 pound of apples and 10. Adela makes 20 cookies. She gives
3 pound of grapes. What is the total 15 cookies to her friends. What part
8
amount of fruit he buys? of the 20 cookies is left?
5
11. Chen buys 8 pound of American 12. Kathryn uses 3 tablespoon of nutmeg
4
cheese and 7 pound of Swiss cheese. and 34 tablespoon of cocoa. How
8
How much more Swiss cheese than many tablespoons of nutmeg and
American cheese does he buy? cocoa does she use altogether?
13. Amy buys 1 pound of turkey and 14. Marge cuts a cherry pie into 8 slices.
1 pound of4 honey-roasted ham. How She eats one slice. What part of the
4
much meat did she buy altogether? pie is left?
3
15. A recipe for pudding uses 7 cup 16. Patrick bought 4 pound of cookies.
8
of milk. A recipe for custard uses He ate 14 pound of the cookies. How
3 cup of milk. How much more milk much of the cookies is left?
8
does the pudding use than the
custard recipe?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
124 Page
Explore Adding Fractions with P PRACTICE
Unlike Denominators
1. 1 1 2. 1 1 3. 1 1
2 4 6 3 6 2
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
4 4 4 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
1 1 1 1 1 1
2 4 6 3 6 2
2 1 1 2 1 3
4 4 6 6 6 6
4. 1 111 5. 1 1 1 1 1 6. 1 1 1 111
2 888 10 10 10 5 5 4 4 4 888
1111 111 111 1111 111111 111
8888 888 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 888888 888
1 3 3 2 3 3
2 8 10 5 4 8
4 3 3 4 6 3
8 8 10 10 8 8
7. 3 5 8. 7 1 9. 2 2
12 6 9 3 3 9
10. 5 1 11. 1 5 12. 1 1

12 4 4 8 3 12
13. 1 3 14. 1 2 15. 1 1

5 10 6 3 2 8
16. 2 5 17. 2 7 18. 3 1

3 6 3 12 8 4
19. 2 1 20. 1 3 21. 3 7

3 6 10 5 4 8
1
22. 3 3 2 23. 1 1 1 24. 1 1 1
5 10 8 4 2 3 2 4
Print This Page
Name
Print This
124 Page
Explore Adding Fractions with R RETEACH
Unlike Denominators
You can use fraction strips to find equivalent fractions before you add.
3 1
Add 4 12 .
1
1 1 1 1
4 4 4 12
Compare fourths to twelfths: 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

9 3
12 is equivalent to 4. 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
1 1 1 1 1
6 6 6 6 6
9 1 10 5
Add the twelfths. 12 12 12 6
3 1
So, 4 12 is 56 .
Add. You may use fraction strips to help you. Write each answer in simplest form.
1. 3 2 2. 1 2 3. 1 1
5 10 6 3 6 2
4. 3 2 5. 2 1 6. 1 1
12 6 12 2 4 2
7. 3 1 8. 4 1 9. 1 5
4 8 10 2 2 12
10. 2 2 11. 3 1 12. 1 3

9 3 8 2 10 5
13. 1 1 14. 5 1 15. 2 1

6 3 8 4 3 9
Print This Page
Name
Print This
124 Page
Explore Adding Fractions with E ENRICH
Unlike Denominators
Hidden Sentences
The squares contain hidden addition sentences. Look from
left to right and top to bottom to find the hidden addition
sentences. Circle each addition sentence you find. Each sum
is in simplest form.
1. 2.
1 2 5 7 2 3 5 1
3 8 8 8 8 8 10 4
1 3 3 2 4 1 2 1
3 5 5 5 8 8 10 3
2 1 1 2 3 1 7 3
3 5 5 5 4 2 10 5
1 4 2 4 3 2 1 4
5 5 5 5 10 10 2 10
3. 4.
3 5 2 1 1 3 1 2
4 12 3 4 3 10 10 5
3 1 1 1 1 1 3 1
8 12 8 3 6 3 4 4
1 18 1
2
1
2
2
3
1
2
1
4
3
4
3
8
3 3
4 4 1 12 1 1
4
3
4 1 5
8
Print This Page
Name
Print This
125 Page
Add Fractions with Unlike Denominators P PRACTICE

1. 1 2. 2 3. 2 4. 5 5. 1 6. 1
4 3 3 6 5 6
1 1 3 1 2 1
8 2 4 3 15 4
1 1 1 1 1 3
7. 6 8. 3 9. 2 10. 2 11. 2 12. 5
2 2 3 5 7 7
3 5 5 6 8 10
13. 1 1 14. 3 1 15. 1 5

2 4 10 2 6 12
16. 1 3 17. 1 2 18. 2 1

4 8 4 3 5 3
19. 3 3 20. 7 1 21. 1 5

4 8 9 3 4 12
22. 10 3 23. 1 5 1 24. 1 1 3

12 4 2 6 3 8 2 4

25. 1 9
4 12
1
4 2
3 26. 2 1
6 6
1
2 1
4
2
27. 12 14 3
12 1
6 28. 3 4
5 10
1
2 1
3
Problem Solving
1 1
29. Your family ate 2 of a box of cereal 30. At 6:00 P.M., 6 of the passengers
one day and 34 the next. Did you eat boarded the plane. At 6:10 P.M., 23 of
more or less than 1 box of cereal? the passengers boarded. What fraction
Explain. of the passengers are on the plane?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
125 Page
Add Fractions with Unlike Denominators R RETEACH
You can use fraction strips to help you record the steps when
you add unlike fractions.
2
Add 3 16 .
Using Fraction Strips Using Pencil and Paper
1 1 1
Find equivalent Add the numerators.
3 3 6 fractions. Use the common
denominator.
2 4
1 1 1 1 1 3 6
4
6
6 6 6 6 6
1
6
5
6
2 1
3 6 Write the answer in simplest form if necessary.
4 1 5
6 6 6
Find each equivalent fraction. Then add. Write the sum in simplest form.
You may use fraction strips to help you add.
1 1 4 1
1.
8 8 2.
3 12 3.
5 10 4.
2 6
34 8 7
12 12
2
10 10 13 6
6 3 7 9
5.
10 10 6.
4 9 7.
8 8.
10
15 10 16 2 34 35
9. 7 10. 1 11. 1 12. 5

12 3 4 12
26 1
6 1
2 14
Print This Page
Name
Print This
125 Page
Add Fractions with Unlike Denominators E ENRICH
Fraction Magic Squares

In a magic square, the sum of each row, column, and diagonal is
the same. Complete each magic square.
4
1. The magic sum is 1 11 . 2. The magic sum is 15
16 .
8 1
11 4
9 1
11 16
7 6 7 1
11 11 16 8
3. What is the magic sum? 4. What is the magic sum?
1 3
6 5
1
2
1 7 1 2 1
3 18 9 5 5
5. How did you find the magic sum in exercise 3?

Print This Page
Name
Print This
126 Page

Solve using a simpler problem.
1. Sandwiches cost $4.95. Drinks cost 2. A customer pays $3.95 for 5 pounds
$0.99. How much does it cost to buy of apples. What is the price for 1
2 sandwiches and 3 drinks? pound of apples?
1
3. Recipe A uses 2 cup of chicken broth 4. Tracy buys 3 pound of roast beef,
and 41 cup of water. Recipe B uses 1 pound of4turkey, and 3 pound of
1 1 2 8
3 cup of chicken broth and 3 cup of ham. Ken buys 41 pound of roast beef,
water. Which recipe uses more liquid? 1 pound of turkey, and 3 pound of
2 8
ham. Who buys more meat? How
much more does that person buy?

5. There are 24 plants in a garden. 6. The Yogurt Cart has the following 3
There are 4 more tomato plants than flavors: chocolate, vanilla, and
red pepper plants. There are twice as strawberry. Yogurt comes in a cup or
many red pepper plants as green a cone. You can have no sprinkles,
pepper plants. How many of each chocolate sprinkles, or rainbow
kind of plant is in the garden? sprinkles. How many different
choices are there?
Strategy:
Strategy:
7. Health An ounce of cheddar cheese 8. Create a problem for which you
has 114 calories. An ounce of brie could use a simpler problem to help
cheese has 95 calories. How many you find the answer. Share it with
more calories does an ounce of others.
cheddar cheese have than an ounce
of brie cheese?
Strategy:
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 12, Lesson 6, pages 530531. (394) NS 1.5; MS 1.1, 1.2, 2.4, 3.2
Print This Page
Name
Print This
126 Page

Page 531, Problem 1
Josh buys a 5-pound watermelon at $0.49 per pound and 2 pounds of
grapes at $1.29 per pound. Sabrina buys an 8-pound watermelon at
$0.29 per pound and 3 pounds of grapes at $0.99 per pound. Who
spends more money? How much more?
Step 1
What do you know?
Josh buys pounds of watermelon at per pound.

He also buys pounds of grapes at per pound.
Sabrina buys pounds of watermelon at per pound.

She also buys pounds of grapes at per pound.
You need to find
Step 2
Make a plan.
Make a Table Use simpler numbers to make up a problem similar
Write a Number Sentence to the one you need to solve. Then solve the real
Work Backward problem the same way.

Act It Out
Find a Pattern
Make a Graph

Guess and Check
Choose a Strategy
Make a Graph
Logical Reasoning
Draw a Tree Diagram
Draw a Diagram
Print This Page
Name
Print This
126 Page
Step 3
Solve
Josh: watermelon: $0.50 per lb grapes: $1.30 per lb
5 $0.50 $2.50 2 $1.30 $2.60
$2.50 $2.60 $5.10
Sabrina: watermelon: $0.30 per lb grapes: $1.00 per lb
8 $0.30 $2.40 3 $1.00 $3.00
$2.40 $3.00 $5.40
Now solve the real problem the same way.
Josh: 5 lb $0.49 $2.45 2 lb $1.29 $2.58
$2.45 $2.58 $5.03
Sabrina: 8 lb $0.29 $2.32 3 lb $0.99 $2.97
$2.32 $2.97 $5.29
$5.29 $5.03 $0.26 Sabrina spends $0.26 more.
Step 4
Does your answer make sense? Explain.
Practice
7
1. Robert buys 4 pounds of apples for 2. Kostas buys 8 pound of cashew nuts,
5 1 pound
$0.89 per pounds and 3 pounds of 8 pound of walnuts, and 2
grapes for $1.09 per pounds. Which of peanuts. Jane buys 38 pound of
fruit does he spend more on? How cashew nuts, 21 pound of walnuts,
3
much more? and 8 pound of peanuts. Who buys
more nuts? How much more?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
127 Page
Explore Subtracting Fractions with P PRACTICE
Unlike Denominators
1. 1 2. 1 1 3. 1
4 3 3 2
11 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
88 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
1
2
1 1 2 1 1 1
4 8 3 6 2 3
2 1 4 1 3 2
8 8 6 6 6 6
4. 1 5. 1 6. 1
2 5 6
111111 11 11
12 12 12 12 12 12 10 10 12 12
1
3
1 2 1 1 1
2 12 5 1
10 6 12
6 2 2 1 2 1
12 12 10 10 12 12
7. 1 1
4 6 8. 1 1
2 5 9. 1 1
4 12
10. 7 1 11. 7 2
9 3
5
12. 12 14
12 3
13. 5 1
6 3 14. 3 1
4 3 15. 1 1
2 12
16. 1 3
2 10 17. 5 1
6 12 18. 1 3
2 8
19. 2 1
3 6 20. 4 1
5 10 21. 3 1
4 8
Print This Page
Name
Print This
127 Page
Explore Subtracting Fractions with R RETEACH
Unlike Denominators
You can use fraction strips to find equivalent fractions before you
subtract fractions with unlike denominators.
1
Subtract 4 18 . 1
4
Compare fourths to eighths: 1 1

2
is equivalent to 1 8 8
8 4.
Subtract the eighths. 1 1

2 1 1 8 8
8 8 8
1 1
So, 4 8 18 .
Subtract. You may use fraction strips to help you.

Write each difference in simplest form.
1. 1 2
2 12 2. 1 1
5 10 3. 3 1
4 2
5
4. 7 1 5. 10 12 6. 5 1
6 3
12 3
7. 1 3
2 10 8. 5 5
6 12 9. 1 3
2 8
10. 2 1
3 6 11. 4 1
5 10 12. 7 1
9 3
13. 3 5
4 8 14. 4 3
5 10 15. 11 5
12 6
7
16. 10 35 17. 2 1
3 6 18. 5 5
6 12
Print This Page
Name
Print This
127 Page
Explore Subtracting Fractions with E ENRICH
Unlike Denominators
Fraction Wheels
Subtract the fraction in the center from each fraction in the inner
circle. Write the difference in simplest form in the outer circle.
1. 2.
1 1 5
12 12 3
3
7 5 1 5 4
12 6 2 6
1 1
2 12
5 2 1 2
1 9 3 4 3
1 1 7
18
6 6 12
3. 4.
7 1 1 5
10 10 4 8
9 3 1 7
10 10 2 8
1 1
5 4
7 4 3 7
10 5 8 12
1 3 1 1
2 5 8 3
5. 6.
1 1 1 1
2 6 4 8
2 1 3 5
3 3 4 8
1 1
6 2
7 1 5 11
12 2 6 12
5 1 1 5
12 3 3 12
Print This Page
Name
Subtract Fractions with Unlike DenominatorsPrint

P This
128 Page
PRACTICE

1. 1 2. 3 3. 1 4. 7 5. 11 6. 5
3 4 5 10 12 6
1 5 2
12 12 15 15 56 2
3
9 3 3 5 2 3
7. 10 8. 4 9. 5 10. 9 11. 3 12. 4
35 1
2 3
10 1
3 2
9 1
8
13. 5 1
8 4 14. 2 1
3 6 15. 1 1
4 12
16. 4 7
5 10 17. 4 1
9 3 18. 4 3
5 10
19. 1 1
2 6 20. 3 1
8 4 21. 7 1
9 3
7
22. 12 16 23. 1 1
2 4 24. 2 5
3 12
7
25. 12 12 7
26. 10 25 27. 1 1
2 5
28. 7 1
8 2 8 29. 5
6
1
23 30. 3 2
4 12 3
31. 1
2
1
13 32. 2 1
3 6 2 33. 5
9
1
29
Problem Solving
34. Pam has 7 yard of ribbon. She uses 35. Joe has 5 yard of fabric. He uses
8 6
1 yard. How much ribbon does Pam 2 yard to make a kite. How much
2 3
have left? fabric does Joe have left?
Print This Page
Name

R This
128 Page
RETEACH
You can use fraction strips to help you record the steps when you
subtract unlike fractions.
7
Subtract 10 25 .
Using Fraction Strips Using Pencil and Paper
1111111 1 1
Find equivalent Subtract the numerators.
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 5 5 fractions. Use the common 7
10
denominator.
4
1111 7
7 10
10 10
10 10 10 10 3
2 4
1111111 5 10
10
10 10 10 10 10 10 10
7 2
10 5 Write the answer in simplest form if necessary.
7 4 3
10 10 10
Find each equivalent fraction. Then subtract. Write the difference in simplest form.
You may use fraction strips to help you subtract.
7 7 1 2
1.
8 8 2.
12 12 3.
2 8 4.
3 6
34 8 26 12 18 8 16 6
3
4 4 9 7 2
5. 5 10 6. 7.
9 8.
3
3
16 2
10
10 13 4
12
1 1 6 4
9. 2 10. 2 11. 10 12. 5
1
1
5
3 15 1
2
Print This Page
Name

E This
128 Page
ENRICH
Fraction Memory Game

How good is your memory? Play this memory game with
a partner.
Make up 12 subtraction sentences with unlike denominators

on cards like the sample below. Write each subtraction
sentence on a separate index card. Also write each
difference, in simplest form, on a separate index card.
You should have 24 cards.
3
4
1
8
5
8
Place the 24 cards facedown. Mix them up. Then arrange

the cards in 4 rows of 6 cards each.
Take turns turning over two cards. If a player turns over a

subtraction sentence and its matching difference, then he
or she keeps the cards and takes another turn. If there is
no match, the player turns over both cards. The other player
takes a turn.
Continue taking turns until all the cards have been matched.
The player with more pairs of cards wins.
Print This Page
Name
Print This
129 Page
Properties of Fractions P PRACTICE
Use properties to find each missing number.
7 7
1. 10 10 2. ( 1 1 1 1
2 3) 4 2 ( 14 )
3 4 4 2
3. 10 17 17 4. 0 3
5. ( 47 59 ) ( 34 47 ) 5
9 6. 8
9 1
2 8
9
7. 1
3 3
5 1
3 8. ( 4 1 2 4
5 2) 3 5 ( 23 )
Add. Then use the property to write a different number sentence.
9. 1 3 10. 1 ( 1 1
3 2)
4 8 3
Commutative Associative
11. 2 1 12. 1 ( 1 1
3 4)
9 3 2
Commutative Associative
13. 2 3 14. 1 2
5 10 4 3
Identity Identity
15. 1 ( 1 1 ) 16. 3 1
12 6 2 8 2
Associative Commutative
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 12, Lesson 9, pages 538539. (403) NS 1.5, 3.1; MR 1.1; AF 1.2, 1.3
Print This Page
Name
Print This
129 Page
Properties of Fractions R RETEACH
You can use the Commutative, Identity, and Associative properties

to help you add fractions.
Commutative Property
The order of the addends does not change the sum.
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
4 4 4 8 8 4 4 4
11 11 11 1 1 11 11 11
88 88 88 8 8 88 88 88
3 1 = 7 1 3 = 7
4 8 8 8 4 8
Identity Property Associative Property

The sum of 0 and any The way you group the fraction
fraction is that fraction. addends does not change the sum.
4 0 4 (3 1) 4 3 (1 4) 1
5 5 8 8 8 8 8 8
Add. Then use the property to write a different number sentence.
1. 1 ( 1 1
4 2) 2. 3 1
8 8 2
Associative Commutative
3. 3 3 4. ( 1 1
3 6 ) 12
3
5 10
Identity Associative
Use the properties to find each missing number.

5. 4
7 4
7 6. ( 1 1 1 1
3 6) 2 3 ( 12 )
7. 1
8 3
4 1
8 8. 0 9
10
3 1 3
9. 12 2 12 10. ( 2 1 1 2
5 2) 3 5 ( 13 )
Print This Page
Name
Print This
129 Page
Properties of Fractions E ENRICH
Crossword Property Puzzle

Identify the property in each clue. Write it in proper place in the crossword puzzle. Then
write a fraction as an example for each property in each clue.
2
A
S
S
3 4
A C O
6
S O C I
S M I D
1 5
C O M M U T A T I V E
C U T D N
I T I E T
A A V N I
T T E T T
I I I Y
V V T
E E Y
Across
a c
1. b d d b
c a
Down
a c e a c e
2. ( b d ) f b ( d f )
r t v r t v
3. s ( u w ) ( s u ) w
m o o m
4. n p p n
g g x x
5. h 0 h 6. y 0 y
Print This Page
Name
Print This Page

1210
A WORKSHEET
Decision
Analyze and Make Decisions Making
Record your data.
Add Other
Juices to Possible Combinations and Total Amounts of Juice
This Juice
Orange Juice
Pineapple Juice
Grapefruit Juice
Cranberry Juice
Grape Juice
Apple Juice
Mixed Berry Juice
Mixed Citrus Juice
Your Decision
What combinations of juices can Joseph and his sisters use to make
exactly one quart of fruit punch?
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 12, Lesson 10, pages 540541. (406) MR 1.1, 2.3, 3.1; NS 1.5, 3.1
Print This Page
Name
Print This Page

1210
B WORKSHEET
Which objects can hold a static charge? Math &

Science
Safety Be careful when working with scissors. Wear goggles in case

the balloon bursts.
Record your observations.
Material Observations
Balloon
Cubes
Crayons
Sock
Hand
1. What happened to the string when a charged object came near it?
2. Which objects held a static charge? How do you know?
Print This Page
Name
Print This Page

1210
B WORKSHEET
Which objects can hold a static charge? Math &

Science
3. What fraction of the objects held a static charge? Construct a circle graph to
display your results.
4. What fraction of all the objects in the world do you think hold a static charge?
Think about how the objects you used represent all things in the world.
5. Explain the results of the activity in terms of static electricity.
Print This Page
Name
Print This
131 Page
Explore Fractions and Decimals P PRACTICE
Write a fraction and a decimal for each shaded part. Then write the
fraction in simplest form.
1. 2. 3. 4.
5. 6. 7. 8.
9. 10. 11. 12.
Write each as a decimal.

70 78 13 27
13. 100 14. 100 15. 100 16. 100
8 5 1 4
17. 10 18. 10 19. 100 20. 100
3 66 7 90
21. 10 22. 100 23. 10 24. 100
4 1 10 5
25. 10 26. 2 27. 25 28. 20
4 10 3 2
29. 5 30. 50 31. 4 32. 5
Print This Page
Name
Print This
131 Page
Explore Fractions and Decimals R RETEACH
You can use models to show decimals.
This model shows 1. This model shows 1 divided This model shows 1 divided
into 10 equal parts. You into 100 equal parts. You
can shade the model to can shade the model to
1 1 1 1
show 10 . You can write 10 show 100 . You can write 100
as a decimal: 0.1. as a decimal: 0.01.
Look at each model. Circle the fraction and the decimal for the shaded part.
1. 2. 3. 4.
4 4
10 100 0.4 0.04
7 7 52 5 8 8
10 100 0.7 0.07 100 10 0.5 0.52 10 100 0.8 0.08
Look at each model. Write a decimal for each shaded part.

5. 6. 7. 8.
Print This Page
Name
Print This
131 Page
Explore Fractions and Decimals E ENRICH
Riddle Fun
Match each of the ten fractions and decimals below with its word
name at the right. Write the number of the exercise on the blank.
7
1. 10 C three hundredths
2. 0.5 A eleven hundredths
63
3. 100 O ninety-nine hundredths
90
4. 100 I five tenths
2
5. 10 A twenty-two hundredths
6. 0.89 T eight tenths
11
7. 100 P sixty-three hundredths
8. 0.03 T eighty-nine hundredths
9. 0.22 N ninety hundredths
10. 0.99 O seven tenths
11. 0.17 F two tenths
12. 0.8 A seventeen hundredths
To solve the riddle below, write the letters above the numbers.
The first one is done for you.
What kind of coat can be put on only when wet?
A
7 8 1 9 6 10 5 3 11 2 4 12
13. Write the decimals in the left-hand column above as fractions.
14. Write the fractions in the left-hand column above as decimals.
Print This Page
Name
Print This
132 Page
Tenths and Hundredths P PRACTICE
Write a fraction and a decimal for each part that is shaded. Then
write the fraction in simple form.
1. 2. 3. 4.

2 7 1 7
5. 5 6. 10 7. 4 8. 100
1 1 2 96
9. 2 10. 10 11. 100 12. 100
13. two tenths 14. fifteen hundredths
15. six hundredths 16. three tenths
17. five tenths 18. seventeen hundredths
19. ninety-nine hundredths 20. two tenths
Write a fraction and a decimal for each point. Tell if it is close to 0, 12, or 1.
A B C D
0 1 1
2
21. A 22. B
23. C 24. D
Problem Solving
25. Peters house is 0.78 mile from school. 26. Lora walks for five tenths of an hour.
Write the number in words. Write the number as a decimal.
Print This Page
Name
Print This
132 Page
Tenths and Hundredths R RETEACH
You can use a model and a place-value chart to read and write
decimals. A model and a place-value chart can also help you write a
fraction for a decimal.
Using Models Using Paper and Pencil
Ones Tenths Hundredths
0 5
5
Think: 10 12 Think: 0.5 5
10 12
Ones Tenths Hundredths

0 6 0
6 6
Think: 0.60 100 10 35
60 6
Think: 100 10 35
Write a fraction and a decimal for each shaded part. Then write the
fraction in simplest form.
1. 2. 3. 4.
5. 6. 7. 8.
Print This Page
Name
Print This
132 Page
Tenths and Hundredths E ENRICH
Decimal History
Other symbols for decimals were used in England and Europe
before the eighteenth century. Here are some examples of different
ways to show 0.45.
A. 0.4 .5" B. 0|45
(1) (2)
C. 0.4 .5 D. 0,45
Write the decimals using each of the notations shown above.

A B C D
(1)
1. 0.6
(1)
2. 0.4
(1)
3. 0.9
(1)
4. 0.5
(1) (2)
5. 0.61
(1) (2)
6. 0.95
(1) (2)
7. 0.78
(1) (2)
8. 0.67
9. Which notation is most like the one we use today? Which notation
did you find the most difficult to use? Explain.
Print This Page
Name
Print This
133 Page
Thousandths P PRACTICE

123 370 25 4
1. 1,000 2. 1,000 3. 1,000 4. 1,000
17 225 36 1
5. 1,000 6. 1,000 7. 1,000 8. 1,000
6 24 3 12
9. 1,000 10. 1,000 11. 1,000 12. 1,000
120 999 9 60
13. 1,000 14. 1,000 15. 1,000 16. 1,000
17. sixteen thousandths 18. twenty-five thousandths
19. nine thousandths 20. three hundred twenty-nine thousandths
21. five hundred thousandths 22. six hundred ninety thousandths
23. ninety-five thousandths 24. two thousandths
25. eleven thousandths 26. four thousandths
27. seventy-two thousandths 28. one hundred ninety-nine thousandths
Algebra & Functions Complete.
29. meters decimeters centimeters millimeters
0.06 0.6 6
0.009
14
Problem Solving
30. Joe weighs 0.625 g of rice. Write 31. Jaime bats three hundred one
this in words. thousandths for the season.
Write this as a decimal.
Print This Page
Name
Print This
133 Page
Thousandths R RETEACH
You can use models and a place-value chart to read and write decimals.
Using Models
The first decimal square is divided into The first decimal square is divided into
hundredths. Think of dividing each hundredths. Think of dividing each
hundredth into 10 equal parts. The second hundredth into 10 equal parts. The second
decimal square shows thousandths. decimal square shows thousandths.
7 513
Think: 1,000 0.007 Think: 1,000 = 0.513
Using Paper and Pencil

Ones Tenths Hundredths Thousandths Ones Tenths Hundredths Thousandths
0 0 0 7 0 5 1 3
7 513
Think: 1,000 0.007 Think: 1,000 0.513
Write each as a decimal and a fraction.

1. 2.
3. 4.
Print This Page
Name
Print This
133 Page
Thousandths E ENRICH
Decimal Memory Game

Play this memory game with a partner.
Cut out the cards below. Mix them up and place them
facedown in six rows of six.
The first player turns over two cards. If the cards show an
equivalent fraction and decimal, he or she keeps the cards.
If the cards do not match, the cards are turned over again
and left in the same position.
Try to remember which fractions and decimals have been
turned over.
Players take turns until all the cards have been matched.
The player with more cards wins.
0.5 0.3 0.2 0.7 0.8 0.9
1 3 1 7 4 9
2 10 5 10 5 10
0.35 0.85 0.25 0.75 0.40 0.50

35 85 1 3 2 1
100 100 4 4 5 2
5 255 10 600 345 850

1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000
0.005 0.255 0.01 0.600 0.345 0.850
Print This Page
Name
Print This
134 Page
Choose a Representation Reading

Skill
Circle the word fraction or decimal to tell how you will represent
the numbers in the problem. Write both numbers in that form.
Then compare the data to solve the problem.
1. A survey question asked people how they got to work most often.
4
Of those who answered, 0.3 said bus and 10 said subway. Do more
riders take the bus or the subway?
fraction decimal
0.3
4
10
Answer:
2. A survey question asked bus riders how often they took the bus. Of
those who answered, 41 said 5 or more times per week and 0.75
said fewer than 5 times per week. Which answer got the greater
number of responses?
fraction decimal
1
4
0.75
Answer:
4
3. Ashley takes the subway to work 5 of the time. Lauren takes the
subway to work 0.7 of the time. Who takes the subway to work the
greater part of the time?

fraction decimal
4
5
0.7
Answer:
Print This Page
Name
Print This
134 Page
Choose a Representation Math Skills

Test Prep
In a survey, 10 out of 20 people say they ride the subway at least once a
week. Is it reasonable to say that 0.5 of the people surveyed ride the
subway?
1. Which statement is true? 2. The statement is reasonable because
A Twenty people say they ride the F 10 20.

subway at least once a week. 1 1 1
G 1 2 2 , and 2 0.5.
B Ten out of 20 people say they ride 10 1 1
H 20 2 , and 2 0.5.
the subway at least once a week.
C Ten percent of the people ride the
subway at least once a week.
Tonya takes the subway 8 out of 10 days. Max takes the subway 0.7 of
the time. Max says he takes the subway a greater part of the time than
Tonya does. Is his statement reasonable?
3. Which of the following plans can 4. Maxs statement is not reasonable
help you solve this problem? because
8 8
A Write a decimal for 10 , and F 10 0.7.
compare it to 0.7. 8
G 10 0.8, and 0.8 0.7.
B Write a fraction for 0.7 and 7 7 8
2 H 0.7 10 , and 10 10 .
compare it to 10 .
C Subtract 10 7.
In a survey, 10 out of 40 people say they never walk to work. Is it
reasonable to say that 0.4 of the people never walk to work?

5. Which statement is true? 6. The statement is not reasonable
because
A Ten out of 40 people say they
10 1 1
never walk to work. F 40 4 , and 4 0.25, not 0.4.
1 3 3
B Four out of 10 people never walk G 1 4 4 , and 4 0.75, not 0.4.
to work. 10 4 4
H 40 10 , and 10 0.4.
C Thirty out of 40 people say they
never walk to work.
Print This Page
Name
Print This
134 Page
Choose a Representation Math Skills

Test Prep
A survey question asks people which is faster, the train or the bus. Of
the people surveyed, 34 said the train and 0.1 said the bus. The rest of
the people said that neither was faster. Which answer got more
responses, the train or the bus?
7. Which statement is true? 8. Which of the following plans can
help you solve this problem?
A Of the people surveyed, 14 said
1
neither was faster. F Write a decimal for 4 , and
compare it to 0.1.
B Of the people surveyed, 0.1 said
the train was faster. G Write a fraction for 0.1 and
3
compare it to 4 .
C Of the people surveyed, 0.1 said
1
the bus was faster. H Subtract 4 from 1, and write it as
a decimal.
Solve.
9. George walks to work 6 out of 10 10. Train Q is on time or early 0.4 of the
1
days. Janice walks to work 0.7 of 10 time. Train Y is on time or early 2 of
days. Who walks to work a greater the time. Which train is on time or
part of the time? early a lesser part of time?
11. In a survey, 0.5 of the people who 12. Colleen takes the bus 18 of the days
7
answer say that they are very satisfied in June. Rita takes the bus 10 of the
with subway service. Four tenths of days in June. Who takes the bus
the people say that they are more days? [HINT: June has 30 days.]
somewhat satisfied. Are more people

very satisfied or somewhat satisfied?
13. Alfredo walks to work 15 out of 20 14. The express bus is late 0.2 of the
days. He says he walks to work 0.9 time. A reporter says that the express
2
of those days. Is his statement bus is late 10 of the time. Is the
reasonable? reporters statement reasonable?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
135 Page
Decimals Greater Than 1 P PRACTICE
Write as a mixed number in simplest form and a decimal to tell how much is shaded.
1. 2. 3.
Write as a decimal.
3 25 5 125
4. 7 10 5. 1 100 6. 9 100 7. 8 1,000
2 7 5 37
8. 6 100 9. 17 10 10. 8 1,000 11. 3 1,000
1 9 21 16
12. 9 10 13. 2 10 14. 27 100 15. 25 1,000
98 5 12 3
16. 18 100 17. 13 1,000 18. 10 1,000 19. 11 100
6 375 8 60
20. 6 100 21. 19 1,000 22. 23 10 23. 76 1,000
4 1 19 26
24. 24 100 25. 11 100 26. 9 100 27. 6 100
28. eight and three tenths 29. seven and seventy hundredths
Problem Solving
30. Out of 100 pairs of shoes in a sporting 31. Out of 1,000 backpacks, 25 are red
goods store, 53 are running shoes. and the rest are green. What decimal
What decimal shows the number of shows the number of red backpacks?
running shoes?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
135 Page
Decimals Greater Than 1 R RETEACH
A mixed number is made up of a whole and a part of a whole.

You can use models to help you write mixed numbers as decimals.
7
Mixed Number: 1 10
Decimal: 1.7
Read: one and seven tenths
36
Mixed Number: 2 100
Decimal: 2.36
Read: two and thirty-six
hundredths
Look at each model. Write a mixed number and a decimal to tell

how much is shaded.
1. 2.
3. 4.
Write a decimal and the word name.
5. 1 9 6. 3 5
10 100
Print This Page
Name
Print This
135 Page
Decimals Greater Than 1 E ENRICH
Decimal Crossword
Complete the decimal crossword puzzle. Write the decimal for the fraction or word name
given in the ACROSS and DOWN clues below. Each decimal point has a space of its own.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
5 . 6 3 7 . 8 2
3 . 4 0 . 7 5
6.
. 4 4 . 9 . .
7. 8. 9.
4 3 . 5 3 . 0 5
10. 11.
8 3 1 2 . 7 7
12. 13.
6 2 1 .
14.
. . 6 . 7 5 2
15. 16. 17.
3 8 . 3 7 3 . 2 8
18.
3 3 5 . 2 1 8
19.
. 1 1 . 6
20. 21.
7 8 . 7 9 9 9 . 6 3
Across Down
6 28 48 12. two and thirty- five
1. 5 10 17. 3 100 1. 53 100
hundredths
8 18. thirty-five 43
3. 37 10 2. 6 100
and twenty-one 13. fifteen and eight
9 51 tenths
6. 44 10 hundredths 3. 34 100
5
3 10 19. eleven and 37 15. thirty-three and
7. 4. 80 100
six tenths seven tenths
5
8. 3 100 5. 27
20. seventy-eight and 16. seven and nineteen
7
11. 12 10 seventy-nine 9. 57 100
28 hundredths
hundredths
75 8
14. 6 100 10. 36 10
21. ninety-nine and sixty-
37
15. 38 100 three hundredths
Print This Page
Name
Print This
136 Page
Compare and Order Decimals P PRACTICE
1. 0.2 0.02 2. 0.7 0.70 3. 1.78 1.87 4. 12.16 12.160
5. 0.106 0.160 6. 5.117 5.107 7. 11.99 12.1 8. 11.1 10.1
9. 9.06 9.16 10. 6.5 5.9 11. 2.1 0.2 12. 10.3 10.300
13. 16.75 16.57 14. 14.44 14.54 15. 18.01 18.11 16. 9.1 9.09
17. 21.12 22.13 18. 16.06 16.6 19. 1.1 1.11 20. 9.9 10.0
21. 9.01 9.10 22. 14.03 13.99 23. 2.22 2.11 24. 19.99 18.99
Write in order from greatest to least.

25. 1.78, 1.08, 1.87 26. 0.88, 0.08, 0.98 27. 1.11, 1.21, 0.22
28. 10.02, 9.9, 10.12 29. 7.7, 8.8, 7.07 30. 1.001, 1.011, 1.111
Write in order from least to greatest.

31. 0.01, 0.1, 0.001 32. 2.22, 2.02, 2.12 33. 6.07, 5.99, 6.17
34. 1.06, 1.16, 0.99 35. 11.17, 10.99, 9.99 36. 16.6, 16.61, 16.1
Problem Solving
37. On Monday Ken ran 100 meters in 38. Jadwin Bridge is 1.6 km long.
11.2 seconds. On Tuesday he ran Seely Bridge is 1.06 km long.
100 meters in 10.9 seconds. On which Which bridge is longer?
day did Ken run faster?
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 13, Lesson 6, pages 570573. (424) NS 1.2, 1.6, 1.7, 1.9
Print This Page
Name
Print This
136 Page
Compare and Order Decimals R RETEACH
You can use models to compare and order decimals.

Order the numbers from least to greatest.
3.63 3.68 2.75

Compare the decimals. Order the decimals.
Since 2 3, 2.75 3.63 and 3.68. Think: 2.75 3.63 3.68.
Since 63
100 100
68
, 3.63 3.68. The order from least to greatest is
2.75 3.63 3.68.
1. 2. 3.
0.75 0.7 0.66 0.77 0.06 0.60
4. 5. 6.
0.29 0.25 0.24 0.33 0.03 0.30
Write the decimals in order from least to greatest.
7. 0.75, 0.66, 0.7 8. 0.06, 0.77, 0.60
9. 0.29, 0.25, 0.24 10. 0.33, 0.03, 0.30
Print This Page
Name
Print This
136 Page
Compare and Order Decimals E ENRICH
Puzzles
Choose the decimal from the box that solves each puzzle. Use a
decimal only once.
10.79 8.08 0.84 8.01 0.89 10.25 8.43 10.33 10.8
Puzzle 1 Puzzle 2 Puzzle 3

The decimal is greater The decimal is less The decimal is greater
than 0. than 10.8. It is than 8.02.
It is less than 0.85 greater than 10.75. It is less than 8.1.

The decimal is less The decimal is greater The decimal is greater
than 10.30. than 0.85. than 10.
It is greater than 10. It is less than 0.9. It is less than 10.85.

The decimal is greater The decimal is less The decimal is greater
than 8. than 10.4. than 8.35.
It is less than 8.07. It is greater than 10.25. It is less than 8.5.
1. Arrange the decimals in the box in order from least to greatest.
2. Explain how you found the answer to Puzzle 3.
Print This Page
Name
Print This
137 Page
Draw a Diagram
Draw a diagram to solve.
1. CD World is 1.8 miles east of the 2. Silver Hills is 3.9 miles north of Bay
school. William lives 1.4 miles west Edge. East Ridge is 1.3 miles south of
of the school. Sound City is 2.9 miles Silver Hills. East Ridge is 2.8 miles
east of William. Is William closer to north of Hightown. How far is Bay
CD World or to Sound City? Edge from Hightown?
3. Ed walks up 2 floors from his office to 4. A cab driver leaves his garage. He
the storeroom. He walks down 6 floors goes north 9 blocks, south 6 blocks,
to the cafeteria. How many floors and north 8 blocks. How many
away is the cafeteria from Eds office? blocks is he from his garage?

5. The City Sports Center offers season 6. Social Studies In 1996, Abilene,
tickets, 20-game tickets, or single Texas, had a population of 122,130.
game tickets. Seats are available for Amarillo, Texas has a population that
the lower deck, middle deck, or was 83,885 greater than the
upper deck. You can buy an population of Abilene. What was the
individual seat or a pair of seats. population of Amarillo?
How many choices do you have?
Strategy:
Strategy:
7. There are 48 people at a dinner at 8. Create a problem which you could

City Hall. You want to use small solve by drawing a diagram. Share it
tables that seat 5 people and large with others.
tables that seat 8 people. To have full
tables, which tables should be used?
How many of these tables will be
needed?
Strategy:
Print This Page
Name
Print This
137 Page
Draw a Diagram
Page 575, Problem 1
Kendra wants to go to a mall. The Loews Mall is 3.9 miles east of her
town. The Bergen Mall is 1.8 miles west of the Loews Mall. Kings
Mall is 2.9 miles east of Bergen Mall. Which mall is the closest to
Kendras town? the farthest from her town?
Step 1 Be sure you understand the problem.

What do you know?
Loews Mall is miles east of Kendras town.
Bergen Mall is miles west of the Loews Mall.
Kings Mall is miles east of Bergen Mall.
You need to find
.
Step 2 Make a plan.

Drawing a diagram can help you see the solution to a problem.

Make a Table
Write a Number Draw a line segment to show the distance between Kendras
Sentence
town and Loews Mall.
Work Backward
Act It Out Along that line, show the distance between Bergen Mall and
Find a Pattern Loews Mall. Then show the distance between Bergen Mall and
Make a Graph Kings Mall. Extend the line in either direction if you need to.
Guess and Check
Use your drawing to solve the problem.
Choose a Stategy
Logical Reasoning
Draw a Tree
Diagram
Solve Simpler
Problem
Draw a Diagram
Print This Page
Name
Print This
137 Page
Draw a Diagram
Step 3
Solve
Draw a diagram. Use 1 cm to show 1 mile.
Loews Mall 3.9 miles 3.9 cm
Bergen Mall 1.8 miles 1.8 cm
Kings Mall 2.9 miles 2.9 cm
N
Loews
Mall W E
Kendras Bergen Kings
Town Mall Mall
S
3.9 cm
1.8 cm
2.9 cm
Mall is closest to Kendras town.

Mall is farthest from her town.
Step 4
Does your answer make sense? Did you check your answer?
Practice
1. Allison lives 2.6 miles west of the 2. Norma goes up 4 floors from her
beach. Jerry lives 1.2 miles east of office to her managers office. She
Allison. Phil lives 1.7 miles west of then goes down 7 floors to the copy
Jerry. Who is farthest from the room. Randi is in the copy room.
beach? Randi goes up 1 floor to her office.
How many floors away is Randis
office from Normas?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
138 Page
Round Decimals P PRACTICE
Round to the nearest whole number.
1. 9.47 2. 2.8 3. 6.01 4. 9.09
5. 1.1 6. 3.51 7. 4.62 8. 1.5
9. 13.61 10. 25.09 11. 37.8 12. 52.4
13. 93.56 14. 88.48 15. 19.71 16. 63.44
Round to the nearest tenth.
17. 7.24 18. 9.43 19. 6.58 20. 8.89
21. 3.25 22. 1.27 23. 3.98 24. 7.24
25. 31.26 26. 71.64 27. 12.55 28. 64.93
29. 47.96 30. 87.54 31. 29.69 32. 36.97
33. 53.84 34. 19.46 35. 61.07 36. 78.85
Round to the nearest hundredth.
37. 8.236 38. 4.186 39. 9.275 40. 1.123
41. 6.008 42. 2.055 43. 7.266 44. 3.199
45. 17.246 46. 26.981 47. 78.006 48. 91.115
49. 53.102 50. 66.666 51. 32.333 52. 45.999

53. 13.462 54. 51.277 55. 90.409 56. 45.555
Problem Solving
57. A vitamin pill weighs 2.346 g. What is 58. Jason weighs 152.6 lb. What is his
its weight to the nearest hundredth of weight to the nearest pound?
a gram?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
138 Page
Round Decimals R RETEACH
You can use a number line to help you round decimals.
To round a decimal to the nearest whole number, look at the

digit in the tenths place. If the ones digit is 5 or greater, round up
to the nearest one. If the ones digit is less than 5, round down to
the nearest one.
8.0 8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 8.6 8.7 8.8 8.9 9.0 9.1 9.2 9.3 9.4 9.5 9.6 9.7 9.8 9.9 10.0
Round 8.3 to the nearest whole number. Round 9.8 to the nearest whole number.
Think: 8.3 is closer to 8 than 9. Think: 9.8 is closer to 10 than 9.
So, 8.3 rounds down to 8. So, 9.8 rounds up to 10.
To round to the nearest tenth, look at the digit in the hundredths

place. If the hundredths digit is 5 or greater, round up to the
nearest tenth. If the hundredths digit is less than 5, round
down to the nearest tenth.
1.50 1.51 1.52 1.53 1.54 1.55 1.56 1.57 1.58 1.59 1.601.61 1.62 1.63 1.64 1.65 1.66 1.67 1.68 1.69 1.70
Think: 1.56 is closer to 1.6 than 1.5. Think: 1.61 is closer to 1.6 than 1.7.
So, 1.56 rounds up to 1.6. So, 1.61 rounds down to 1.6.
Round each decimal to the nearest whole number. Use the number
line above to help you.
1. 8.6 2. 9.1 3. 8.2 4. 9.3
5. 9.8 6. 8.4 7. 9.5 8. 8.7

Round to the nearest tenth. Use the number line above to help you.
9. 1.52 10. 1.64 11. 1.59 12. 1.63
13. 1.55 14. 1.68 15. 1.51 16. 1.66
Print This Page
Name
Print This
138 Page
Round Decimals E ENRICH
Decimal Detective
Use the clues to solve each riddle. Circle the mystery number.
1. Round me to the nearest whole number. You get 5.
Round me to the nearest tenth. You get 5.3.
Round me to the nearest hundredth. You get 5.32.
What number am I? 5.316 5.295 5.334

What number am I? 12.557 12.479 12.486

What number am I? 16.937 16.899 16.934

What number am I? 27.959 28.002 28.008

What number am I? 124.456 124.444 124.446

What number am I? 203.456 203.458 203.566
7. Create you own mystery number puzzle.

Exchange your puzzle with a friend to solve.
Print This Page
Name
Print This Page

139
A WORKSHEET
Decision
Applying Decimals Making
Record your data.
Name of Item Number Bought Total Cost
Items for
Business District
Items for Area

Where People Live
Your Decision
What models should Kit and Rammel buy for the area where people
live? What models should they buy for the business district?
Explain.
Print This Page
Name
Print This Page

139
B WORKSHEET
How does distance affect how many Math &

Science
strikes you throw?
Record your data.
Strikes Thrown
Distance Attempts Strikes
(as a decimal)
1.5 m 10
3m 10
4.5 m 10
6m 10
1. At which distance was it easiest to make strikes? Explain your answer.

In ten tries, how many strikes do you think you will be able to
throw from 1.5 meters away?
Print This Page
Name
Print This Page

139
B WORKSHEET
How does distance affect how many Math &

Science
strikes you throw?
2. How did the results compare to what you thought the
results would be?
3. Order the decimals in the table from least to greatest. If you

made a lot of strikes, was the decimal bigger or smaller than
the other numbers?
4. What fraction of all throws are strikes? Write the fraction

as a decimal.
5. Use your answer in number 3 to compare your ability to

throw strikes with Major League Baseball pitchers.
Print This Page
Name
Print This
141 Page
Explore Adding Decimals P PRACTICE
Use the models to find each sum.

1. 2. 3.
1.56 0.43 1.7 1.2 0.76 0.45
Find each sum.

4. 0.3 5. 0.5 6. 0.6 7. 0.8 8. 0.4
0.4 0.4 0.7 0.9 0.6
9. 0.99 10. 0.62 11. 0.71 12. 0.44 13. 0.86

0.88 0.53 0.59 0.79 0.13
14. 2.7 15. 0.5 16. 2.6 17. 1.7 18. 0.4
3.8 1.9 1.8 2.8 0.9
19. 0.85 2.17 20. 2.76 1.32 21. 3.46 1.78
22. 2.96 2.23 23. 0.67 2.98 24. 0.12 2.2

25. 1.5 2.49 26. 2.14 1.9 27. 2.3 1.92
Problem Solving
28. Two strips of paper, 3.6 cm long and 29. One apple weighs 0.26 kg. Another
2.8 cm long, are taped together. How apple weighs 0.87 kg. How much do
long is the entire strip of paper? the two apples weigh together?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
141 Page
Explore Adding Decimals R RETEACH
You can use models to help you add decimals.

Add 1.7 0.85.
Write a decimal to show

the total number of
shaded squares.
2.55
Color 1.7 dark gray. Color 0.85 with stripes.

So, 1.7 0.85 2.55.
Add. Draw 10 by 10 grids to help you.

1. 0.65 0.34 2. 1.3 1.5 3. 2.4 1.36
4. 1.52 0.31 5. 0.77 0.24 6. 0.84 0.39

7. 1.8 0.5 8. 2.5 0.62 9. 2.75 0.45
Print This Page
Name
Print This
141 Page
Explore Adding Decimals E ENRICH
Magic Boxes and Mazes

Fill in the boxes so that each row, column, and diagonal adds up to
the same sum.
1. 2.
0.9 1.0 0.8
0.6 0.8 0.7
0.7 0.4
3. 4.
0.5 1.0 0.1
0.7 0.9 1.2 0.6
1.3 1.1 0.5
1.3 0.3 1.6
Move through the maze from start to finish by adding numbers that will
give you the finish number. You may move across, down, up, or diagonally.
Start Start

5. 6.
2.3 3.1 0.6 0.9 1.4 1.2
0.7 4.1 1.2 2.4 0.3 2.1
2.8 1.7 8.2 7.9 0.6 3.2

Finish Finish
Print This Page
Name
Print This
142 Page
Add Decimals P PRACTICE
Add.
1. 0.36 2. 0.29 3. 0.60 4. 1.67 5. 2.67
0.25 0.44 0.70 1.45 1.38
6. 4.2 7. 1.2 8. 0.697 9. 23.604 10. 32.75

6.4 8.3 9.262 5.408 12.30
11. 25.97 12. 12.32 13. 13.407 14. 21.151 15. 6.373
0.12 1.74 26.708 4.774 5.602
16. 2.874 17. 36.215 18. 12.948 19. 0.254 20. 3.187
8.129 9.759 7.267 12.259 6.975
21. 11.3 22. 8.25 23. 4.142 24. 4.567 25. 7.0
6.7 4.30 8.167 13.621 9.288
21.6 9.20 2.94 21.984 12.6
26. 12.5 11.35 27. 2.7 2.73 28. 3.36 5.031
29. 3.869 9.3 7.76 30. 7.35 8.2 17.314
31. 12.42 7.687 19.3 32. 8.0 4.343 10.5
Find the number you need to add to complete the pattern.

33. 1.3, 1.9, 2.5, , , Add
34. 4.12, 4.125, , 4.135, , Add
Problem Solving
35. Lora spends $2.64 on stamps and 36. Ben buys packing tape for $2.97 and
$1.39 on envelopes. How much boxes for $6.99. How much does he
does she spend? spend?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
142 Page
Add Decimals R RETEACH
You can use models to help you add decimals.

Add 1.34 1.28.
Regroup Color 1.34 dark gray. Color 1.28 with stripes. Add each place. Regroup
Count the number of squares you shaded. if needed.
1
1.34
1.28
2.62
Find each sum. Draw 10 by 10 grids to help you.

1. 1.7 1.4 2. 0.5 0.8 3. 2.25 1.03
4. 0.9 0.8 5. 0.85 0.15 6. 1.24 0.38

7. 1.5 1.35 8. 1.52 0.35 9. 0.6 1.85
Print This Page
Name
Print This
142 Page
Add Decimals E ENRICH
Digit Detective
Find the missing digits.
1. . 2 6 2. . 2 2 3. 4 .6 4. $ 6 2 . 7
1. 4 1 . 5 .3 3 1 . 1 3
5. 9 9. 6 6 . 8 $ 9 . 4
5. 4 .7 6. $ 4. 7 7. $ 8 .5 8. 2 . 5
1 3 .9 8. 1 . 9 9 1 . 3 7
3 .6 4 $ 6 2. 8 $ 1 . 6 1 8 . 4
9. 9. 2 10. 8 . 3 11. 7 7 . 5 12. 6 . 7

7. . 0 2 . 4 . 5
1 0 . 1 1 4 . 9 5 7 . 8 5 1 5 . 8 7
13. 5 9 . 14. $7 6 . 2 15. 3. 8 6 16. 2 . 3 2

. 6 7 3 1 . 2 3. 3 4 . 4
6 9 . 2 $10 . 1 6 7 7. 1 3 7 . 7
17. 6 9 . 18. 6 . 6 19. $2 . 1 4 20. 6 . 2

1 . 9 3 . 1 4 3 . 6 7 . 8
2 2 . 1 2 . 3 . 4 3 . 2
1 0 . 3 7 3 . 4 3 $ 0 . 4 2 6 . 9 9
21. 1 . 22. . 1 8 23. 4 7 24. 0 . 3

1 . 2 . 9 1 . 0 4 . 1
6 . 5 8 . 6 3 . 4 8
. 3 1 . 2 1 8 6 . 3 6 . 8
Print This Page
Name
Print This
143 Page
Estimate Sums P PRACTICE
Estimate. Round to the nearest whole number.

1. 5.1 9.4 2. 6.7 8.4 3. 1.9 3.8
4. $6.35 $5.95 5. 7.45 8.56 6. 4.32 7.59
7. 9.3 2.6 8. 22.63 3.46 9. 31.06 9.98
10. 45.92 4.18 11. $33.19 $9.50 12. 6.67 21.15
Add. Estimate to check for reasonableness.

13. 19.76 9.55 14. $10.25 $3.25
15. 19.67 9.94 16. 3.7 5.2 4.6
17. 4.1 9.6 1.9 18. 2.9 6.7 7.3
19. $3.75 $9.90 $8.75 20. 4.76 9.15 8.95
21. 8.12 4.79 7.15 22. $6.30 $7.95 $8.10
23. 7.75 8.90 9.90 24. 2.178 6.472 8.015
Algebra & Functions Compare. Write or .

25. 3.7 2.5 1.9 4.2 26. 4.9 1.6 5.1 3.1 27. 6.9 7.1 3.8 8.3
28. 9.2 3.6 2.6 9.1 29. 5.5 6.3 8.2 5.2 30. 9.4 2.7 6.8 6.1
31. 1.6 2.9 3.1 1.1 32. 7.7 7.2 8.1 9.1 33. 8.7 9.6 9.1 8.6
Problem Solving
34. The odometer on a new car shows 35. Lenny buys one CD for $12.75 and
17.7 miles. Sean drives the car another CD for $18.90. About how
12.9 miles. About what does the much does Lenny pay for the two
odometer show now? CDs?
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 14, Lesson 3, pages 602603. (442) NS 2.1, 2.2, 3.1; MR 2.1
Print This Page
Name
Print This
143 Page
Estimate Sums R RETEACH
To estimate the sums of decimals, round each decimal to the

nearest whole number. Then add the rounded numbers.
Estimate 22.52 4.49. Estimate $7.95 $9.25

to the nearest whole to the nearest dollar.
number.
Add. 23 4 27 Add. $8.00 $9.00 = $17.00
So, 22.52 4.49 is about 27. So, $7.95 $9.25 is about $17.00.
Circle the digits in the place to which you will round each number.
Estimate each sum. Show how you rounded.
1. $ 5 . 8 9 $ 4 . 2 9 2. 1 7 . 3 5 . 6 7
3. 8 . 4 8 3 . 0 7 4. 6. 7 3.2
5. $ 1 5 . 9 5 $ 2 . 5 9 6. 2 5 . 7 8 . 9
7. 1 5 . 7 5 1 2 . 3 4 8. 9.9 7 8.4
9. 5.6 3 1 8.4 7 10. $ 6 . 5 2 $ 1 . 7 5
11. 4.4 7 6.7 4 12. $ 8 . 5 0 $2 4 . 3 8
Print This Page
Name
Print This
143 Page
Estimate Sums E ENRICH
Four for 16
Use estimation to try to choose four numbers that will have a sum
close to 16.
Player 1 chooses a number from below and writes it in the first
box for that round. He or she crosses out the number below.
Player 2 chooses any number that is not crossed out and
follows the same steps.
Players take turns until each player has four numbers.
Add the numbers. Then find the difference between each
sum and 16. You may check your results with a calculator.
The player with the sum closer to 16 wins that round.
How Close
Round Players Numbers Sum to 16?
1 Player 1
Player 2
2 Player 1
Player 2
3 Player 1
Player 2
4 Player 1
Player 2
5 Player 1
Player 2
3.38 3.56 1.08 4.5 6.75 2.03 2.58 4.61 3.23 4.89
2.47 4.19 8.48 3.96 4.91 5.57 7.59 2.19 2.64 1.18
1.77 2.63 5.72 5.63 4.24 3.27 5.13 3.76 2.30 4.55
3.69 3.31 4.16 6.89 7.81 7.35 8.74 0.99 3.49 3.98
Print This Page
Name
Print This
144 Page
Choose the Operation Reading

Skill
Circle the number sentence you would use to solve the problem.
Then tell how you decided whether to use addition or subtraction.
1. Chico bikes 4.6 miles. Tom bikes 3.7 miles. How much farther does
Chico bike than Tom?
4.6 3.7 8.3
4.6 3.7 0.9
Explain:
2. Keiko rode her bike 8.4 miles last week. This week, she rode
4.35 miles more than last week. How far did Keiko ride this week?
8.4 4.35 12.75
8.4 4.35 4.05
Explain:
3. Rachel bikes 3.2 miles to the mall. Then she bikes 2.7 miles to the
park. How many miles does she bike?
3.2 2.7 5.9
3.2 2.7 0.5
Explain:
4. Mark is biking around a 9.2-mile loop. He has biked 4.5 miles so far.
How many miles does Mark have left to finish the loop?
9.3 4.5 13.8
9.3 4.5 4.8
Explain:
Print This Page
Name
Print This
144 Page
Choose the Operation Math Skills

Test Prep
Mikio rides his bike 4.25 miles from home to school. Then he rides
2.9 miles to the park. How far does Mikio ride?
1. Which of the following statements 2. Which number sentence can you use
A Hiroshi walks to school. F 4.25 2.9 7.15
B Hiroshi rides 4.25 miles in all. G 2.9 2.9 5.8
C The ride from school to the park is H 4.25 2.9 1.35
2.9 miles.
It is 5.6 miles from Sarahs house to the museum. She has completed
1.75 miles of the trip so far. How many miles does Sarah have left?
3. What do you have to do to solve 4. Which number sentence can you use
this problem? to solve this problem?
A Add to find the total amount F 5.6 5.6 11.2
of miles that Sarah travels to
G 5.6 1.75 7.35
the museum.
H 5.6 1.75 3.85
B Subtract to find the number of
miles Sarah has left.
C Add to find the total number of
miles in the round trip.
Michael takes the train for 8.4 miles. Then he walks 0.6 miles. How
many miles does Michael travel?

5. Which could you use to solve 6. How many miles does Michael
the problem? travel?
A 8.4 0.6 F 16.8 miles
B 8.4 0.6 G 9 miles
C 8.4 8.4 H 8.4 miles
Print This Page
Name
Print This
144 Page
Choose the Operation Math Skills

Test Prep
Roland bikes 8.24 miles. Paul bikes 4.62 miles. How much farther does
Roland bike than Paul?
7. Which of the following statements 8. Which number sentence can you use
A Paul bikes farther than Roland. F 8.24 4.62 3.62
B Roland bikes 4.62 miles. G 4.62 4.62 9.24
C Paul bikes 4.62 miles. H 8.24 4.62 12.86
Solve.
9. The train trip from Springfield to 10.The train trip from Point Dume to
Morris Hill is 6.2 miles. The next Snug Harbor is 8.31 miles. The road
stop, Peapack, is 3.2 miles from from Point Dume to Snug Harbor is
Morris Hills. How long is the train 9.6 miles. How much longer is the
trip from Springfield to Peapack? train trip than the road?
11. Daniel biked 6.24 miles last week. 12. Myra bikes 3.25 miles from home
This week he biked 1.65 miles less to the record store. Then she bikes
than last week. How far did he bike 1.1 miles to the movie theater. How
this week? many miles does she bike altogether?
13. Eddie rode 1.9 miles more today 14. Shore Road is 6.3 miles long. Nicole
than he did yesterday. He rode has biked 2.2 miles along Shore
5.75 miles yesterday. How far did Road so far. How many miles does
Eddie ride today? she have left?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
145 Page
Explore Subtracting Decimals P PRACTICE
Use the models to find each difference.

1. 2. 3.
0.68 0.35 1.12 0.7 1.8 1.1
Find each difference.

4. 0.9 5. 1.2 6. 2.7 7. 2.5 8. 2.1
0.3 0.6 0.9 1.6 1.7
9. 1.67 10. 1.6 11. 3.11 12. 3.7 13. 1.2

0.48 1.48 1.12 2.91 1.13
14. 3.6 15. 2.02 16. 0.95 17. 0.8 18. 0.74
1.47 1.79 0.67 0.25 0.59
19. 1.7 20. 2.04 21. 1.03 22. 0.80 23. 2.0
0.35 1.69 0.6 0.54 1.06
24. 2.7 1.6 25. 0.8 0.5 26. 7.66 2.34

27. 1.52 0.57 28. 0.73 0.57 29. 0.70 0.34
30. 0.8 0.07 31. 0.4 0.14 32. 3.7 0.16
Problem Solving
33. A board is 2.12 m long. A piece 34. A piece of wire is 2.6 cm long. A
1.55 m long is cut from it. How much piece 1.9 cm long is cut from it.
of the board is left? How much of the wire is left?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
145 Page
Explore Subtracting Decimals R RETEACH
You can use models to help you subtract decimals.

Subtract 1.85 0.9.
Write a decimal to show

how many squares are
not crossed out.
0.95
Shade 1.85. Cross out 0.9.
So, 1.85 0.9 0.95.
Subtract. Draw 10 by 10 grids to help you.

1. 1.6 1.3 2. 0.8 0.3 3. 1.22 0.55
4. 1.9 0.56 5. 0.80 0.57 6. 1.35 1.07

7. 0.8 0.09 8. 1.85 1.49 9. 1.7 0.45
Print This Page
Name
Print This
145 Page
Explore Subtracting Decimals E ENRICH
Magic Triangles
In a magic triangle, each side of the triangle has the same sum.
Choose numbers from the box so each side of the triangle has a 4 4.3
sum of 22.4. 4.9 6.88
3.8
7.22 5.19
5.19 7.22
2.67 5
4.9 4.3
5.84 4 3.6 6.88 2.08
Choose numbers from the box so each side of the triangle has a
sum of 24.5. 0.73 1.6
2.48 4
5.8
4.85 5.35
0.73 4.85
5.05 2
4 5.35
8.92 2.48 5 1.6 6.5
Print This Page
Name
Print This
146 Page
Subtract Decimals P PRACTICE
Subtract. Check each answer.

1. 0.7 2. 6.3 3. 9.1 4. 4.5 5. 1.2 6. 0.43
0.4 0.7 2.3 2.7 0.7 0.26
7. 0.44 8. 7.04 9. 15.03 10. 4.12 11. 9.00 12. 7.17

0.22 3.66 3.12 1.27 0.09 2.70
13. 9.04 14. 6.00 15. 8.20 16. 5.34 17. 1.67 18. 19.83
7.50 4.70 4.96 4.67 0.50 3.60
19. 8.154 20. 17.076 21. 5.258 22. 8.000 23. 1.755 24. 6.024
2.075 0.027 3.129 2.974 0.896 2.402
25. 6.7 2.4 26. 7.6 2.07
27. 8.5 3.08 28. 9.03 3.775
29. 7.44 3.867 30. 4.627 2.88
31. 3.6 2.79 32. 8.36 3.248
33. 4.556 0.93 34. 34.0 2.097

35. 7.97 n 0.52 36. h 4.64 2.31
37. 5.25 b 10.46 38. a 7.08 18.5
Problem Solving
39. Christine buys a pair of socks for 40. Matt buys a pencil for $0.35, a pen
$8.35. What is her change from a for $2.75, and a ruler for $4.36.
$10 bill? What is his change from a $20 bill?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
146 Page
Subtract Decimals R RETEACH
You can use models to help you subtract decimals.

Subtract 1.7 1.59.
Color 1.7. Cross out 1.59. Subtract each place.
Count the number of squares not crossed out. Regroup if necessary.
6 10 Write zero as a
1.70 placeholder.
1.59
0.11
Find each difference. Draw 10 by 10 grids to help you.

1. 1.8 1.2 2. 0.9 0.5 3. 1.25 0.18
4. 0.8 0.25 5. 1.35 1.08 6. 1.7 0.48

7. 0.5 0.05 8. 1.65 1.3 9. 1.06 0.88
Print This Page
Name
Print This
146 Page
Subtract Decimals E ENRICH
Problem Generator
Cut out the numbered cards below. Mix them up and place them face down.
Turn over 8 cards and place them into a. and b. Then solve.
Record your work.
Repeat several times.
a. b.

1. Turn over all the cards. Using b., what is the greatest possible
sum you can make?
2. Using a., what is the greatest possible difference you can make
without using the zeros?
3. What method did you use to find the answer in exercise 2?

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 14, Lesson 6, pages 610613. (453) MR 2.2; NS 3.1
Print This Page
Name
Print This
147 Page
Estimate Differences P PRACTICE
Estimate. Round to the nearest whole number.

1. 6.3 2.6 2. 7.1 4.8 3. 8.7 5.2
4. 9.0 3.9 5. 4.6 1.5 6. 7.34 5.78
7. 8.57 3.52 8. 17.26 13.78 9. 26.14 12.95
10. $34.95 $12.20 11. 25.60 11.55 12. 47.15 17.11
Subtract. Estimate to check for reasonableness.

13. 7.1 2.70 14. 9.8 4.6 15. 8.5 6.3
16. 5.6 1.75 17. 36.62 23.13 18. 24.35 10.4
19. 77.36 15.93 20. $16.12 $12.80
21. 94.32 22.80 22. $54.10 $34.89
23. 13.4 6.79 24. 47.65 17.93
25. $14.75 $6.90 26. 63.5 18.27
Algebra & Functions Compare. Write or .

27. 7.2 3.5 8.8 5.4 28. 9.9 4.8 6.4 1.7 29. 7.6 2.2 5.6 1.3
30. 8.3 6.6 4.2 2.3 31. 9.1 8.7 2.1 1.1 32. 7.2 4.5 6.8 5.8
33. 5.2 2.3 9.7 7.9 34. 9.3 3.8 9.9 3.1 35. 8.1 4.6 7.2 5.1
Problem Solving
36. Jake has $25.75. He spends $13.15 37. Nancy ran a total of 5.7 miles today.
on magazines. About how much She ran 3.2 miles this morning.
money does Jake have left? About how many miles did Nancy run
this afternoon?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
147 Page
Estimate Differences R RETEACH
To estimate differences of decimals, round each decimal to the

nearest whole number. Then subtract the rounded numbers.
Estimate 12.25 5.79. Estimate $6.25 $4.79.

to the nearest to the nearest dollar.
whole number.
Subtract. 12 6 = 6 Subtract. $6.00 $5.00 $1.00
So, 12.25 5.79 is about 6. So, $6.25 $4.79 is about $1.00.
Circle the digits in the place to which you will round each number.
Estimate each difference. Show how you rounded.

1. $ 7 . 2 4 $ 3 . 6 9 2. 2 7 . 3 1 5 . 7 6
3. 1 2 . 4 3 . 7 4. 1 2 . 7 4 . 8
5. $ 2 5 . 7 5 $ 7 . 8 0 6. 2 5 . 8 7 7 . 2
7. 1 4 . 2 5 7 . 8 4 8. 1 0 . 9 7 7 . 4
9. 3 . 6 2 1 . 8 7 10. $1 0 . 2 5 $ 3 . 4 5
11. $1 0 . 5 4 $ 7 . 8 1 12. 4 3 . 7 2 0 . 4 8
Print This Page
Name
Print This
147 Page
Estimate Differences E ENRICH
Dollars and Sense

scissors $7.49 T-Shirt $8.98 ruler $0.99
markers $2.89 sweatshirt $12.98 glue $1.59
notebook $3.29 backpack $11.99 pencils $1.29
jeans $14.95 sneakers $29.99 clock $5.98
paper $0.89 radio $14.98 pen $1.19
About how much more would Group A cost than Group B?

Group A Group B Difference
1. paper, glue notebook, ruler
2. sweatshirt, jeans T-Shirt, jeans
3. backpack, pencils clock, pen
4. markers, sneakers radio, scissors
5. clothing and shoes everything but clothing and shoes

Estimate to solve.
6. Andy buys a box of markers. He gives 7. Heidi buys a clock. She gives the clerk
the clerk $20. He receives $18.11 in $10. She receives $4.02 in change. Is
change. Is the amount of change the amount of change reasonable?
reasonable? Explain. Explain.
Print This Page
Name
Print This
148 Page
Solve Simpler Problems

Solve using a simpler problem.
1. The tennis team travels to a statewide 2. A bus ticket costs $8.75. A train
contest. They buy 8 student bus ticket for the same ride costs $12.50.
tickets at $6.95 each and 2 adult bus Suppose you buy 4 tickets. How
tickets at $9.50 each. How much much money would you save by
does the team spend for tickets? taking the bus instead of the train?
3. A bus driver earns $16.40 per hour 4. The Silver Eagle Express has a dining
for the first 7 hours of work each car. Sandwiches cost $5.95. Drinks
day. She earns $24.60 per hour for cost $1.49. How much does a family
each hour over 7 hours. How much pay for 3 sandwiches and 4 drinks?
does she earn in a 9-hour day?

5. Sam spends $18.40 on a train ticket, 6. Science The first steam-powered
$5.90 on a cab, and $11.20 on dinner. railroad engine was built in England
He has $30 left. How much money did 1804. Thomas Edison tested an electric-
Sam have when he started? powered railroad engine 76 years later.
When did Edison test his engine?
Strategy:
Strategy:
7. Teri has 17 model trains. She has a
long shelf that can hold 7 trains. She 8. Create a problem for which you
also has 2 smaller shelves. How can could use a simpler problem to
she arrange the trains on shelves so help you find the answer. Share it
that each smaller shelf has an equal with others.
number of trains?
Strategy:
Print This Page
Name
Print This
148 Page

Page 616, Problem 2
A train conductor earns $18.45 an hour. A ticket checker earns $12.95
an hour. How much do both workers earn in an 8-hour day?
Step 1 Be sure you understand the problem.

What do you know?
A train conductor works hours for
an hour.
A ticket checker works hours for
an hour.
You need to find how much
Step 2 Make a plan.

Use simpler numbers to

Find a Pattern
make up a problem similar to
Guess and Check
the one you need to solve.
Work Backward
Then solve the real problem
Make a Graph
the same way.
Make a Table
or List
Write a Number
Sentence
Draw a Picture
Solve a Simpler
Problem
Logical Reasoning
Act it Out
Print This Page
Name
Print This
148 Page
Step 3
Solve this simpler problem.
Solve
A conductor works 8 hours for $18 an hour.
The conductor earns 8 or .
A ticket checker works 8 hours at $13 an hour.
The ticket checker earns 8 or .
The total amount is .
Now solve the real problem the same way.
A conductor works 8 hours at an hour.
The conductor earns 8 or .
A ticket checker works 8 hours at an hour.
The ticket checker earns 8 or .
The total amount is
Step 4
Practice
1. The Sheppards buy 2 adult tickets for 2. Gina buys 3 model planes for
$8.70 each and 3 childrens tickets $14.95 each and 4 model trains for
for $4.35 each. How much money $7.29 each. How much money does
do they spend? Gina spend?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
149 Page
Use Properties to P PRACTICE
Add and Subtract

Add or subtract mentally.
1. 3.56 0.04 2. 4.12 1.7 3. 4.5 4.5
4. 1.7 1.3 5. 8.87 0.03 6. 5.08 0.9
7. 6.04 6 8. 7.86 1.06 9. 17.23 0
10. 12.13 0.14 11. 11.22 10.02 12. 15.66 10.44
13. 17.01 9.99 14. 10.17 8.18 15. 15.44 3.22
16. 3.6 4.7 0.4 17. 13.1 5.6 3.9
18. 7.9 2.8 0.9 19. 7.5 6.3 4.5
20. 9.3 2.6 4.4 21. 6.3 5.5 1.7
22. 8.7 2.9 5.7 23. 9.1 4.7 9.1

24. 4.9 b 6.0 25. (f 1.5) 3.5 5
26. 2.7 c 2.7 27. 10.6 d 5
28. 14.12 m 0 29. 3.7 h 6.3 3.7
30. 6.3 w 6.3 31. 4.2 t 10
32. 2.7 9.3 9.3 n 33. a 7.9 0
Problem Solving
34. It takes Anita 11.6 seconds to sprint 35. Fernando expected to run the mile in
the first 100 m and 12.3 s to sprint 5.6 minutes. Because of an injury, he
the second 100 m. How long does it ran the mile in 6.3 minutes. How
take Anita to sprint the 200 m? much slower than expected did
Fernando run the mile?
Print This Page
Name
Print This
149 Page
Use Properties to R RETEACH
Add and Subtract

You can use the Commutative, Associative, and Identity properties
to add and subtract mentally.
Look for compatible numbers. Look for zeros.

(1.3 4.2) 1.7 Think: 1.3 and 1.7 are compatible. 5.35 0 5.35
(4.2 1.3) 1.7 Use the Commutative Property. 3.29 0 3.29
4.2 (1.3 1.7) Use the Associative Property.
4.2 3.0 Add the compatible numbers. Look for the same number.
7.2 Find the sum. 0.85 0.85 0
16.5 0 16.5
Remember:
Associative Property: When adding, the grouping of the
numbers does not affect the sum.
Commutative Property: When adding, the order of the
numbers does not affect the sum.
Identity Property: In addition, the sum of 0 and a
number is the number.
Use mental math to add or subtract.

1. 2.6 0.4 = 2. 4.75 0 =
3. 1.5 3.2 1.5 = 4. 2.7 2.7 =

5. 6.78 6 = 6. 4.7 0 5.3 =
7. 12.24 6.12 = 8. 10.10 5.01 =
9. 1.8 2.2 1.3 = 10. 3.3 3.3 =
11. 2.3 3.5 = 12. 8.9 2.9 8 =
13. 14.6 0 5.4 = 14. 4.44 4.44 =

Print This Page
Name
Print This
149 Page
Use Properties to E ENRICH
Add and Subtract

Crack the Code
Use the symbols below to write the top numbers in exercises 16.
Use the code and properties to add or subtract the bottom number
using mental math. Write the answers using numbers and the code
symbols. Check your symbol answers with a friend. Use the code to
write all the numbers in exercises 79 before you check by adding.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Example: 2.5
Think: 0.0
2.5
1. 2.
3. 4.
5. 6.
7. 8.
9.
10. Which problem can you solve without using numbers?
Print This Page
Name
Print This Page

1410
A WORKSHEET
Decision
Applying Adding and Subtracting Decimals Making
Record your data and notes.
Route
(List all stops and Miles Traveled Costs Other Notes
highways used.)
Your Decision
What is your recommendation for the Lopez family? Explain.
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 14, Lesson 10, pages 620621. (463) MR 1.1, 2.2; NS 3.1
Print This Page
Name
Print This Page

1410
B WORKSHEET
How would you conserve electricity? Math &

Science
Record data for your conservation plans in

this chart.
Plan Activity Time Saved Money Saved
Plan 1
Plan 2
Plan 3
Print This Page
Name
Print This Page

1410
B WORKSHEET
How would you conserve electricity? Math &

Science
1. Which of your three plans would you prefer to use?

Explain your answer.
2. Which of your three plans might you actually use?

Explain your answer.
3. Look at the plan you liked best. How much money would you save
in a month? in a year?
4. Compare the advantages and disadvantages of the different ways to produce

electricity. Think about costs, energy efficiency, and stress to the environment.

Math Worksheets PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Math Worksheets PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Chapter File Folders

English Language Learner Handbook

Math Center Cards

Problem of the Day

3. How many hundreds are in 1,000?

4. How many hundreds are in 10,000?

5. How many thousands are in 1,000?

6. How many thousands are in 10,000?

7. How many thousands are in 100,000?

8. How many thousands are in 1,000,000?

9. How many ten thousands are in 10,000?

10. How many ten thousands are in 100,000?

11. How many ten thousands are in 1,000,000?

12. How many hundred thousands are in 100,000?

13. How many hundred thousands are in 1,000,000?

Use with Grade 4, Chapter 1, Lesson 1, pages 23. (1) NS 1.1

You can show numbers in different ways.

1. What number is shown below?

Complete. Name each number in different ways.

ten thousand hundred thousand million

thousands ten thousands hundred thousands

hundreds thousands ten thousands

tens hundreds thousands

ones tens hundreds

Use with Grade 4, Chapter 1, Lesson 1, pages 23. (2) NS 1.1

3. Wait a minute! she exclaims. What if I have 100 stores and

Use with Grade 4, Chapter 1, Lesson 1, pages 23. (3) NS 1.1

Write the value of each underlined digit.

Write each number in standard form.

10. thirty-eight million, four hundred thousand, eight

11. five hundred eighty million, sixty-two thousand, seventeen

12. two hundred fifty-four million, seven thousand, five

Algebra & Functions Write the missing number.

14. 168,943 100,000 60,000 8,000 40 3

15. 888,888 800,000 8,000 800 80 8

Use with Grade 4, Chapter 1, Lesson 2, pages 47. (4) NS 1.1

Numbers in the millions have three periods.

Hundreds Tens Ones Hundreds Tens Ones Hundreds Tens Ones

Expanded form: 700,000,000 1,000,000 200,000

Standard Form Expanded Form Word Name

Use with Grade 4, Chapter 1, Lesson 2, pages 47. (5) NS 1.1

And the Number Is . . .

Use with Grade 4, Chapter 1, Lesson 2, pages 47. (6) NS 1.1

4. 14,624 1,462 5. 42,542 41,617 6. 32,145 32,264

7. $101.42 $126.41 8. 25,632 25,632 9. 89,000 87,999

10. 150,420 100,042 11. 434,121 432,154 12. 187,654 197,541

13. 782,421 782,342 14. 642,134 642,134 15. 874,158 972,421

Order from greatest to least.

17. $216.49; $218.42; $206.49

18. 72,642; 71,848; 70,621

19. 748,629; 747,832; 748,532

Order from least to greatest.

21. 25,421; 24,462; 24,416

22. 324,621; 324,742; 325,697

23. 524,607; 525,712; 524,872

Use with Grade 4, Chapter 1, Lesson 3, pages 811. (7) NS 1.2

Compare $306.97 and $319.23.

same number of $319.23 has more So, $319.23 $306.97.

Use the place-value chart to compare the numbers. Write , , or .

Thousands Hundreds Tens Ones

4. 5,558 5,585 5. 6,117 6,117

6. $324.89 $314.89 7. 50,281 51,002

8. 56,619 56,916 9. $285.45 $293.45

Use the place-value chart to compare the numbers. Write , , or .

3. 300 feet above sea level 4. 12F below zero

9. 52F 10. Lose 10 pounds

Compare. Write or . You may use a number line to help.